MIRAGE RESORTS INC
10-K, 1997-03-31
MISCELLANEOUS AMUSEMENT & RECREATION
Previous: GOLD RESERVE CORP, 10-K, 1997-03-31
Next: GOLDEN TRIANGLE INDUSTRIES INC/, 10-K, 1997-03-31



===========================================================================
                              UNITED STATES
                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

                                FORM 10-K
                                ---------
        (MARK ONE)
        [X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
             SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                    OR

        [ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
             THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM         TO

                      COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-6697

                     MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED
        (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                                ---------
                NEVADA                                 88-0058016
   (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

         3400 LAS VEGAS BOULEVARD SOUTH
              LAS VEGAS, NEVADA                            89109          
   (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)              (ZIP CODE) 

 REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING  AREA CODE:  (702)  791-7111
                                --------- 

      SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                                   NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS                      ON WHICH REGISTERED      
- ----------------------------------------         -----------------------
Common Stock ($.004 par value per share)         New York Stock Exchange
                                                 Pacific Stock Exchange 

             SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
                                        NONE

   Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required  to  be filed by Section  13 or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange 
Act  of 1934  during  the preceding 12  months (or for such shorter period
that  the  Registrant was required  to file such reports) and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:  YES  X   NO   
                                                               ---    ---
   Indicate by  check  mark if  disclosure  of delinquent  filers pursuant
to Item 405 of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein, and will  not  be 
contained, to  the best  of  the  Registrant's knowledge,  in   definitive 
proxy  or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III  of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:  
                                                    ---
   The aggregate market value  of the  Registrant's Common  Stock held  by
non-affiliates (all persons other than executive officers or directors) of
the  Registrant  on  March 21, 1997 (based on  the closing sale  price per
share on  the   New York  Stock  Exchange Composite Tape on that date) was 
$3,351,769,525.

   The  Registrant's  Common  Stock  outstanding  at  March  21,  1997 was
178,623,335 shares.

   Portions  of  the Registrant's definitive Proxy  Statement for  its May
29, 1997 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders (which has  not been filed as  of 
the date of this filing) are incorporated by reference into Part III.
==========================================================================
<PAGE>
                                       PART I

          ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

          GENERAL

            Mirage   Resorts,   Incorporated    (the   "Company"   or   the 
          "Registrant") was  incorporated   in  Nevada  in  1949   as   the 
          successor to a  partnership  that  began  business  in 1946.  The 
          Company,  through wholly owned subsidiaries,  owns  and  operates  
          (i) The Mirage,  a hotel-casino and destination resort on the Las 
          Vegas Strip,  (ii)  Treasure  Island  at  The  Mirage  ("Treasure 
          Island"), a hotel-casino  resort  adjacent  to  The Mirage, (iii) 
          the Golden Nugget, a  hotel-casino in  downtown  Las  Vegas,  and  
          (iv)  the  Golden  Nugget-Laughlin, a hotel-casino  in  Laughlin, 
          Nevada.    The  Company, through a  wholly owned subsidiary, also 
          owns a 50% interest in  a joint  venture  that  owns and operates 
          the  Monte Carlo Resort  & Casino ("Monte  Carlo"),  which opened 
          June  21, 1996  on the  Las Vegas Strip.

             The Company, through  wholly owned subsidiaries,  is currently
          constructing Bellagio,  an elegant  hotel-casino and  destination
          resort on  the Las  Vegas Strip,  and  Beau Rivage,  a  luxurious
          hotel-casino  and  beachfront   resort  in  Biloxi,  Mississippi.  
          Bellagio is believed to be the  most expensive resort hotel  ever
          built.  When it  opens, Beau Rivage is expected  to be, based  on 
          the number  of hotel rooms, the  largest hotel-casino  outside of  
          Nevada.

          OPERATING PROPERTIES

             The Company's wholly owned subsidiary, THE MIRAGE CASINO-HOTEL
          ("MCH"), owns and operates The Mirage.  The Mirage opened in 1989
          and is located  on approximately 120  acres shared with  Treasure
          Island near the center of the Las Vegas Strip.  The Mirage  is  a  
          luxurious,  tropically  themed  destination resort.  The exterior
          of the  resort  is landscaped  with  palm trees, abundant foliage 
          and  more  than  four  acres of lagoons  and other water features 
          centered around a 54-foot simulated  volcano and waterfall.  Each 
          evening,  the  volcano erupts at regular intervals, spectacularly
          illuminating the  front of the resort.  Inside the front entrance 
          is an atrium with a tropical garden and additional water features 
          capped  by  a  100-foot-high  glass   dome.   The atrium  has  an  
          advanced  environmental  control  system   and  creative lighting 
          and  other  special  effects  designed  to  replicate the sights, 
          sounds and fragrances of  the South Seas. Located  at the rear of 
          the hotel, adjacent  to  the  swimming  pool  area, is  a dolphin 
          habitat with eight Atlantic bottlenose dolphins, and  the "Secret 
          Garden  of  Siegfried  &  Roy,"  a  recently opened  exhibit that 
          allows  guests to view the beautiful exotic animals of  Siegfried 
          & Roy, the world-famous illusionists who perform at The Mirage.


<PAGE>
             The Company,  through Treasure  Island Corp.  ("TI Corp."),  a
          wholly owned  subsidiary  of  MCH,  owns  and  operates  Treasure
          Island.  Treasure  Island opened in  1993 and is  located on  the
          same  site  as  The  Mirage.   Treasure Island is a pirate-themed 
          hotel-casino resort.   The front of  Treasure Island,  facing the 
          Las  Vegas Strip,  is  an elaborate pirate village in which full-
          scale replicas of a pirate ship and a British  frigate  regularly 
          engage  in  a  pyrotechnic   and   special  effects  sea  battle, 
          culminating  with the sinking of the frigate.

             The Company's wholly  owned subsidiary, GNLV,  CORP. ("GNLV"),
          owns and operates the Golden Nugget. The Golden Nugget,  together
          with its parking facilities, occupies approximately two and  one-
          half square  blocks in  downtown  Las Vegas,  approximately  five
          miles from The Mirage  and Treasure Island.    The Golden  Nugget
          has received the Mobil Travel Guide's Four Star Award and the AAA
          Four Diamond Award for 13 and 20 consecutive years, respectively.
          The  Golden  Nugget is the  generally acknowledged leader in  the
          downtown Las Vegas  market and  has benefited  from the  "Fremont
          Street Experience," a $70  million entertainment attraction  that
          opened adjacent to the Golden Nugget in December 1995.
            
             The Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary,  GNL, CORP.  ("GNL"),
          owns and operates the  Golden Nugget-Laughlin, a hotel-casino  in
          Laughlin, Nevada, approximately 90 miles south of Las Vegas.  The
          hotel-casino is located on approximately  13 acres with 600  feet
          of Colorado River frontage near the center of Laughlin's  tourist
          strip.  The Golden Nugget-Laughlin features a 32,000-square  foot
          casino offering 18 gaming tables  and  approximately 1,180 slots,  
          300   hotel  rooms   (including  four suites), three restaurants, 
          three bars, an entertainment lounge, a deli, an  ice cream parlor 
          and  sweets  shop and  a gift and retail shop.   Other facilities 
          at the Golden  Nugget-Laughlin include a swimming pool, a parking 
          garage with  space for approximately 1,585 vehicles  and approxi-
          mately   four  and   one-half  acres  of  surface   parking   for 
          recreational vehicles.   GNL  also owns  and operates  a  78-room
          motel in Bullhead City, Arizona,  across the Colorado River  from
          the Golden Nugget-Laughlin.
            
             The Company,  through  a  wholly owned  subsidiary,  is  a 50%
          partner  with  Circus  Circus  Enterprises,  Inc.  ("Circus")  in
          Victoria Partners, a joint venture  that owns and operates  Monte
          Carlo.  The resort is situated on approximately 46 acres adjacent
          to  the  Bellagio  site.    Monte  Carlo  has  a  palatial  style
          reminiscent  of   the   Belle  Epoque,   the   French   Victorian
          architecture of  the late  19th century.    Monte Carlo  will  be
          connected to Bellagio by a monorail.
          
                                    -2-
<PAGE>
          CURRENT EXPANSION PROJECTS

             BELLAGIO

             The  Company,   through   a   wholly  owned   subsidiary,   is
          constructing Bellagio on approximately 120 acres on the Las Vegas
          Strip between Flamingo  Road and Tropicana  Avenue.  Bellagio  is
          the Company's most  ambitious destination resort  to  date.  This
          elegant European-style  resort  will overlook a  lake inspired by
          Lake Como in Northern Italy.   Several times each  day the lake's
          fountains  will  come  alive in a  choreographed ballet of water,
          music and lights.  Bellagio will feature a wide variety of casual
          and  gourmet  restaurants  in  both indoor  and outdoor settings,
          upscale retail boutiques  and  extensive  meeting, convention and
          banquet space.    Cirque  du  Soleil  is  producing   an  all-new
          production to be performed in a  specially designed showroom. The
          resort will be  lushly  landscaped  with  classical  gardens  and
          European fountains and pools.  Bellagio is  currently expected to
          cost  approximately  $1.4 billion  (including  land,  capitalized
          interest and preopening  costs) and  is scheduled  to open in the
          third quarter of 1998.  Additionally,  the Company  has  acquired
          approximately $60  million of fine art which will be displayed in
          Bellagio.

             BEAU RIVAGE

             In July 1996, the Company, through  a wholly owned subsidiary,
          began construction of Beau Rivage, a luxurious beachfront  resort
          in Biloxi, Mississippi.   Beau Rivage will be  situated on a  21-
          acre site where Interstate 110 meets the Gulf Coast.  Beau Rivage
          is scheduled for completion  in the fourth quarter  of 1998 at  a
          total cost, including land,  capitalized interest and  preopening
          costs, of approximately $550 million. 

             As with any major construction project,  the Bellagio and Beau
          Rivage  projects  involve  many  risks,  including  shortages  of
          materials and  labor,  work stoppages,  labor  disputes,  weather
          interference, unforeseen engineering, environmental or geological
          problems and  unanticipated cost  increases, any  of which  could
          give rise to delays or cost overruns.  Construction, equipment or
          staffing  problems  or  difficulties  in  obtaining  any  of  the
          requisite licenses, permits,  allocations or authorizations  from
          regulatory authorities  could  increase  the cost  or  delay  the
          construction or  opening of  the facilities  or otherwise  affect
          their design  and features.   It  is possible  that the  existing
          budget and construction plans for  either project may be  changed
          for competitive or other reasons.   Accordingly, there can be  no
          assurance that either project will  be completed within the  time
          periods or budgets which are currently contemplated.

                                     -3-
<PAGE>
             The following table  sets forth certain  data, as of  March 1,
          1997, regarding the Company's major resorts and certain estimates
          regarding the Company's two projects under construction.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                            Bellagio (a)   Beau Rivage (a)     The Mirage      Treasure Island   Golden Nugget   Monte Carlo (b)
                            ------------   ---------------    ------------     ---------------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                        <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>           <C>
Project cost..............  $1.4 billion      $550 million    $820 million (c)   $470 million         (d)         $350 million
Opening date.............. 3rd Qtr. 1998     4th Qtr. 1998       Nov. 1989          Oct. 1993       Aug. 1946        June 1996
Total building square 
 footage..................     4,670,000         2,193,000       3,072,000          2,374,000       1,465,000        2,520,000
Casino
  Square footage (including
   corridors).............       185,900            80,000          95,900             82,000          38,000           90,000
  Number of gaming 
   tables.................           173                79             121                 83              65               95
  Number of slots.........         2,746             2,000           2,220              2,200           1,305            2,220
Hotel
  Number of guest rooms 
   (including suites and 
   villas)................         3,005             1,777           3,044              2,891           1,907            3,002
  Square footage of interior
   meeting space..........        94,600            30,000          71,000             16,000          24,000           15,000
Restaurants
  Number of outlets.......            14                11              11                  9               6                7
  Number of seats.........         2,706             1,546           2,255              1,708           1,066            2,120
Retail
  Square footage..........        80,000            25,500          24,815             11,929           4,350           11,300
Showroom
  Number of seats.........         1,800             1,200           1,503              1,525             410            1,200
</TABLE>                             
- ---------------
(a)    Estimates regarding Bellagio and Beau Rivage are subject to change.  
       The estimated Bellagio project  cost does not include approximately 
       $60 million of fine art purchased to date by the Company which will
       be displayed in Bellagio.

(b)    Monte Carlo is 50%-owned by the Company.

(c)    Includes capital improvements subsequent to opening.

(d)    Not meaningful for comparative purposes.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>    
          FUTURE EXPANSION

             ATLANTIC CITY

             The Company and the City of Atlantic City have  entered into a
          redevelopment agreement  providing for  the  City to  convey  150
          acres located in the Marina area of Atlantic City to the  Company
          in exchange for  the Company agreeing  to develop a  casino-based
          destination resort  on the  site  and undertaking  certain  other
          obligations, including remediation of environmental contamination
          and the relocation of City-owned facilities currently located  on
          the site.  Closing under the redevelopment agreement requires the
          satisfaction of a number of conditions, including the receipt  by
          the Company of all  requisite licenses, permits, allocations  and
          authorizations, resolution of  real estate title  issues and  the
          satisfactory conclusion of  arrangements among  the Company,  the
          New  Jersey  Department  of   Transportation  and  South   Jersey
          Transportation Authority  with respect  to the  construction  and
          joint funding  of certain  major road  improvements necessary  to
          improve access to the Marina area.  Selection of a contractor  to
          design and  build the  road improvements  will be  determined  by
          public bidding,  and construction  of the  improvements will  not
          proceed unless one or more bids  within the available budget  are
          submitted.  Additionally, several lawsuits are pending which seek
          to prevent  construction  of  the  road  improvements and closing 
          under the redevelopment agreement.  The Company is unable to pre-
          dict  the outcome of such lawsuits at this time.   As a result of 
          the uncertainty created by the foregoing factors, the Company has 
          been unable  to finalize the  design of its  proposed project and   
          submit   the  required   permit   applications.      Accordingly, 
          there can be no assurance as to whether or when  the Company will 
          proceed  with  a  project   on  the  site  and  if  so,  what the 
          construction schedule or budget will be. 

             The Company  has entered  into an  agreement with  Boyd Gaming
          Corporation ("Boyd")  for  the  development of  a  jointly  owned
          hotel-casino resort containing a minimum of 1,000 guest rooms  on
          the Marina site.   The Company has also  entered into a  separate
          agreement with Circus  pursuant to which  Circus would acquire  a
          portion of  the  Marina site  and  construct its  own  2,000-room
          hotel-casino resort. Each of these additional resorts would be in
          an architectural format that conforms to a master plan created by
          the Company.   Development of these  projects is also  contingent
          upon the satisfaction of the conditions necessary for the Company
          to develop its own wholly owned resort.

                                       -5-
<PAGE>
             OTHER

             The  Company  regularly  evaluates   potential  expansion  and
          acquisition opportunities in both the domestic and  international
          markets.    Such   opportunities  may   include  the   ownership,
          management  and  operation  of  gaming  and  other  entertainment
          facilities in states other than Nevada  or outside of the  United
          States, either alone or with joint venture partners.  Development
          and operation of any  gaming facility in  a new jurisdiction  are
          subject to numerous contingencies,  several of which are  outside
          of the  Company's  control  and  may  include  the  enactment  of
          appropriate  gaming  legislation,   the  issuance  of   requisite
          permits, licenses and approvals, the availability of  appropriate
          financing and the satisfaction of other conditions.  There can be
          no assurance that the Company will elect or be able to consummate
          any such acquisition or expansion opportunity.  In the past year,
          the Company has reduced its expansion efforts in emerging  gaming
          jurisdictions in  order  to  concentrate on  the  development  of
          Bellagio and Beau  Rivage and its  potential project in  Atlantic
          City.

          MARKETING

             All of the Company's hotel-casinos operate  24 hours each day,
          every day  of  the  year.    Management  does  not  consider  the
          Company's business to be particularly seasonal.
            
             The level  of gaming  activity at  its casinos  is the  single
          largest  factor  in  determining   the  Company's  revenues   and
          operating income.  The Company also receives significant revenues
          from  lodging,  food  and  beverage,  entertainment  and   retail
          operations.

             The principal segments  of the Nevada  gaming market  are tour
          and travel, leisure travel,  high-level wagerers and  conventions
          (including small meetings and corporate incentive programs).  The
          Company believes  that The  Mirage's hotel  occupancy and  gaming
          revenues can be maximized  through a balanced marketing  approach
          addressing each market segment.  The Company's marketing strategy
          for Treasure Island and the Golden Nugget is aimed at  attracting
          middle- to upper-middle-income wagerers, largely from the leisure
          travel  and, to  a  lesser extent, the tour  and travel segments.  
          The Company believes  that the  success of  its hotel-casinos  is
          also affected by the level of walk-in customers and, accordingly,
          has designed  its  facilities  to maximize  their  attraction  to
          guests of other hotels.

             The Golden Nugget-Laughlin  appeals primarily to  patrons from
          the middle-income  strata of  the gaming  populace. Many  of  the
          Golden Nugget-Laughlin's  customers are  retired individuals  who
          are attracted  by lodging,  food and  beverage and  entertainment
          prices that are lower than those  offered by the major Las  Vegas
          hotel-casinos.   The predominant  portion of  the Golden  Nugget-
          Laughlin's casino revenues is derived from slot machine play.

                                        -6-
<PAGE>             
             The  Company,   through   wholly   owned  subsidiaries,   owns
          approximately 850 acres of real property located approximately 10
          miles north  of The  Mirage and  Treasure Island  and five  miles
          north  of  the  Golden  Nugget.  The  Company  has  developed  an
          exclusive world-class golf course and related facilities known as
          "Shadow Creek" on  approximately 240 acres  of such property.  In
          connection with its marketing  activities, the Company makes  the
          course and related  facilities available for  use, by  invitation
          only, by high-level-wagerer patrons.  The Company is designing  a
          second golf  course  adjacent  to  Shadow  Creek  which  will  be
          available for play by guests of its hotels.

          CREDIT

             Credit play  represents  a significant  portion  of the  table
          games volume at The Mirage. The Company's other facilities do not
          emphasize credit play to the same extent as The Mirage,  although
          credit is made available.

             The Company  maintains strict  controls over  the issuance  of
          credit  and  aggressively  pursues  collection  of  its  customer
          receivables. These collection  efforts parallel those  procedures
          commonly followed  by  most  large  corporations,  including  the
          mailing of statements and delinquency notices, personal and other
          contacts, the  use  of  outside  collection  agencies  and  civil
          litigation.  Nevada gaming debts evidenced by credit  instruments
          are enforceable under the  laws of Nevada.  All other states  are
          required to enforce a judgment on a gaming debt entered in Nevada
          pursuant to the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the United States
          Constitution.  Although gaming debts are not legally  enforceable
          in some foreign  countries, the United  States assets of  foreign
          debtors may be reached to satisfy judgments entered in the United
          States.
            
          SUPERVISION OF GAMING ACTIVITIES

             In connection with the supervision of gaming activities at its
          casinos,  the  Company  maintains   stringent  controls  on   the
          recording of all receipts and disbursements. These audit and cash
          controls include  the  following: locked  cash  boxes;  personnel
          independent of casino  operations to perform  the daily cash  and
          coin counts; floor observation of the gaming area; observation of
          gaming and certain other areas through the use of  closed-circuit
          television; computer tabulation of receipts and disbursements for
          each of the slot machines and table games; and timely analysis of
          discrepancies or deviations from normal performance.
            
                                   -7-
<PAGE>
          COMPETITION

             The Mirage, Treasure Island and the Golden Nugget compete with
          a number of other hotel-casinos in  Las Vegas.  Currently,  there
          are approximately 28 major hotel-casinos  located on or near  the
          Las Vegas Strip, 11 major  hotel-casinos located in the  downtown
          area and several  major facilities located  elsewhere in the  Las
          Vegas area.    As  of  March  1, 1997,  there  were approximately 
          97,800 hotel and  motel rooms in Las Vegas, compared to 86,500 at 
          March 1, 1996.  While Bellagio is the only major new hotel-casino 
          currently  under construction  in Las  Vegas,  other major hotel-
          casinos have been proposed, some of which are likely to be built.
          In  addition,  several  expansion  projects at existing Las Vegas  
          hotel-casinos  are  currently  under   construction  and  several 
          other expansion projects have been proposed.

             Management believes  that The  Mirage primarily  competes with
          other large hotel-casinos located on or near the Strip that offer
          amenities and marketing  programs appealing  to the  upper-middle
          and higher-income  strata  of  the gaming  populace.  The  Mirage
          competes on the basis of the  elegance and excitement offered  by
          the facility, the  desirability of its  location, the quality  of
          its hotel rooms  and restaurants, its  entertainment and  special
          attractions, customer  service, its  balanced marketing  strategy
          and special marketing and promotional programs.

             Management believes  that Treasure  Island primarily  competes
          with the other large hotel-casinos located  on or near the  Strip
          that offer amenities  and marketing programs  that appeal to  the
          middle- to  upper-middle-income strata  of the  gaming  populace.
          Treasure Island competes on the  basis of the excitement  offered
          by the facility, the desirability of its location (including  its
          proximity to The  Mirage), the quality  of its  hotel rooms,  the
          variety, quality and attractive pricing of its food and  beverage
          outlets, its unique entertainment offerings, customer service and
          its marketing and promotional programs.

             Management believes that the Golden  Nugget primarily competes
          with the  large  hotel-casinos  located on  or  near  the  Strip,
          particularly those offering amenities and marketing programs that
          appeal primarily to the middle- and upper-middle-income strata of
          the gaming  populace.  The  Golden  Nugget  competes  for  gaming
          customers primarily on  the basis of  the elegance, intimacy  and
          excitement offered  by the  facility,  the quality  and  relative
          value of its  hotel rooms and  restaurants, customer service  and
          its marketing and promotional programs. In order to compete  more
          effectively with the Strip hotel-casinos, a coalition of  several
          major downtown  Las  Vegas hotel-casinos  (including  the  Golden
          Nugget), in conjunction with the City of Las Vegas, developed the
          "Fremont Street Experience,"  a major tourist  attraction in  the
          downtown area which  opened in  December 1995.   This  attraction
          converted Fremont Street into a four-block-long pedestrian  mall,
          topped  with  a  90-foot  by 1,400-foot  special effects  canopy.  
          Within the canopy are 2.1 million computer-controlled, four-color
          lights and  a  540,000-watt sound  system.   The  Fremont  Street
          Experience also  includes  retail facilities  and  a  1,432-space
          parking garage.
           
                                    -8-
<PAGE>
             The Golden Nugget-Laughlin  competes with eight  nearby hotel-
          casinos in Laughlin, as well as with hotel-casinos in Las  Vegas,
          Jean and  Primm, Nevada  and casinos  on Indian  reservations  in
          Laughlin's regional market, particularly Southern California  and
          Arizona. 
             
             The Company's  facilities also  compete  for gaming  customers
          with hotel-casino operations  located in other  areas of  Nevada,
          Atlantic City and other parts of  the world, and for  vacationers
          with non-gaming tourist destinations such as Hawaii and  Florida.
          The  Company's  hotel-casinos  compete to  a lesser  extent  with
          state-sponsored  lotteries,  off-track  wagering,  card  parlors,
          riverboat  and  Indian  gaming  facilities  and  other  forms  of
          legalized gaming in the United States, as well as with gaming  on
          cruise ships.   In recent years,  certain states have  legalized,
          and several  other  states  have  considered  legalizing,  casino
          gaming.  Management  does not believe  that such legalization  of
          casino gaming  in  those  jurisdictions  would  have  a  material
          adverse impact on the  Company's operations. However,  management
          believes that the legalization  of large-scale land-based  casino
          gaming in or near certain major metropolitan areas,  particularly
          in California, could have  a material adverse  effect on the  Las
          Vegas market.
            
          EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS

             As of  March 1,  1997, the  Company and  its subsidiaries  had
          approximately 14,700 full-time and 2,200 part-time employees.  At
          that date, the Company  had collective bargaining contracts  with
          unions covering approximately 7,100  of its Las Vegas  employees,
          expiring  in  May  1997.    Management  considers  its   employee
          relations to be excellent.

          REGULATION AND LICENSING

             NEVADA

             The ownership  and operation  of casino  gaming facilities  in
          Nevada are subject to (i) the  Nevada Gaming Control Act and  the
          regulations promulgated  thereunder  (collectively,  the  "Nevada
          Act") and  (ii) various  local  ordinances and  regulations.  The
          Registrant's  Nevada  gaming  operations   are  subject  to   the
          licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming  Commission
          (the "Nevada Commission"), the Nevada State Gaming Control  Board
          (the "Nevada Board"), the City of Las Vegas and the Clark  County
          Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board (the "Clark County Board"). The
          Nevada Commission, the Nevada  Board, the City  of Las Vegas  and
          the Clark  County  Board  are collectively  referred  to  as  the
          "Nevada Gaming Authorities."

                                     -9-
<PAGE>
             The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada
          Gaming Authorities are based  upon declarations of public  policy
          which are concerned with, among other things: (i) the  prevention
          of unsavory  or  unsuitable  persons  from  having  a  direct  or
          indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any  capacity;
          (ii) the establishment and maintenance of responsible  accounting
          practices and  procedures;  (iii) the  maintenance  of  effective
          controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the
          establishment of minimum procedures  for internal fiscal  affairs
          and the safeguarding of  assets and revenues, providing  reliable
          record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports  with
          the Nevada Gaming  Authorities; (iv) the  prevention of  cheating
          and fraudulent practices; and (v) providing a source of state and
          local revenues  through taxation  and licensing  fees. Change  in
          such laws,  regulations  and  procedures could  have  an  adverse
          effect on the Registrant's gaming operations.

             The Registrant's direct and indirect subsidiaries that conduct
          gaming operations  are  required to  be  licensed by  the  Nevada
          Gaming Authorities.  The  gaming licenses  require  the  periodic
          payment of  fees  and taxes  and  are not  transferable.  MCH  is
          registered as an intermediary company and has been found suitable
          to own  the stock  of TI  Corp.  MCH has  also been  licensed  to
          conduct nonrestricted gaming operations  at The Mirage. TI  Corp.
          has been licensed to  conduct nonrestricted gaming operations  at
          Treasure Island.  GNLV has  been  registered as  an  intermediary
          company and has been  found suitable to own  the stock of  Golden
          Nugget Manufacturing  Corp.  ("GNMC"),  its  inactive  subsidiary
          which is licensed  as a  manufacturer and  distributor of  gaming
          devices. GNLV  has also  been licensed  to conduct  nonrestricted
          gaming operations at the Golden Nugget. GNL has been licensed  to
          conduct nonrestricted  gaming operations  at the  Golden  Nugget-
          Laughlin.   Bellagio  has  been  registered  as  an  intermediary
          company and has  been found  suitable to  own the  stock of  MRGS
          Corp. ("MRGS"), which has been licensed as a 50% general  partner
          of Victoria Partners.  The Registrant is registered by the Nevada
          Commission  as  a  publicly  traded  corporation  (a  "Registered
          Corporation") and has  been found suitable  to own  the stock  of
          MCH, GNLV,  Bellagio and  GNL, each  of which,  together with  TI
          Corp., MRGS and  GNMC, is a  corporate licensee (individually,  a
          "Gaming Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Gaming  Subsidiaries")
          under the Nevada  Act.  Victoria  Partners has  been licensed  to
          conduct  nonrestricted  gaming  operations  at  Monte  Carlo  and
          certain subsidiaries of Circus  have been registered or  licensed
          for their ownership of Victoria Partners.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
             As  a  Registered  Corporation,  the  Registrant  is  required
          periodically to submit detailed  financial and operating  reports
          to the Nevada Commission and furnish any other information  which
          the Nevada  Commission  may  require.  No  person  may  become  a
          stockholder of, or  receive any percentage  of profits from,  the
          Gaming  Subsidiaries   without  first   obtaining  licenses   and
          approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Registrant  and
          the Gaming  Subsidiaries have  obtained  from the  Nevada  Gaming
          Authorities the various  registrations, findings of  suitability,
          approvals, permits and  licenses required in  order to engage  in
          gaming activities in Nevada.

             All gaming devices that are manufactured,  sold or distributed
          for use or play in Nevada, or for distribution outside of Nevada,
          must be manufactured by licensed manufacturers and distributed or
          sold by licensed distributors.   All gaming devices  manufactured
          for use  or  play  in  Nevada must  be  approved  by  the  Nevada
          Commission  before  distribution  or  exposure  for  play.    The
          approval process for gaming devices includes rigorous testing  by
          the Nevada Board, a field trial and a determination as to whether
          the gaming device meets strict  technical standards that are  set
          forth in the  regulations of the  Nevada Commission.   Associated
          equipment must be  administratively approved by  the Chairman  of
          the Nevada Board before it is distributed for use in Nevada.

             The Nevada Gaming  Authorities may investigate  any individual
          who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with,
          the Registrant or the Gaming  Subsidiaries in order to  determine
          whether such individual is  suitable or should  be licensed as  a
          business associate of a gaming licensee. Officers, directors  and
          certain key  employees  of  the  Gaming  Subsidiaries  must  file
          applications with  the  Nevada  Gaming  Authorities  and  may  be
          required to be licensed  or found suitable  by the Nevada  Gaming
          Authorities.  Officers,  directors  and  key  employees  of   the
          Registrant who  are  actively  and directly  involved  in  gaming
          activities of  the  Gaming Subsidiaries  may  be required  to  be
          licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.  The
          Nevada Gaming Authorities may  deny an application for  licensing
          for  any  cause  which  they   deem  reasonable.  A  finding   of
          suitability  is  comparable  to   licensing,  and  both   require
          submission  of  detailed   personal  and  financial   information
          followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing
          or a  finding  of suitability  must  pay  all the  costs  of  the
          investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported  to
          the Nevada Gaming Authorities, and in addition to their authority
          to deny an application for a finding of suitability or licensure,
          the Nevada Gaming Authorities  have jurisdiction to disapprove  a
          change in a corporate position.

                                    -11-
<PAGE>
             If the  Nevada Gaming  Authorities were  to  find an  officer,
          director or key employee  unsuitable for licensing or  unsuitable
          to continue  having a  relationship with  the Registrant  or  the
          Gaming Subsidiaries, the companies  involved would have to  sever
          all relationships  with  such  person. In  addition,  the  Nevada
          Commission may require the Registrant or the Gaming  Subsidiaries
          to terminate the  employment of any  person who  refuses to  file
          appropriate applications.  Determinations  of suitability  or  of
          questions pertaining  to licensing  are not  subject to  judicial
          review in Nevada.

             The Registrant  and the  Gaming Subsidiaries  are required  to
          submit detailed  financial and  operating reports  to the  Nevada
          Commission. Substantially all  material loans,  leases, sales  of
          securities and similar financing transactions entered into by the
          Gaming Subsidiaries must be reported to or approved by the Nevada
          Commission.

             If it were determined  that the Nevada  Act was violated  by a
          Gaming Subsidiary,  the  licenses  it  holds  could  be  limited,
          conditioned, suspended  or revoked,  subject to  compliance  with
          certain statutory  and regulatory  procedures. In  addition,  the
          Registrant, the  Gaming  Subsidiaries and  the  persons  involved
          could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation
          of the Nevada  Act at the  discretion of  the Nevada  Commission.
          Further, a supervisor could be appointed by the Nevada Commission
          to operate The  Mirage, Treasure Island,  the Golden Nugget,  the
          Golden  Nugget-Laughlin  and  Monte  Carlo  and,  under   certain
          circumstances,  earnings   generated  during   the   supervisor's
          appointment (except  for  the  reasonable  rental  value  of  the
          casino) could be  forfeited to the  State of Nevada.  Limitation,
          conditioning or  suspension of  the gaming  license of  a  Gaming
          Subsidiary  or  the  appointment  of  a  supervisor  could   (and
          revocation of  any  gaming license  would)  materially  adversely
          affect the Registrant's gaming operations.
          
             Any beneficial holder  of the Registrant's  voting securities,
          regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file
          an application, be  investigated and  have his  suitability as  a
          beneficial  holder   of   the  Registrant's   voting   securities
          determined if the  Nevada Commission has  reason to believe  that
          such ownership would be  inconsistent with the declared  policies
          of the  State of  Nevada. The  applicant must  pay all  costs  of
          investigation  incurred  by  the  Nevada  Gaming  Authorities  in
          conducting any such investigation.
            
             The Nevada Act requires  any person who acquires  more than 5%
          of a  Registered Corporation's  voting securities  to report  the
          acquisition to  the Nevada  Commission. The  Nevada Act  requires
          that  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  10%  of  a   Registered
          Corporation's voting securities  apply to  the Nevada  Commission
          for a finding of suitability within 30 days after the Chairman of
          the Nevada Board  mails a written  notice requiring such  filing.
          Under certain  circumstances,  an  "institutional  investor,"  as
          defined in the Nevada Act, which acquires more than 10%, but  not

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
          more than 15%,  of a Registered  Corporation's voting  securities
          may apply to the Nevada Commission  for a waiver of such  finding
          of suitability requirement if  such institutional investor  holds
          the  voting   securities  for   investment  purposes   only.   An
          institutional  investor  shall  not  be  deemed  to  hold  voting
          securities for investment purposes  unless the voting  securities
          were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business  as
          an institutional investor  and not  for the  purpose of  causing,
          directly or indirectly, the election of a majority of the members
          of the  board of  directors of  the Registered  Corporation,  any
          change in the corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies  or
          operations of the  Registered Corporation  or any  of its  gaming
          affiliates or any other action which the Nevada Commission  finds
          to be  inconsistent  with holding  the  Registered  Corporation's
          voting securities for investment purposes only. Activities  which
          are not deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting  securities
          for investment purposes only include:  (i) voting on all  matters
          voted  on  by  stockholders;  (ii)  making  financial  and  other
          inquiries of management of the  type normally made by  securities
          analysts for informational purposes and not to cause a change  in
          its management,  policies or  operations;  and (iii)  such  other
          activities  as  the  Nevada   Commission  may  determine  to   be
          consistent with such investment  intent.  The  City of Las  Vegas
          and the  Clark County  Board have  the authority  to approve  all
          persons owning  or  controlling  the  stock  of  any  corporation
          controlling a  gaming  licensee.   If  the beneficial  holder  of
          voting securities who  must be found  suitable is a  corporation,
          partnership or  trust,  it  must  submit  detailed  business  and
          financial information, including a list of beneficial owners. The
          applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation.
            
             Any person  who fails  or refuses  to apply  for a  finding of
          suitability or a license within 30 days after being ordered to do
          so by the Nevada Commission or  the Chairman of the Nevada  Board
          may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a  record
          owner if the record owner, after  request, fails to identify  the
          beneficial owner.  Any stockholder  found unsuitable  who  holds,
          directly or indirectly,  any beneficial ownership  of the  voting
          securities beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the
          Nevada Commission  may  be  guilty of  a  criminal  offense.  The
          Registrant  is  subject  to  disciplinary  action  if,  after  it
          receives notice that a person is  unsuitable to be a  stockholder
          or to  have any  other relationship  with the  Registrant or  the
          Gaming Subsidiaries,  the Registrant:  (i) pays  such person  any
          dividend or interest  upon voting securities  of the  Registrant;
          (ii) allows such person to exercise, directly or indirectly,  any
          voting right conferred  through securities held  by that  person;
          (iii) pays remuneration in any form  to such person for  services
          rendered or otherwise; or (iv) fails to pursue all lawful efforts
          to require  such  person  to  relinquish  his  voting  securities
          including, if  necessary, the  immediate purchase  of the  voting
          securities for cash at fair market value.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
             The Nevada  Commission  may, in  its  discretion, require  the
          holder of any debt security of  a Registered Corporation to  file
          applications, be investigated  and be found  suitable to own  the
          debt security if  it has reason  to believe  that such  ownership
          would be inconsistent with the declared policies of the State  of
          Nevada.  If  the Nevada Commission  determines that  a person  is
          unsuitable to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act,
          the Registered Corporation can be sanctioned, including the  loss
          of its approvals,  if without the  prior approval  of the  Nevada
          Commission, it: (i) pays to  the unsuitable person any  dividend,
          interest or  any  distribution whatsoever;  (ii)  recognizes  any
          voting right by  such unsuitable person  in connection with  such
          securities; (iii) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in  any
          form; or (iv) makes any payment  to the unsuitable person by  way
          of principal,  redemption, conversion,  exchange, liquidation  or
          similar transaction.

             The Registrant is required to maintain  a current stock ledger
          in Nevada which may be examined by the Nevada Gaming  Authorities
          at any time. If any securities are  held in trust by an agent  or
          nominee, the  record  holder  may be  required  to  disclose  the
          identity  of   the  beneficial   owner  to   the  Nevada   Gaming
          Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for
          finding the  record holder  unsuitable.  The Registrant  is  also
          required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity
          of the beneficial owner. The Nevada  Commission has the power  to
          require the  Registrant's stock  certificates  to bear  a  legend
          indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act.  To
          date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on
          the Registrant.
             
             The  Registrant  may  not  make  a   public  offering  of  its
          securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if
          the securities or proceeds therefrom are  intended to be used  to
          construct, acquire or finance gaming  facilities in Nevada or  to
          retire or extend obligations incurred for such purposes.  In  May
          1996, the Nevada Commission granted the Registrant prior approval
          to make public  offerings for a  period of one  year, subject  to
          certain conditions  (the "Shelf  Approval"). However,  the  Shelf
          Approval may be  rescinded for  good cause  without prior  notice
          upon the issuance of an interlocutory stop order by the  Chairman
          of the  Nevada Board.  The Shelf  Approval  also applies  to  any
          affiliated  company   wholly   owned  by   the   Registrant   (an
          "Affiliate") which  is a  publicly  traded corporation  or  would
          thereby become a publicly traded corporation pursuant to a public
          offering. The  Shelf  Approval  also includes  approval  for  the
          Gaming Subsidiaries to  guarantee any security  issued by, or  to
          hypothecate their assets to secure the payment or performance  of
          any obligations issued by,  the Registrant or  an Affiliate in  a
          public offering under the Shelf Approval. The Shelf Approval does
          not constitute  a  finding,  recommendation or  approval  by  the
          Nevada Commission  or the  Nevada Board  as  to the  accuracy  or
          adequacy of  the  prospectus  or the  investment  merits  of  the
          securities  offered.  Any  representation  to  the  contrary   is
          unlawful.  The Registrant has filed an application for renewal of
          the Shelf Approval,  which it anticipates  will be considered  by
          the Nevada Board and the Nevada Commission in May 1997.

                                     -14-
<PAGE>
             Changes  in   control  of   the  Registrant   through  merger,
          consolidation,  stock  or   asset  acquisitions,  management   or
          consulting agreements or any act or  conduct by a person  whereby
          he obtains control may  not occur without  the prior approval  of
          the Nevada Commission. Entities seeking  to acquire control of  a
          Registered Corporation must satisfy  the Nevada Board and  Nevada
          Commission with respect to a variety of stringent standards prior
          to assuming control  of such Registered  Corporation. The  Nevada
          Commission may also  require controlling stockholders,  officers,
          directors and  other persons  having a  material relationship  or
          involvement with the  entity proposing to  acquire control to  be
          investigated  and  licensed  as  part  of  the  approval  process
          relating to the transaction.
            
             The  Nevada  Legislature  has  declared  that  some  corporate
          acquisitions  opposed  by   management,  repurchases  of   voting
          securities  and  corporate  defensive  tactics  affecting  Nevada
          corporate gaming licensees, and Registered Corporations that  are
          affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to stable  and
          productive  corporate   gaming.   The   Nevada   Commission   has
          established a  regulatory scheme  to ameliorate  the  potentially
          adverse effects of these business practices upon Nevada's  gaming
          industry and  to  further  Nevada's policy  to:  (i)  assure  the
          financial stability  of  corporate  gaming  licensees  and  their
          affiliates; (ii) preserve  the beneficial  aspects of  conducting
          business in  the  corporate form;  and  (iii) promote  a  neutral
          environment for  the  orderly governance  of  corporate  affairs.
          Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada
          Commission before the Registered Corporation can make exceptional
          repurchases of voting securities  above the current market  price
          thereof and before a corporate acquisition opposed by  management
          can be consummated. The Nevada  Act also requires prior  approval
          of  a  plan  of  recapitalization  proposed  by  the   Registered
          Corporation's board of  directors in response  to a tender  offer
          made directly to  the Registered  Corporation's stockholders  for
          the purpose of acquiring control of the Registered Corporation.

             License fees and taxes,  computed in various ways depending on
          the type of gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State
          of Nevada and to Clark County and the City of Las Vegas, in which
          the Gaming  Subsidiaries'  respective operations  are  conducted.
          Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and
          taxes are payable  monthly, quarterly or  annually and are  based
          upon: (i) a percentage of the  gross revenues received; (ii)  the
          number of gaming devices operated; or  (iii) the number of  table
          games operated. A casino entertainment tax is also paid by casino
          operations where entertainment  is furnished  in connection  with
          the  selling  of  food,  refreshments  or  merchandise.    Nevada
          licensees that hold  a manufacturer's  or distributor's  license,
          such as GNMC, also pay certain fees to the State of Nevada.

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
             Any  person  who  is   licensed,  required  to   be  licensed,
          registered, required to be registered or is under common  control
          with such persons (collectively,  "Licensees"), and who  proposes
          to become  involved in  a gaming  venture outside  of Nevada,  is
          required  to  deposit  with  the  Nevada  Board,  and  thereafter
          maintain, a revolving fund  in the amount of  $10,000 to pay  the
          expenses  of   investigation  by   the   Nevada  Board   of   its
          participation in  such  foreign  gaming. The  revolving  fund  is
          subject to increase or decrease at  the discretion of the  Nevada
          Commission. Thereafter,  Licensees are  required to  comply  with
          certain  reporting  requirements  imposed  by  the  Nevada   Act.
          Licensees are also subject to  disciplinary action by the  Nevada
          Commission if  they knowingly  violate any  laws of  the  foreign
          jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation, fail  to
          conduct the  foreign  gaming  operation in  accordance  with  the
          standards of  honesty and  integrity  required of  Nevada  gaming
          operations, engage in activities that are harmful to the State of
          Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and fees or  employ
          a person in the foreign operation  who has been denied a  license
          or finding of  suitability in Nevada  on the  ground of  personal
          unsuitability.
      
             The sale of alcoholic beverages at The Mirage, Treasure Island
          and  the  Golden  Nugget-Laughlin,  and  the  sale  of  alcoholic
          beverages at the Golden Nugget, are subject to licensing, control
          and regulation by  the Clark  County Board  and the  City of  Las
          Vegas, respectively.  All  licenses  are revocable  and  are  not
          transferable. The  agencies involved  have full  power to  limit,
          condition, suspend  or  revoke any  such  license, and  any  such
          disciplinary action could (and revocation would) have a  material
          adverse effect on the operations of the Gaming Subsidiaries.

             MISSISSIPPI

             The ownership and  operation of   casino gaming  facilities in
          Mississippi are subject to the Mississippi Gaming Control Act and
          the  regulations   promulgated  thereunder   (collectively,   the
          "Mississippi  Act").     The   Registrant's  Mississippi   gaming
          operations will  be  subject  to  the  licensing  and  regulatory
          control of the  Mississippi Gaming  Commission (the  "Mississippi
          Commission").

             The  laws,  regulations  and  supervisory  procedures  of  the
          Mississippi Commission  are  based upon  declarations  of  public
          policy which are concerned with, among other things:  (i) keeping
          gaming  free  of  criminal  and  corruptive  elements  and   (ii)
          maintaining public confidence  and trust  in gaming  by means  of
          strict  regulation   of   all  persons,   locations,   practices,
          associations and activity  related to the  operation of  licensed
          gaming establishments  and  the manufacture  or  distribution  of
          gambling devices and equipment.  Change in such laws, regulations
          and procedures could have an  adverse effect on the  Registrant's
          Mississippi gaming operations.

                                     -16-
<PAGE>
              Beau  Rivage  Resorts,  Inc.  ("Beau  Rivage  Resorts"),  the
          Registrant's indirect subsidiary that  will own and operate  Beau
          Rivage, is required to be licensed by the Mississippi Commission.
          The  gaming  license requires the  periodic payment  of fees  and
          taxes and  is  not  transferable.    GNLV  is  registered  as  an
          intermediary company and has been found suitable to own the stock
          of Beau  Rivage Resorts.   The  Registrant is  registered by  the
          Mississippi  Commission  as  a  publicly  traded  corporation  (a
          "Registered Corporation") and has been found suitable to own  the
          stock of GNLV under the Mississippi Act.

             As a  Registered  Corporation,    the Registrant  is  required
          periodically to submit detailed  financial and operating  reports
          to the Mississippi Commission  and furnish any other  information
          which the  Mississippi Commission  may require.   No  person  may
          become a stockholder  of, or  receive any  percentage of  profits
          from, Beau Rivage Resorts  without first obtaining approval  from
          the Mississippi Commission.  The Registrant, GNLV and Beau Rivage
          Resorts have obtained from the Mississippi Commission the various
          registrations, findings of suitability  and licenses required  in
          order to  engage in  gaming activities  in Mississippi;  however,
          Beau Rivage is  under construction,  and the  final approvals  to
          open the casino must be obtained from the Mississippi  Commission
          as well as other state and local governmental entities.  Although
          the Registrant expects  to obtain such  approvals in due  course,
          failure to receive such approvals  would have a material  adverse
          effect on the Registrant's Mississippi gaming operations.

             All gaming devices that are manufactured,  sold or distributed
          for use or play  in Mississippi, or  for distribution outside  of
          Mississippi, must be manufactured  by licensed manufacturers  and
          distributed or sold by licensed distributors.  All gaming devices
          manufactured for use or play in  Mississippi must be approved  by
          the Mississippi Commission  before distribution  or exposure  for
          play.  The approval process for gaming devices includes  rigorous
          testing by the staff of the Mississippi Commission, a field trial
          and a determination as to whether the gaming device meets  strict
          technical standards that are set forth in the regulations of  the
          Mississippi   Commission.      Associated   equipment   must   be
          administratively  approved  by  the  Executive  Director  of  the
          Mississippi Commission  before  it  is  distributed  for  use  in
          Mississippi.

             The Mississippi Commission may investigate  any individual who
          has a material relationship to, or material involvement with, the
          Registrant, GNLV or  Beau Rivage  Resorts in  order to  determine
          whether such individual is  suitable or should  be licensed as  a
          business associate of a gaming licensee.  Officers, directors and
          certain  key  employees   of  Beau  Rivage   Resorts  must   file
          applications with the Mississippi Commission and may be  required
          to be licensed or  found suitable.   Officers, directors and  key
          employees of  GNLV  and  the  Registrant  who  are  actively  and
          directly involved in gaming activities of Beau Rivage Resorts may
          be required to be licensed or  found suitable by the  Mississippi
          Commission.  The Mississippi  Commission may deny an  application

                                    -17-
<PAGE>
          for licensing for any cause which it deems reasonable.  A finding
          of suitability  is  comparable  to licensing,  and  both  require
          submission  of  detailed   personal  and  financial   information
          followed  by  a  thorough  investigation.    The  applicant   for
          licensing or a finding of suitability  must pay all the costs  of
          the  investigation.    Changes  in  approval  positions  must  be
          reported to the  Mississippi Commission, and  in addition to  its
          authority to deny an application for a finding of suitability  or
          licensure,  the  Mississippi   Commission  has  jurisdiction   to
          disapprove a change in a corporate position.
           
             If  the  Mississippi  Commission  were  to  find  an  officer,
          director or key employee  unsuitable for licensing or  unsuitable
          to continue having  a relationship with  the Registrant, GNLV  or
          Beau Rivage Resorts, the companies  involved would have to  sever
          all relationships with such person.  In addition, the Mississippi
          Commission may  require  the  Registrant,  GNLV  or  Beau  Rivage
          Resorts to terminate the employment of any person who refuses  to
          file appropriate applications.   Determinations  of   suitability
          or of  questions   pertaining to  licensing  are not  subject  to
          judicial review in Mississippi.

             The Registrant, GNLV and  Beau Rivage Resorts are  required to
          submit  detailed   financial  and   operating  reports   to   the
          Mississippi Commission.  All material loans, sales of  securities
          and similar financing  transactions entered into  by Beau  Rivage
          Resorts must  be  reported  to or  approved  by  the  Mississippi
          Commission.

             If it were determined that the Mississippi Act was violated by
          Beau Rivage  Resorts,  the license  it  holds could  be  limited,
          conditioned, suspended  or revoked,  subject to  compliance  with
          certain statutory and  regulatory procedures.   In addition,  the
          Registrant, GNLV, Beau  Rivage Resorts and  the persons  involved
          could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation
          of the  Mississippi  Act at  the  discretion of  the  Mississippi
          Commission.  Limitation, conditioning or suspension of the gaming
          license of  Beau  Rivage Resorts  could  (and revocation  of  the
          gaming   license   would)   materially   adversely   affect   the
          Registrant's Mississippi gaming operations.

             Any beneficial holder  of the Registrant's  voting securities,
          regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file
          an application, be  investigated and  have his  suitability as  a
          beneficial  holder   of   the  Registrant's   voting   securities
          determined if the  Mississippi Commission has  reason to  believe
          that such  ownership  would  be inconsistent  with  the  declared
          policies of the State of Mississippi.  The applicant must pay all
          costs of investigation incurred by the Mississippi Commission  in
          conducting any such investigation.

                                     -18-
<PAGE>
             The Mississippi Act requires any person who acquires more than
          5% of a Registered Corporation's voting securities to report  the
          acquisition to the Mississippi  Commission.  The Mississippi  Act
          requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of a  Registered
          Corporation's  voting   securities  apply   to  the   Mississippi
          Commission for a finding of suitability within 30 days after  the
          Executive Director of  the Mississippi  Commission requests  such
          filing. 

             Any person  who fails  or refuses  to apply  for a  finding of
          suitability or a license within 30 days after being ordered to do
          so by the Mississippi Commission or the Executive Director of the
          Mississippi Commission  may  be  found   unsuitable.    The  same
          restrictions apply to a record owner  if the record owner,  after
          request, fails to identify the beneficial owner.  Any stockholder
          found  unsuitable  who   holds,  directly   or  indirectly,   any
          beneficial ownership of the voting securities beyond such  period
          of time as may be prescribed by the Mississippi Commission may be
          guilty of a criminal offense.

             The Mississippi Commission may, in its discretion, require the
          holder of any debt security of  a Registered Corporation to  file
          applications, be investigated  and be found  suitable to own  the
          debt security if it  determines that such  requirement is in  the
          public interest.

             The Registrant is required to maintain  a current stock ledger
          in  Mississippi  which  may   be  examined  by  the   Mississippi
          Commission at any time.  If  any securities are held in trust  by
          an agent  or  nominee,  the record  holder  may  be  required  to
          disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the  Mississippi
          Commission.  A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for
          finding the record  holder unsuitable.   The  Registrant is  also
          required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity
          of the  beneficial owner.   The  Mississippi Commission  has  the
          power to require  the Registrant's stock  certificates to bear  a
          legend  indicating  that  the  securities  are  subject  to   the
          Mississippi Act; however, the  Mississippi Commission has in  the
          past routinely waived such requirement.

             The Registrant  may  not  make  a  public    offering  of  its
          securities  without  the  prior   approval  of  the   Mississippi
          Commission if the securities  or proceeds therefrom are  intended
          to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities  in
          Mississippi or to retire or extend obligations incurred for  such
          purposes.  In June 1996,  the Mississippi Commission granted  the
          Registrant prior approval to make  public offerings for a  period
          of one  year, subject  to  certain conditions  (the  "Mississippi
          Shelf Approval").  However, the Mississippi Shelf Approval may be
          rescinded for good cause without  prior notice upon the  issuance
          of a  stop order  by the  Executive Director  of the  Mississippi
          Commission.  The Mississippi Shelf Approval does not constitute a
          finding, recommendation or approval by the Mississippi Commission
          as  to  the  accuracy  or  adequacy  of  the  prospectus  or  the

                                    -19-
<PAGE>
          investment merits of the securities offered.  Any  representation
          to the contrary is unlawful.   The Registrant intends to file  an
          application for renewal of the Mississippi Shelf Approval,  which
          it anticipates will be  considered by the Mississippi  Commission
          in May or June 1997.
            
             Changes  in   control  of   the  Registrant   through  merger,
          consolidation,  stock  or   asset  acquisitions,  management   or
          consulting agreements or any act or  conduct by a person  whereby
          he obtains control may  not occur without  the prior approval  of
          the Mississippi Commission.  Entities seeking to acquire  control
          of  a  Registered  Corporation   must  satisfy  the   Mississippi
          Commission with respect to a variety of stringent standards prior
          to  assuming  control  of  such  Registered  Corporation.     The
          Mississippi Commission may also require controlling stockholders,
          officers,  directors  and   other  persons   having  a   material
          relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to  acquire
          control to be investigated and licensed  as part of the  approval
          process relating to the transaction.

             The Mississippi Legislature  has declared that  some corporate
          acquisitions  opposed  by   management,  repurchases  of   voting
          securities and corporate defensive tactics affecting  Mississippi
          corporate gaming licensees, and Registered Corporations that  are
          affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to stable  and
          productive   corporate gaming.   The  Mississippi Commission  has
          established a  regulatory scheme  to ameliorate  the  potentially
          adverse effects of  these business  practices upon  Mississippi's
          gaming industry  and to  further Mississippi's  policy to:    (i)
          assure the financial stability of corporate gaming licensees  and
          their affiliates;    (ii)   preserve  the beneficial  aspects  of
          conducting business  in the corporate  form; and (iii) promote  a
          neutral environment  for the  orderly  governance of    corporate
          affairs.  Approvals  are,  in  certain   circumstances,  required  
          from     the  Mississippi   Commission  before   the   Registered
          Corporation can make exceptional repurchases of voting securities
          above the current  market price  thereof and  before a  corporate
          acquisition opposed  by  management  can  be  consummated.    The
          Mississippi Act  also  requires  prior  approval  of  a  plan  of
          recapitalization proposed by  the Registered Corporation's  board
          of directors in response to a  tender offer made directly to  the
          Registered  Corporation's   stockholders  for   the  purpose   of
          acquiring control of the Registered Corporation.

             License fees and taxes, computed in  various ways depending on
          the type of gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State
          of Mississippi,  and to  the City  of Biloxi,  where Beau  Rivage
          Resorts' operations  will  be  conducted.    Depending  upon  the
          particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are  payable
          monthly, quarterly  or  annually  and are  based  upon:    (i)  a
          percentage of the  gross revenues  received; (ii)  the number  of
          gaming devices  operated;  or (iii)  the  number of  table  games
          operated.
                                     -20-
<PAGE>
             Any  person  who  is   licensed,  required  to   be  licensed,
          registered, required to be registered or is under common  control
          with such persons (collectively,  "Licensees"), and who  proposes
          to become involved in a gaming venture outside of Mississippi, is
          required to receive  the approval of  the Mississippi  Commission
          with  respect  to  foreign  gaming  activities  undertaken  after
          licensure.  Licensees are also subject to disciplinary action  by
          the Mississippi Commission if they knowingly violate any laws  of
          the  foreign  jurisdiction  pertaining  to  the  foreign   gaming
          operation, fail  to  conduct  the  foreign  gaming  operation  in
          accordance with the standards  of honesty and integrity  required
          of Mississippi gaming operations,  engage in activities that  are
          harmful to the  State of Mississippi  or its  ability to  collect
          gaming taxes and fees or employ a person in the foreign operation
          who has  been  denied a  license  or finding  of  suitability  in
          Mississippi on the ground of personal unsuitability.

             The sale of alcoholic beverages at Beau Rivage will be subject
          to licensing, control and regulation by the Mississippi State Tax
          Commission (the "Tax  Commission").  All  licenses are  revocable
          and are not transferable.  The  Tax Commission has full power  to
          limit, condition,  suspend  or revoke any  such license, and  any
          such disciplinary  action could  (and  revocation would)  have  a
          material adverse effect on the operations of Beau Rivage Resorts.

          CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

             Certain information  included  in  this  Form 10-K  and  other
          materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities
          and Exchange Commission (as well as information included in  oral
          statements or other written statements made or to be made by  the
          Company) contains forward-looking statements, within the  meaning
          of Section 27A  of the Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and
          Section  21E  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  
          Such statements include information relating to plans for  future
          expansion and other  business development activities  as well  as
          other capital  spending, financing  sources  and the  effects  of
          regulation (including gaming and tax regulation) and competition.
          Such  forward-looking  information involves  important risks  and
          uncertainties that could significantly affect anticipated results
          in the  future and,  accordingly, such  results may  differ  from
          those expressed in any forward-looking  statements made by or  on
          behalf of the  Company.  These  risks and uncertainties  include,
          but are  not  limited  to,  those  relating  to  development  and
          construction  activities,  dependence  on  existing   management,
          leverage and debt service (including sensitivity to  fluctuations
          in interest  rates),  domestic  or  global  economic  conditions,
          pending litigation, changes in federal  or state tax laws or  the 
          administration  of   such  laws  and  changes  in gaming  laws or 
          regulations  (including  the  legalization  of  gaming in certain 
          jurisdictions).
                                     -21-
<PAGE>
          ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

             The Mirage and Treasure Island share an approximately 120-acre
          site owned by the Registrant. At  March 1, 1997, both The  Mirage
          and  Treasure   Island  were   subject  to   an  encumbrance   of
          approximately $118.9 million, representing the accreted value  of
          zero coupon first mortgage  notes issued by  a subsidiary of  the
          Registrant.

             The Golden  Nugget occupies  approximately seven  and one-half
          acres. The improvements and  approximately 90% of the  underlying
          land are owned  by the Registrant.   The remaining  land is  held
          under three separate ground leases that expire (giving effect  to
          renewal options) on dates ranging from 2025 to 2046.

             The Golden  Nugget-Laughlin, including  the motel  in Bullhead
          City, Arizona,  occupies  an aggregate  of  approximately  15-1/2
          acres. All of the property is owned by the Registrant.   

             The Bellagio site  comprises approximately  120 acres,  all of
          which is owned by the Registrant, except for one acre held  under
          a ground lease that expires (giving effect to renewal options) in
          2073.

             Monte Carlo occupies approximately 46 acres  owned by Victoria
          Partners.  At March 1, 1997, Monte Carlo was subject to aggregate
          encumbrances approximating $171.8 million.

             The Beau Rivage site comprises approximately 21 acres owned by
          the Registrant.
            
             The Registrant owns approximately  850 acres of land  in North
          Las Vegas, including 240 acres occupied by Shadow Creek.

             The Registrant  also  owns  or  leases  various  improved  and
          unimproved  property  in  Las  Vegas,  Atlantic  City  and  other
          locations in the United States and certain foreign countries.

          ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

             On April 26,  1994, a  complaint in  a purported  class action
          lawsuit was filed  in the United  States District  Court for  the
          Middle District of Florida against 41 manufacturers, distributors
          and casino operators of video poker and electronic slot machines,
          including the Registrant.   On  May 10,  1994, a  complaint in  a
          purported class action  lawsuit alleging substantially  identical
          claims was filed by another plaintiff  in the same court  against
          48 defendants, including the Registrant.  On September 26,  1995,
          a  complaint  in  a  purported  class  action  lawsuit   alleging
          substantially identical claims was filed by a third plaintiff  in
          the United  States  District Court  for  the District  of  Nevada
          against 45 defendants, including the Registrant.  On February 14,
          1997, the three plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint
          in the  United  States District Court for the District of Nevada.  
          The complaint  alleges  that the  defendants  have engaged  in  a
          course of fraudulent  and misleading conduct  intended to  induce

                                    -22-
<PAGE>
          persons to  play  video poker  and  electronic slot  machines  by
          collectively misrepresenting how the gaming machines operate,  as
          well as the extent to which there is an opportunity to win.   The
          complaint alleges  violations  of the  Racketeer  Influenced  and
          Corrupt Organizations Act, as well as claims of common law fraud,
          unjust enrichment  and  negligent  misrepresentation,  and  seeks
          unspecified compensatory and  punitive damages.   The  Registrant
          and other  defendants have  moved to  dismiss the  complaint  for
          failure to state a claim.   It is anticipated that there will  be
          no ruling on the Registrant's motion to dismiss until the  summer
          of 1997.    Management  believes  that  the  claims  against  the
          Registrant are  without  merit and  intends  to defend  the  case
          vigorously.

             The  Registrant  (including   its  subsidiaries)  is   also  a
          defendant in  various other  lawsuits, most  of which  relate  to
          routine matters incidental to  its business. Management does  not
          believe that  the  outcome of  such  pending litigation,  in  the
          aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Registrant.

          ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

             There were no matters submitted to a  vote of security holders
          during the fourth quarter of 1996.
             
                                       PART II

          ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

             The Registrant's common  stock is traded  on the New  York and
          Pacific Stock  Exchanges under  the symbol  MIR.   The  following
          table sets forth, for the  calendar quarters indicated, the  high
          and low sale  prices of the  common stock on  the New York  Stock
          Exchange  Composite  Tape.    Such  prices  have  been   adjusted
          retroactively to  give  effect  to a  two-for-one  split  of  the
          Registrant's common stock effective June 17, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996                1995       
                                                   -----------------   ------------------
                                                     HIGH      LOW       HIGH       LOW
                                                   -------   -------   --------   -------
               <S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
               First quarter...................... $24       $16 5/8    $14 3/8   $ 9 7/8
               Second quarter.....................  29 5/8    22         16 3/4    12 7/8
               Third quarter......................  27 1/4    18 3/4     17 5/8    14 1/8
               Fourth quarter.....................  27 1/2    20 3/8     17 3/8    14 3/8
</TABLE>
            There  were   approximately   12,400  record  holders   of  the
          Registrant's common stock as of March 27, 1997.

            The Registrant paid no dividends in  1996 or 1995.    Refer  to
          Exhibit 10(ggg)  to  this Form  10-K,  and  Note 3  of  Notes  to
          Consolidated Financial Statements referred to in Item 14(a)(1) of
          this Form 10-K, for information concerning a  covenant  contained 

                                    -23-
<PAGE>
          in the Registrant's bank credit agreement restricting the ability 
          of the Registrant to pay cash dividends on its common stock prior 
          to the opening of Bellagio.

       ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1996 (a)       1995         1994      1993 (b)      1992 
                                                    --------     --------     --------    --------    --------
                                                              (In millions, except per share amounts)
       <S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
       OPERATING RESULTS
        Gross revenues............................. $1,496.3     $1,453.7     $1,370.9    $1,053.4    $  920.6
        Promotional allowances.....................   (128.8)      (123.0)      (116.7)     (100.1)      (87.6)
        Net revenues...............................  1,367.5      1,330.7      1,254.2       953.3       833.0 
        Operating income...........................    312.7        284.1        237.8       131.7       125.8 
        Income before extraordinary item and
          cumulative effect of change in
          accounting principle (c).................    206.0        169.9        124.7        48.1        36.9
        Net income.................................    206.0        163.2        114.3        29.2        28.4 
        Income per share before extraordinary
          item and cumulative effect of change
          in accounting principle (c).............. $   1.06     $   0.88     $   0.66    $   0.29    $   0.26
        Net income per share....................... $   1.06     $   0.85     $   0.60    $   0.18    $   0.20

       OTHER DATA
        Interest expense, net of
          amounts capitalized...................... $    6.8     $   23.2     $   44.2    $   63.5    $   99.2 
        Net cash provided by operating
          activities...............................    322.1        325.3        286.8       180.8        84.6 
        Capital expenditures.......................    399.1        179.4         69.1       432.4       220.8 

       YEAR-END STATUS
        Total assets............................... $2,143.5     $1,791.7     $1,641.4    $1,705.3    $1,594.9 
        Long-term debt, net of
          current maturities.......................    468.1        248.5        359.6       535.0       831.2 
        Stockholders' equity (d)...................  1,290.9      1,209.3      1,030.9       910.9       553.6
        Shares outstanding.........................    178.3        183.3        182.0       181.2       149.2 
</TABLE>
       ---------------
       (a) The 1996 operating results include the  Company's  50%  share of
           Monte Carlo's net income from its opening on June 21, 1996.
       
       (b) Treasure Island opened on October 26, 1993.
       
       (c) Before extraordinary losses on early  retirements of  debt and a
           one-time  credit  of  $3.6  million in  1992  for the cumulative
           effect of a change in method of accounting for income taxes.
       
       (d) The Company paid no dividends during the five-year period  ended
           December 31, 1996.

       Note:   All previously reported share and  per share data have  been
               adjusted retroactively to give effect to a two-for-one stock
               split effective June 17, 1996.

                                    -24-
<PAGE>
       ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
               AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

       RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          During 1996, the Company  celebrated its golden anniversary with
       record  results.  Net income  of $206.0  million  ($1.06 per share)
       surpassed the  previous records of $169.9 million ($0.88 per share)
       and $124.7 million  ($0.66 per share) before extraordinary and non-
       recurring items achieved in 1995 and 1994, respectively.

          Net revenues excluding  Monte Carlo  grew by  $27.5 million over
       1995.  Non-casino revenues net of  promotional allowances increased
       by  10%,  reflecting  growth  in  revenue   contribution  from  all
       departments.   Net non-casino  revenues accounted  for  45% of  the
       Company's total net revenues  excluding Monte Carlo in  1996.  This
       compares with  41% in  1995 and  42% in  1994.   Net room  revenues
       increased by 15% in 1996.   A $50 million program  was completed in
       August 1995 to  substantially upgrade the  quality of  The Mirage's
       guest rooms.  A  smaller guest room refurbishment  project was also
       completed in  1995 at  the Golden  Nugget-Las Vegas.  Completion of
       these two projects added approximately 4%  in available room nights
       in 1996  versus  1995  and  allowed  the Company to  achieve  a 12%
       increase in the average standard room rate at its Las Vegas hotels.
       Company-wide occupancy of available standard guest rooms  increased
       to  approximately 99%,  versus  approximately  98% in both 1995 and
       1994. The increase in the average room rate has helped the  Company
       achieve an increase in the gross margin on room revenues.

          The  Company  is  currently  refurbishing  the  remaining  1,382
       standard guest rooms at the Golden Nugget-Las Vegas and planning to
       refurbish 138 suites  at The  Mirage that  were not  refurbished as
       part of the  1995 program.   The project  at the  Golden Nugget-Las
       Vegas is expected  to be completed in April 1997 and the project at
       The  Mirage  is  scheduled  for  the  summer  of  1997.   The total
       cost  of  these  two projects is  expected to be  approximately $30
       million.

          SIEGFRIED &  ROY at The  Mirage and  MYSTERE at  Treasure Island
       continue to be two of the most successful theatrical experiences in
       history.   During  1996,  both  shows  again played  to  near  full
       capacity, at  a combined  average ticket  price 7%  higher than  in
       1995. Principally due to the success of  these two productions, net
       entertainment revenues grew by $6.4 million, or  8%, over 1995. The
       increase in the average ticket price resulted  in an improvement in
       gross margins and profitability.  Net food  and beverage and retail
       revenues were  also  solid  contributors,  increasing  9%  and  5%,
       respectively.

          The record operating results in 1996  were achieved despite a 7%
       decline in  table games  revenues  caused by  a  reduction in  both
       activity and  the win  percentage for  baccarat.   The Company-wide
       table games  win percentage  was 19.3%,  versus 20.2%  in 1995  and
       18.8% in 1994.   Excluding baccarat,  table games revenues  in 1996
       increased by 3% over 1995. Slot revenues increased by 1% over 1995.

                                    -25-
<PAGE>
          Monte Carlo opened on June 21, 1996.   During slightly over  six
       months of operation, this  new facility achieved total  revenues of
       $147.3 million and operating  profit, before a one-time  charge for
       preopening costs of  $11.2 million, of  $38.5 million.   During the
       partial-year period,  the hotel  operated at  almost 97%  occupancy
       with  an  average  room  rate  of  nearly  $72.    After  deducting
       preopening  costs   and  net   interest  expense,   this  50%-owned
       unconsolidated  joint  venture  contributed  $9.3   million  to the  
       Company's 1996 pre-tax income.

          The  Company's  net revenues in 1995 increased by $76.6 million, 
       or 6%, over  1994, reflecting substantial growth in both casino and
       non-casino revenues.    Table  games  revenues  increased  by  15%,
       attributable almost  equally to  the higher  win  percentage and  a
       strong increase  in the  level of  play, particularly  in baccarat.
       Slot revenues grew by 1% over 1994.

          The Company's  net  non-casino revenues  in  1995 grew by  $21.4
       million, or 4%, over 1994.  A major contributor  to this growth was
       a 23% increase in entertainment revenues resulting partially from a
       16% increase in the number of performances by  SIEGFRIED & ROY. The
       show's schedule was curtailed in 1994 due  to knee surgery required
       by one  of  the  principal  performers. Additionally,  the  MYSTERE
       production achieved higher  occupancy and  a higher  average ticket
       price in 1995 than in 1994.

          Net room revenues  in 1995 increased by 5% over 1994.  This  was
       particularly  notable  as  the  number  of  available  room  nights
       declined by 4% due to the guest  room enhancement and refurbishment
       projects at The Mirage and the Golden Nugget-Las Vegas.  Reflecting
       an increase in  the average room  rate, net revenues  per available
       room night at the Company's four hotels grew by 8% in 1995.
       
       OTHER FACTORS AFFECTING EARNINGS

          The provision for losses on receivables in 1996 declined by $8.5
       million from  1995.  This  decline  reflects  favorable  collection
       experience,  as  well as  a  reduction  in the level of table games 
       credit play.

          In November 1996, the Company began  construction on a series of
       improvements at  Treasure  Island. These  include  a luxurious  new
       hotel lobby, a new Italian restaurant,  additional retail space and
       a modest amount  of additional casino  space. The  enhancements are
       expected to cost approximately $25 million and be completed in mid-
       1997. The  construction  had  little  impact on  operating  results
       during 1996, but general and administrative expense includes a $5.4
       million charge related  to the  abandonment of  property associated
       with the new construction.

          General and administrative expense in  1994 includes abandonment
       charges totaling  $12.4 million,  principally  reflecting an  $11.0
       million charge associated with  the guest room  enhancement program
       at The  Mirage.  Various smaller  projects  resulted  in a  similar
       charge of $3.6 million in 1995.

                                    -26-
<PAGE>
          Depreciation and  amortization expense  declined by  8% in 1995,
       principally due to certain  equipment at The Mirage  with five-year
       depreciable lives becoming fully depreciated near  the end of 1994.
       Corporate  expense  declined  by  12%  in   1996,  after  remaining
       relatively flat in 1995.  The decline in 1996  primarily reflects a
       reduction in  the Company's  expansion efforts  in emerging  gaming
       jurisdictions  in  order  to  concentrate  on  the  development  of
       Bellagio and  Beau Rivage  and its  potential  project in  Atlantic
       City.

          Interest expense  has declined  sharply during  the past several
       years. This  decline reflects  management's  continuing efforts  to
       minimize the  Company's average  debt levels  and  overall cost  of
       borrowing. In 1996, the  $16.4 million decline in  interest expense
       largely  reflects   substantially   higher   capitalized   interest
       associated with  the Company's  growing investment  in its  ongoing
       construction projects.

          In February 1996, the Company sold  its 50% equity interest in a
       small casino located near Iguazu Falls, Argentina for $12.5 million
       in cash. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $8.0 million, which
       is included in "Other, including interest income" in 1996.

          During 1995  and  1994, the  Company  retired some  of  its more
       expensive debt prior  to its  scheduled maturities.  Although these
       retirements were financially advantageous to the  Company, the call
       premiums and the write-off of the related unamortized debt issuance
       costs resulted  in  extraordinary  charges.    There were  no  such
       charges during 1996.

       REGULATION AND TAXES
       
          The Company  is subject  to extensive  regulation by  the Nevada
       gaming authorities and will be subject to  regulation, which may or
       may  not  be  similar  to  that  in   Nevada,  by  the  appropriate
       authorities in Mississippi and  any other jurisdiction in  which it
       may conduct gaming activities in the future.  Changes in applicable
       laws  or  regulations  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the
       Company's operations.    In  1996,  legislation was  enacted  which
       established a federal commission to study the gaming industry.

          The gaming  industry  represents  a  significant  source  of tax
       revenues, particularly to the State of Nevada  and its counties and
       municipalities.   From  time to  time,  various  state and  federal
       legislators and officials have  proposed changes in tax  law, or in
       the  administration  of such  law, affecting  the gaming  industry. 
       Proposals in recent  years that  have not  been enacted  included a
       federal gaming tax and increases in state or local taxes. 

          Management believes that the Company's recorded tax balances are
       adequate.  However, it is not possible  to determine with certainty
       the  likelihood  of  possible   changes  in  tax  law   or  in  the
       administration of such law.  Such changes, if adopted, could have a
       material adverse effect on the Company's operating results.

                                    -27-
<PAGE>
       CAPITAL RESOURCES, CAPITAL SPENDING AND LIQUIDITY

          Cash  provided  by   operating  activities  (as  shown  in   the
       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows) was  $322.1 million in 1996,
       versus $325.3 million in 1995 and $286.8 million in 1994.  Although
       the Company's  net income  grew by  26%  in 1996,  such growth  was
       partially  mitigated  by  cash  payments  for   income  taxes  that
       represented a higher  percentage of the  Company's  tax  provision. 
       These additional tax payments are principally due to the exhaustion
       of the  Company's alternative  minimum tax  credit  and the  normal
       reversal  of  temporary   book/tax  differences  relating   to  the
       depreciation of property and equipment.
       
          The Company's capital spending  is increasing significantly with
       the ongoing  construction of  Bellagio and  Beau  Rivage.   Capital
       expenditures in  1996 totaled  $399.1 million,  compared to  $179.4
       million in  1995  and  $69.1  million  in 1994.    Including  land,
       capitalized interest and preopening costs, Bellagio  is expected to
       cost approximately $1.4 billion and Beau Rivage is expected to cost
       approximately $550  million.   At year-end  1996,  the Company  had
       incurred approximately  $323 million  associated with  Bellagio and
       $62 million  associated with  Beau Rivage.   The  Company has  also
       acquired approximately  $60  million  of  fine  art which  will  be
       displayed in Bellagio.   Approximately $43 million of  such artwork
       was acquired prior to year-end 1996.

          Capital  spending  will increase further should the Company pro-
       ceed with the development  of  one  or  more  casino-based  destin-
       ation  resorts  in Atlantic City.  Although the Company has entered 
       into agreements  with  the City of Atlantic City and the New Jersey
       Department  of   Transportation  and  South  Jersey  Transportation
       Authority, there can be  no  assurance  as  to  whether or when the 
       Company will proceed with a project in Atlantic City. 

          At year-end 1995,  the Company had  a total of  $41.9 million of
       bank  credit facility and commercial paper borrowings  outstanding.  
       During  1996,  expenditures  on new projects and repurchases of the 
       Company's  common   stock   exceeded  net   operating   cash  flow,  
       necessitating additional borrowings under the bank credit facility.  
       The weighted average interest rate on such borrowings  was approxi-
       mately 5.85% in 1996.

          On October 30,  1996, the Company  issued $250 million principal
       amount  of  7-1/4%  Senior  Notes Due October 15, 2006 - the lowest
       cost  fixed-rate debt  securities ever  issued by the Company.  The
       notes were  issued pursuant to a shelf registration statement filed
       with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on June 28, 1996 that
       allows the Company to issue up to $500 million  of  debt  or equity
       securities or any  combination thereof.  The net proceeds  from the
       offering  of  $247.4  million  allowed  the  Company to  repay  all
       outstanding  bank credit  facility  and commercial paper borrowings
       prior to year-end 1996.                        
                                    -28-

<PAGE>
          During 1996, the  Company repurchased  approximately 6.7 million
       shares of its common stock at a total cost of  $144.2 million.  The
       shares were  repurchased  pursuant  to  the Company's  existing  10
       million share repurchase program.  Repurchase  of the approximately
       3.3 million  shares  remaining under  the  program  will depend  on
       various factors, including market conditions, available alternative
       investments and the Company's financial position.  During 1996, the
       Company also expended $8.2  million to acquire  approximately 3-1/4
       acres of vacant land along  the Atlantic City Boardwalk.   The land
       is adjacent to 2-1/4  acres of land owned  by the Company  for many
       years.

          On March 7, 1997, the Company's $1 billion revolving bank credit
       facility was amended  to increase the  total availability  to $1.75
       billion and extend the maturity date from May 1999  to March  2002. 
       Under  certain   circumstances,  the   bank credit facility  can be  
       further increased to $2 billion.    The amendments also reduced the 
       Company's  borrowing cost  and eliminated  or relaxed  many  of the  
       financial  covenants.    See  Note  3  of   Notes  to  Consolidated  
       Financial  Statements  for  a  more  detailed  description  of  the 
       amended  bank credit facility.
       
          Management believes that existing  cash balances, operating cash
       flow and  available  borrowings  under  the revolving  bank  credit
       facility will provide the Company with sufficient resources to meet
       its existing debt  obligations and foreseeable  capital expenditure
       requirements,  including  those  relating  to  the  development  of
       Bellagio and Beau Rivage and potential projects in Atlantic City.

       ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

          The Consolidated Financial Statements  and Notes to Consolidated
       Financial  Statements   of   Mirage   Resorts,   Incorporated   and
       Subsidiaries, referred to in  Item 14(a)(1) of this  Form 10-K, are
       included at pages 40 to 58.

       ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
               AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

          None.
                                     
                                     PART III

       ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

          There is incorporated  by reference  the  information  appearing
       under the captions "Directors and Executive  Officers" and "Section
       16(a)   Beneficial   Ownership   Reporting   Compliance"   in   the
       Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its May 29, 1997 Annual
       Meeting of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  with the  Securities  and
       Exchange Commission (the "Proxy Statement").

                                    -29-
<PAGE>
       ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          There is incorporated  by reference  the  information  appearing
       under the caption "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement.

       ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
                 MANAGEMENT

          There is incorporated  by reference  the  information  appearing
       under the  caption  "Stock  Ownership  of  Major  Stockholders  and
       Management" in the Proxy Statement.

       ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

          There is  incorporated  by reference  the information  appearing
       under the  caption "Compensation  Committee Interlocks  and Insider
       Participation" in the Proxy Statement.

                                     PART IV

       ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON 
                 FORM 8-K

        (a)(1).  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                 Included in Part II of this Report:

                   Report of Independent Public Accountants

                   Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1996 and 1995

                   Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                      Consolidated Statements of Income

                      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
          
        (a)(2).  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

                 Included in Part IV of this Report:

                   Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                    Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
          
          Schedules other than that listed  above are omitted because they
       are not required or are not applicable, or the required information
       is shown  in the  financial statements  or notes  to the  financial
       statements. 

                                    -30-
<PAGE>
        (a)(3). EXHIBITS.

                3(i)(a)  Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant.
                         Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  3(i)  to
                         Registrant's Quarterly  Report on  Form 10-Q  for 
                         the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1993.

                3(i)(b)  Amended and  Restated Certificate  of Division of
                         Shares  into  Smaller  Denominations  Pursuant to 
                         N.R.S. Section  78.207 of Registrant, filed Octo-
                         ber  14, 1993.   Incorporated  by   reference  to  
                         Exhibit  2.2  to  Amendment No. 3 to Registrant's 
                         Registration  Statement on Form 8-A dated October 
                         19, 1993.
                         
                3(i)(c)  Certificate of  Division  of Shares into  Smaller
                         Denominations Pursuant to  N.R.S.  Section 78.207
                         of Registrant, filed June  5, 1996.  Incorporated
                         by reference  to  Exhibit  1 to  Amendment  No. 4
                         to  Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form 
                         8-A dated June 18, 1996.

                3(ii)    Amended  and  Restated   Bylaws   of  Registrant.
                         Incorporated  by  reference to  Exhibit   99   to
                         Registrant's Quarterly  Report on  Form 10-Q  for 
                         the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1994.

                4(a)     Indenture,  dated  as  of   March 15, 1988,  with 
                         respect to GNS FINANCE CORP.'s  ("Finance")  Zero
                         Coupon First Mortgage Notes Due  March  15, 1998,
                         together  with exhibits  (the "Zero Coupon  Notes
                         Indenture").    Incorporated   by   reference  to  
                         Exhibit 4(c) to the Registration  Statement filed
                         by  Finance  and  MCH  on  Form  S- 1  under  the 
                         Securities Act  of 1933 (No. 33-22369) (the  "MCH 
                         Form S-1").

                4(b)     First Supplemental Indenture,  dated as of August
                         1, 1988,  to   the Zero Coupon  Notes  Indenture.
                         Incorporated  by   reference  to   Exhibit   4(f)
                         to Amendment No. 1 to the MCH Form S-1.

                4(c)     Second  Supplemental   Indenture,  dated  as   of
                         January  15,  1990,  to  the  Zero  Coupon  Notes
                         Indenture.    Incorporated    by    reference  to
                         Exhibit  4(q) to Registrant's  Annual  Report  on
                         Form  10-K  for  the fiscal year  ended  December
                         31, 1989 (the  "1989 Form 10-K").

                4(d)     Third Supplemental Indenture,  dated as of  Octo-
                         ber  15, 1990,  to   the   Zero    Coupon   Notes
                         Indenture.    Incorporated    by   reference   to
                         Exhibit  4(r)   to Amendment No. 1  to the Annual
                         Report  on Form 10-K of Finance  for  the  fiscal 
                         year ended December 31, 1990.

                                    -31-
<PAGE>
                4(e)     Fourth Supplemental Indenture,  dated as of June
                         15,1992, to the  Zero   Coupon  Notes Indenture.   
                         Incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit  19.4  to
                         Registrant's Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q  for
                         the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1992.

                4(f)     Indenture,  dated  as  of  March 31, 1993,  with
                         respect to Finance's  9-1/4% Senior Subordinated
                         Notes   Due  March   15,  2003,   together  with 
                         exhibits.  Incorporated by reference  to Exhibit
                         4  to  Registrant's  Current  Report on Form 8-K 
                         dated March 31, 1993.

                4(g)     Indenture,   dated   as   of  October 15,  1996,
                         between  Registrant and  Firstar Bank  of Minne-
                         sota,   N.A.,   as  trustee  (the  "1996   Shelf 
                         Indenture").   Incorporated   by  reference   to 
                         Exhibit  4.1 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on  
                         Form 10-Q for the  fiscal quarter  ended Septem-
                         ber 30, 1996 (the "September 1996 Form 10-Q").

                4(h)     Supplemental  Indenture, dated as of October 15,
                         1996, to the 1996 Shelf Indenture, with  respect
                         to Registrant's 7.25% Senior Notes  Due  October
                         15, 2006. Incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit
                         4.2 to the September 1996 Form 10-Q.

                10(a)*   Forms of  Incentive Stock  Option Agreement  and
                         Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement.  Incorpor-
                         ated  by reference to  Exhibit 10(b) to the 1989 
                         Form 10-K.

                10(b)*   1983 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation  Rights
                         Plan, as amended.  Incorporated  by reference to 
                         Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration  Statement filed 
                         by Registrant on Form S-8 under  the  Securities 
                         Act of 1933 (No. 33-16037) (the "Form S-8").

                10(c)*   1984 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation  Rights 
                         Plan, as amended.  Incorporated by  reference to
                         Exhibit 4.2 to the Form S-8.

                10(d)*   1986 Stock Option and Stock  Appreciation Rights
                         Plan, as amended.   Incorporated by reference to 
                         Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-8.

                10(e)*   1992 Stock Option and Stock  Appreciation Rights 
                         Plan.  Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit
                         10(n)  to Registrant's  Annual  Report  on  Form
                         10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended December 31, 
                         1991.
                                    -32-
<PAGE>         
                10(f)*   1993 Stock Option and Stock  Appreciation Rights
                         Plan.  Incorporated  by  reference   to  Exhibit
                         10(m)  to Registrant's Annual  Report   on  Form
                         10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992
                         (the "1992 Form 10-K").

                10(g)*   Executive Retirement  Plan  Agreement,  dated as
                         of December  1,  1986,  between  Registrant  and  
                         Kenneth R. Wynn.    Incorporated by reference to 
                         Exhibit 10(hh) to Registrant's Annual  Report on
                         Form  10-K  for  the fiscal year ended  December  
                         31, 1986 (the  "1986 Form 10-K").

                10(h)*   Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated as of
                         December 1, 1986, between  Registrant  and James 
                         E. Pettis.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                         10(mm) to the 1986 Form 10-K.

                10(i)*   Amended and Restated 1992 Non-Employee  Director
                         Stock Option Plan.   Incorporated  by  reference  
                         to Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant's Quarterly Report 
                         on  Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter  ended June 
                         30, 1996.

                10(j)    Deed of Trust,  Assignment of Rents and Security
                         Agreement, dated as of March 23,  1988, from MCH 
                         in favor of  First  Interstate  Bank  of Nevada,  
                         N.A. ("FIBN"),   as  trustee.    Incorporated by  
                         reference  to  Exhibit  10(xx)  to  Registrant's 
                         Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal year 
                         ended December 31, 1987.

                10(k)    Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 4,1990,
                         between MCH, as  trustor,  and  FIBN,  as  bene-
                         ficiary.   Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                         4.12  to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K 
                         dated October 4, 1990.

                10(l)    Easement, dated December 28, 1990, from MH, INC.
                         ("MH") in favor of Stephen A. Wynn. Incorporated 
                         by reference to Exhibit 10(ll) to Amendment No.1 
                         to the  Registration Statement  filed by Finance 
                         and  MCH on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of
                         1933 (No. 33-38496).

                10(m)    Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and
                         Security Agreement, dated as  of March 25, 1992,
                         from  TI  Corp.  in  favor  of FIBN, as trustee.  
                         Incorporated by reference to  Exhibit 10(cc)  to
                         the  Annual Report on Form  10-K of Finance  for  
                         the fiscal  year  ended  December 31,  1991 (the 
                         "Finance 1991 Form 10-K").

                10(n)*   Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of August 18,
                         1992,  between  Registrant  and Frank  Visconti.  
                         Incorporated by  reference  to  Exhibit  19.4 to
                         Registrant's Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q  for 
                         the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1992.

                                    -33-  
<PAGE>
                10(o)*   Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August 16,
                         1995,  between  Registrant  and  James E. Pettis.
                         Incorporated by  reference   to  Exhibit  10.5 to
                         Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on Form 10-Q for 
                         the fiscal quarter ended September 30,  1995 (the 
                         "September 1995 Form 10-Q").

                10(p)*   Employment  Agreement, dated  December 16,  1992,
                         between  Registrant  and Stephen A. Wynn.  Incor-
                         porated by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(zz) to the 
                         1992 Form 10-K.

                10(q)    Amendment Agreement, dated  as  of  November  24,
                         1992, between MCH, as trustor, and FIBN, as bene-
                         ficiary.   Incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit 
                         10(ddd) to the 1992 Form 10-K.

                10(r)    Second Amendment to Deed  of  Trust,  dated as of
                         February  21, 1992,  between MCH, as trustor, and 
                         FIBN, as beneficiary.   Incorporated by reference 
                         to Exhibit 10(z) to the Finance 1991 Form 10-K.

                10(s)    Lease, dated September  4,  1962,  and Agreement,
                         dated March 25, 1975, between the Trustees of the 
                         Fraternal Order  of   Eagles,  Las   Vegas  Aerie 
                         1213, and Registrant.   Incorporated by reference 
                         to  Exhibit 10(c) to  the Registration  Statement
                         filed by  GNLV FINANCE  CORP.  and  GNLV  on Form 
                         S-1   under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  (No. 
                         33-5694) (the "GNLV Form S-1").

                10(t)    Lease  Agreement,  dated July 1, 1973, and Amend-
                         ment  to  Lease,   dated   February    27,  1979,   
                         between  First  National  Bank of Nevada, Trustee  
                         under  Private  Trust  No. 87,   and  Registrant. 
                         Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10(d) to 
                         the GNLV Form S-1.
      
                10(u)    Lease, dated April  30, 1976,  between  Elizabeth
                         Properties Trust, Elizabeth  Zahn,  Trustee,  and
                         Registrant. Incorporated by reference to  Exhibit
                         10(e) to the GNLV Form S-1.

                10(v)    Land Sales Contract, dated March  26,  1993,  be-
                         tween  MH  and  Stephen  A.  Wynn, together  with  
                         exhibits.  Incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit 
                         10(yy)  to  the  Registration Statement  filed by  
                         Finance and MCH on Form S-4 under  the Securities 
                         Act  of 1933  (No. 33-62514).

                10(w)*   First Amendment   to Executive   Retirement  Plan
                         Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1993,  between
                         Registrant and  Kenneth  R.  Wynn.   Incorporated  
                         by reference to Exhibit  10(ccc) to  Registrant's 
                         Annual  Report   on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  
                         year ended December 31, 1993.

                                    -34-
<PAGE>
                10(x)*   Amended and  Restated   1994  Cash   Bonus  Plan.
                         Incorporated  by  reference  to   Exhibit  10(qq)  
                         to Registrant's Annual  Report  on Form 10-K  for  
                         the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31, 1994 (the  
                         "1994 Form 10-K").

                10(y)    Joint  Venture  Agreement  of  Victoria Partners,
                         dated as of December 9, 1994, among  MRGS  Corp., 
                         Gold  Strike  L.V.    and    Registrant  (without  
                         exhibit)  (the "Joint Venture Agreement"). Incor-
                         porated  by  reference  to Exhibit 99.1 to Regis-
                         trant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 
                         9,  1994 (the "December  1994 Form 8-K").

                10(z)    Reducing  Revolving  Loan  Agreement, dated as of
                         December 21, 1994, among Victoria Partners,  each 
                         Bank party thereto,  The Long-Term   Credit  Bank  
                         of Japan, Ltd., Los  Angeles  Agency  and Societe 
                         Generale, as Co-Agents,  and   Bank   of  America  
                         National  Trust  and   Savings   Association,  as 
                         Administrative  Agent  (without schedules  or ex-
                         hibits) (the "Victoria Partners Loan Agreement").   
                         Incorporated by  reference to   Exhibit  99.2  to 
                         Amendment No. 1 to the December  1994 Form 8-K on 
                         Form 8-K/A.

                10(aa)   Amendment No. 1 to the  Victoria  Partners   Loan
                         Agreement, dated as of January 31, 1995.   Incor-
                         porated  by  reference to  Exhibit 10(uu)  to the
                         1994 Form 10-K.

                10(bb)*  1995 Stock  Option and  Stock Appreciation Rights
                         Plan. Incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit A to
                         Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  filed  
                         on April 18, 1995 under cover of Schedule 14A.

                10(cc)   Amendment No.  1 to  the Joint Venture Agreement,
                         dated as of April 17, 1995.  Incorporated by ref-
                         erence to Exhibit 10(c)  to Registrant's Quarter-
                         ly Report  on Form 10-Q for  the  fiscal  quarter 
                         ended  March  31,  1995  (the  "March  1995  Form 
                         10-Q").

                10(dd)   Agreement between  Denny's, Inc. and Beau Rivage,
                         dated as of March  31,  1995 (without  exhibits).  
                         Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10(d) to  
                         the March 1995 Form 10-Q.

                10(ee)   Amended and Restated Lease, dated as of April 26,
                         1995,  between  MKB  Company  and   Beau   Rivage 
                         (without exhibits).  Incorporated by reference to  
                         Exhibit 10(e) to the March 1995 Form 10-Q.

                                    -35-
<PAGE>
                10(ff)   Amendment No. 2 to  the  Victoria  Partners  Loan
                         Agreement,  dated as  of June  30, 1995  (without
                         exhibit).  Incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit 
                         10.1  to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form 
                         10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended  June 30,  1995 
                         (the  "June 1995 Form 10-Q").

                10(gg)   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July   24,  1995,
                         among Registrant, Capital  Gaming  International, 
                         Inc.  and  Crescent  City   Capital   Development 
                         Corporation  (the "Stock  Purchase   Agreement").
                         Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
                         June 1995 Form 10-Q.

                10(hh)   Amendment No. 3 to the   Victoria  Partners  Loan
                         Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1995.   Incorpor-
                         ated  by  reference to  Exhibit 10.3 to  the June  
                         1995 Form 10-Q.

                10(ii)   Amendment  No.  2 to the Joint Venture Agreement,
                         dated as of September 25, 1995.   Incorporated by 
                         reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the  September  1995 
                         Form 10-Q.

                10(jj)*  Employment Agreement, dated  as of  December  29,
                         1995, between Registrant  and  Thomas  L.  Sheer.  
                         Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(bbb)  
                         to  Registrant's  Annual   Report  on  Form  10-K  
                         for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31, 1995 
                         (the "1995 Form 10-K").

                10(kk)   Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Purchase  Agreement,
                         dated as of  December  5,   1995.    Incorporated  
                         by reference to Exhibit 10(ddd) to the 1995  Form 
                         10-K.

                10(ll)   Amendment No. 4 to  the   Victoria  Partners Loan
                         Agreement, dated   as   of   October  16,   1995.   
                         Incorporated  by  reference to  Exhibit  10(a) to  
                         the Quarterly  Report  on   Form  10-Q of  Circus 
                         (Commission  File  No.  1-8570)  for  the  fiscal 
                         quarter ended October 31, 1995.

                10(mm)   Aircraft Purchase Agreement, dated as of November
                         21, 1995,  between  Aero  Lloyd  Flugreisen  GmbH  
                         &  Co. Luftverkehrs-KG  and  Golden  Nugget  Avi-
                         ation  Corp. (without schedules).    Incorporated  
                         by reference   to  Exhibit  10(fff)  to  the 1995 
                         Form 10-K.

                10(nn)*  Executive  Medical  Reimbursement Plan. Incorpor-
                         ated by reference to Exhibit 10(hhh)  to the 1995 
                         Form 10-K.

                                    -36-
<PAGE>
                10(oo)   Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated Novem-
                         ber 13,  1995,   between   Registrant,   MCH,  TI   
                         Corp., Bellagio, GNLV  and MH,  as  issuers,  and 
                         BankAmerica National  Trust Company,  as  issuing 
                         and paying agent (without exhibit).  Incorporated  
                         by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Registrant's 
                         Current  Report  on  Form  8-K dated November 20, 
                         1995 (the "November 1995 Form 8-K").

                10(pp)   Form of Commercial Paper Note of Registrant, MCH, 
                         TI Corp.,  Bellagio,  GNLV  and MH.  Incorporated 
                         by  reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the November 1995 
                         Form 8-K.

                10(qq)   Commercial  Paper Dealer Agreement, dated  Novem-
                         ber 13, 1995,  between  Registrant  and  CS First   
                         Boston Corporation  (without exhibits). Incorpor-
                         ated  by reference to Exhibit 99.1  to the Novem-
                         ber 1995 Form 8-K.

                10(rr)   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated November 
                         13, 1995, between  Registrant  and BA Securities,  
                         Inc. (without exhibits).    Incorporated  by ref-
                         erence  to Exhibit 99.2 to the November 1995 Form 
                         8-K.

                10(ss)   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated November 
                         13, 1995, between  Registrant and  Morgan Stanley 
                         &  Co. Incorporated (without  exhibits).   Incor-
                         porated  by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Nov-
                         ember 1995 Form 8-K.

                10(tt)   Amendment  No. 3  to the Joint Venture Agreement,
                         dated as of February 28,  1996.  Incorporated  by 
                         reference to Exhibit 10(nnn)  to  the  1995  Form 
                         10-K.

                10(uu)   Agreement, dated as of March   7,  1995,  between
                         Atlandia Design and Furnishings, Inc.("Atlandia")
                         and   Marnell   Corrao     Associates    (without  
                         schedules). Incorporated by reference  to Exhibit 
                         10(ooo) to the 1995 Form 10-K.

                10(vv)   An Agreement Between  the City  of Atlantic  City 
                         and Mirage Resorts, Incorporated for the Develop-
                         ment of the Huron North Redevelopment Area, dated 
                         May 3, 1996 (without exhibits).  Incorporated  by 
                         reference  to Exhibit 10.1  to Registrant's Quar-
                         terly Report on Form 10-Q for  the fiscal quarter 
                         ended March 31, 1996 (the"March 1996 Form 10-Q").

                                    -37-
<PAGE>
                10(ww)   Completion  Guaranty  by Registrant  in  favor of
                         the City of  Atlantic City,  dated as  of May  3, 
                         1996.  Incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.2  
                         to the March 1996 Form 10-Q.

                10(xx)   Joint Venture Agreement of  Stardust A.C.,  dated
                         as of May 29, 1996,  between MAC, CORP. and Grand  
                         K, Inc.  (without  exhibit).     Incorporated  by  
                         reference  to Exhibit 10.1  to the Current Report  
                         on  Form   8-K  of  Boyd  (Commission   File  No.  
                         1-12168) dated June 7, 1996.
               
                10(yy)   Letter agreement, dated  May  30,   1996, between
                         Registrant and Circus.  Incorporated by reference 
                         to Exhibit  10(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 
                         10-Q of Circus for the fiscal quarter ended April  
                         30, 1996 (the "Circus April 1996 Form 10-Q").

                10(zz)   Amendment  No.  4 to the Joint Venture Agreement, 
                         dated  as  of  May  29,  1996.    Incorporated by  
                         reference to Exhibit 10(b)  to  the  Circus April 
                         1996 Form 10-Q. 

                10(aaa)  Amendment No.  5  to the Victoria Partners   Loan
                         Agreement, dated as of August 1,  1996. Incorpor-
                         ated  by  reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Quar-
                         terly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  of  Circus for the 
                         fiscal quarter ended July 31, 1996.

                10(bbb)  Road Development  Agreement, dated  as of January
                         10, 1997,  among  Registrant,   the State of  New 
                         Jersey and South  Jersey Transportation Authority  
                         (without  schedules  or exhibits), and Assignment 
                         and Assumption Agreement,  dated  as  of  January 
                         10,   1997,   between  Registrant  and  Atlandia.   
                         Incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 99 to Reg-
                         istrant's  Current  Report  on  Form   8-K  dated 
                         January 10, 1997.

                10(ccc)* Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation Plan, dated 
                         as of February 1, 1997.

                10(ddd)* Directors' Deferred  Fee Plan, dated as of Febru-
                         ary 1, 1997.

                10(eee)* First   Amendment   to   Non-Qualified   Deferred
                         Compensation Plan, dated February 28, 1997.

                10(fff)* First Amendment to Directors' Deferred Fee  Plan,
                         dated February 28, 1997.

                                    -38-
<PAGE>
                10(ggg)  Amended and Restated Loan  Agreement, dated as of
                         March 7,  1997,  among   Registrant,  the   Banks  
                         named  therein,  BancAmerica   Securities,  Inc.,  
                         CIBC  Wood  Gundy  Securities Corp.,  J.P. Morgan  
                         Securities  Inc.  and  Societe  Generale, as  Co-
                         Arrangers, Bankers Trust  Company,  The  Bank  of 
                         New  York,  The  Bank of Nova Scotia, Commerzbank    
                         Aktiengesellschaft,  Credit  Lyonnais,  The Long-
                         Term  Credit Bank of  Japan,  Ltd.,  Los  Angeles  
                         Agency, PNC  Bank, National Association and West-
                         deutsche Landesbank Girozentrale,  as  Co-Agents, 
                         Bank   of  America   National  Trust  and Savings
                         Association,   as   Administrative   Agent,   and  
                         Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of  New   York,  as 
                         Documentation   Agent   (without   schedules   or 
                         exhibits).

                11       Computation  of  net  income  per share of common
                         stock.

                21       List of subsidiaries of Registrant.

                23       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

                27       Financial Data Schedule.

       ____________________
       *Constitutes  a  management   contract  or  compensatory   plan  or
       arrangement.
           
          (b).  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

                  The Registrant filed  no reports on  Form 8-K during the
                  three-month period ended December 31, 1996.

                                    -39-
<PAGE>
                           MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

       To the Directors and Stockholders
       of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated

          We have audited the  accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
       Mirage   Resorts,   Incorporated   (a   Nevada   corporation)   and
       subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31,  1996 and 1995, and
       the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity
       and cash  flows for  the years  ended December  31, 1996,  1995 and
       1994.   These consolidated  financial statements  and the  schedule
       referred  to  below  are   the  responsibility  of   the  Company's
       management.  Our responsibility  is to express an  opinion on these
       consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

          We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally accepted
       auditing standards.    Those standards  require  that  we plan  and
       perform the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the
       financial statements are free  of material misstatement.   An audit
       includes examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the
       amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also
       includes assessing the  accounting principles used  and significant
       estimates made  by management,  as well  as evaluating  the overall
       financial statement  presentation.    We  believe that  our  audits
       provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to  above
       present  fairly,  in   all  material  respects,   the  consolidated
       financial position of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated and subsidiaries
       as of December 31, 1996  and 1995, and the  consolidated results of
       their operations and their cash flows for  the years ended December
       31, 1996,  1995  and 1994  in  conformity  with generally  accepted
       accounting principles.

          Our  audits  were  made for the purpose of forming an opinion on 
       the basic financial  statements  taken  as a whole.  The  financial
       statement schedule for the years ended December  31, 1996, 1995 and
       1994 listed in Item 14(a)(2) is presented for purposes of complying
       with the Securities  and Exchange Commission's  rules and is  not a
       required part of the basic financial statements.  This schedule has
       been subjected to the  auditing procedures applied in  the audit of
       the basic financial statements  and, in our opinion,  fairly states
       in all  material respects  the financial  data required  to be  set
       forth therein in relation  to the basic financial  statements taken
       as a whole.

                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP         

       Las Vegas, Nevada
       March 7, 1997
                                    -40-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                           ASSETS

                                                                           AT DECEMBER 31  
                                                                     ------------------------
                                                                         1996          1995 
                                                                     ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
 Cash and cash equivalents.........................................   $   81,908    $   48,026
 Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful 
  accounts of $38,674 and $47,161..................................       70,196        76,859
 Income tax refund receivable......................................       18,239             -
 Inventories.......................................................       27,554        25,601
 Deferred income taxes.............................................       18,784        42,553
 Prepaid expenses and other........................................       19,602        21,777
                                                                      ----------    ----------
          Total current assets.....................................      236,283       214,816
Property and equipment, net........................................    1,728,348     1,439,517
Other assets, net..................................................      178,859       137,380
                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                      $2,143,490    $1,791,713
                                                                      ==========    ==========

                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Trade accounts payable............................................   $   88,805    $   80,853
 Construction payables.............................................       31,489         3,978
 Accrued payroll...................................................       41,164        39,375
 Other accrued expenses............................................       56,554        49,630
 Current maturities of long-term debt..............................          453           515
                                                                      ----------    ----------
          Total current liabilities................................      218,465       174,351
Long-term debt, net of current maturities..........................      468,140       248,548
Other liabilities, including deferred income  
 taxes of $155,076 and $148,615....................................      166,002       159,471
                                                                      ----------    ----------
          Total liabilities........................................      852,607       582,370
                                                                      ----------    ----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Common stock, par value $0.004:  authorized 1,125,000,000
  shares; issued 235,147,650  shares; outstanding 178,335,915 
  and 183,341,494 shares...........................................          940           940
 Additional paid-in capital and other..............................      725,240       710,816
 Retained earnings.................................................      856,215       650,170
 Treasury stock, at cost:  56,811,735 and 51,806,156 shares........     (291,512)     (152,583)
                                                                      ----------    ----------
          Total stockholders' equity...............................    1,290,883     1,209,343
                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                      $2,143,490    $1,791,713
                                                                      ==========    ==========

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                        -41-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                                1996         1995         1994 
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES
  Casino................................................... $  752,914   $  782,812   $  727,648
  Rooms....................................................    303,566      268,734      256,711
  Food and beverage........................................    224,430      208,943      206,128
  Entertainment............................................     94,361       87,478       71,198
  Retail...................................................     66,187       63,187       67,016
  Other....................................................     45,626       42,562       42,240
  Equity in earnings of Monte Carlo........................      9,273            -            -
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------   
                                                             1,496,357    1,453,716    1,370,941
  Less - promotional allowances............................   (128,813)    (122,972)    (116,764)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                             1,367,544    1,330,744    1,254,177
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Casino...................................................    384,301      387,243      361,421
  Rooms....................................................     88,602       82,863       81,322
  Food and beverage........................................    142,549      136,868      136,925
  Entertainment............................................     75,507       73,107       63,139
  Retail...................................................     43,238       40,728       42,773
  Other....................................................     24,911       24,119       24,874
  Provision for losses on receivables......................     14,480       23,024       20,520
  General and administrative...............................    163,045      156,454      156,314
  Depreciation and amortization............................     86,661       86,223       93,441
  Corporate expense........................................     31,580       36,028       35,609
                                                            ----------   ----------    --------- 
                                                             1,054,874    1,046,657    1,016,338
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
OPERATING INCOME...........................................    312,670      284,087      237,839
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------

OTHER INCOME AND (EXPENSE)
  Interest cost............................................    (31,106)     (32,799)     (52,030)
  Interest capitalized.....................................     24,281        9,616        7,815
  Other, including interest income.........................     12,563        4,357        2,380
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                 5,738      (18,826)     (41,835)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ---------- 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM..........    318,408      265,261      196,004
  Provision for income taxes...............................   (112,363)     (95,313)     (71,265)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM...........................    206,045      169,948      124,739
  Extraordinary item - loss on early retirements 
    of debt, net of applicable income tax benefit..........          -       (6,785)     (10,415)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
NET INCOME................................................. $  206,045   $  163,163   $  114,324
                                                            ==========   ==========   ========== 

INCOME PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
  Income before extraordinary item......................... $     1.06   $     0.88   $     0.66
  Extraordinary item - loss on early retirements 
    of debt, net of applicable income tax benefit..........          -        (0.03)       (0.06)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ---------- 
NET INCOME PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK....................... $     1.06   $     0.85   $     0.60
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========

     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                           -42-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                                  COMMON STOCK       
                                             ---------------------    ADDITIONAL   
                                                SHARES       PAR    PAID-IN CAPITAL   RETAINED     TREASURY
                                             OUTSTANDING    VALUE     AND OTHER       EARNINGS      STOCK           TOTAL   
                                             -----------    -----   ---------------   --------     --------       ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 1994..................  181,213,216    $ 940      $695,587       $372,683     $(158,346)     $  910,864
  Exercise of common stock options.........      785,502        -           291              -         2,296           2,587 
  Tax benefit from stock option 
    exercises..............................            -        -         2,234              -             -           2,234
  Repurchases of common stock..............       (8,702)       -             -              -           (95)            (95)
  Other....................................        1,260        -         1,004              -             4           1,008
  Net income...............................            -        -             -        114,324             -         114,324
                                             -----------    -----      --------       --------     ---------      ----------

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1994................  181,991,276      940       699,116        487,007      (156,141)      1,030,922
  Exercise of common stock options.........    1,146,500        -         1,889              -         3,352           5,241
  Tax benefit from stock option 
    exercises..............................            -        -         4,217              -             -           4,217
  Repurchases of common stock..............      (31,576)       -             -              -          (482)           (482)
  Other....................................      235,294        -         5,594              -           688           6,282
  Net income...............................            -        -             -        163,163             -         163,163
                                             -----------    -----      --------       --------     ---------      ----------

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1995................  183,341,494      940       710,816        650,170      (152,583)      1,209,343
  Exercise of common stock options.........    1,677,550        -         3,418              -         5,297           8,715
  Tax benefit from stock option 
    exercises..............................            -        -        10,137              -             -          10,137
  Repurchases of common stock..............   (6,683,129)       -             -              -      (144,226)       (144,226)
  Other....................................            -        -           869              -             -             869
  Net income...............................            -        -             -        206,045             -         206,045
                                             -----------    -----      --------       --------     ---------      ----------
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1996................  178,335,915    $ 940      $725,240       $856,215     $(291,512)     $1,290,883
                                             ===========    =====      ========       ========     =========      ========== 

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                        -43-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                        ----------------------------------
                                                                           1996         1995        1994    
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income.........................................................   $ 206,045    $ 163,163   $ 114,324
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities
      Provision for losses on receivables............................      14,480       23,024      20,520
      Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment,
        including amounts reported as corporate expense..............      93,319       90,575      97,178
      Loss on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment.....       8,785        3,424      13,635
      Gain on sale of investment in Casino Iguazu....................      (8,006)           -           -
      Equity in undistributed earnings of Monte Carlo................      (9,273)           -           -
      Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs...............      14,514       13,172      13,280
      Loss on early retirements of debt..............................           -       10,439      16,024
      Deferred income taxes..........................................      30,230       43,568      29,135
      Changes in assets and liabilities
        Increase in receivables and other current assets.............     (25,834)     (42,794)    (11,775)
        Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable and                            
          accrued expenses ..........................................      16,665       24,284      (9,831)
      Other .........................................................     (18,801)      (3,569)      4,271
                                                                        ---------    ---------   --------- 
            Net cash provided by operating activities................     322,124      325,286     286,761
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Capital expenditures...............................................    (399,056)    (179,385)    (69,111)
  Increase (decrease) in construction payables.......................      27,511        1,447      (1,797)
  Joint venture and other equity investments.........................     (23,976)     (22,455)    (22,810)
  Proceeds from sale of investment in Casino Iguazu..................      12,500            -           -
  Proceeds from sales of other equity investments....................      18,127        8,249      21,321
  Other..............................................................      (8,719)      (6,280)        273
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
            Net cash used for investing activities...................    (373,613)    (198,424)    (72,124)
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Net increase (decrease) in bank credit facility and commercial
    paper borrowings.................................................     (41,882)      21,882       3,000
  Proceeds from issuance of 7-1/4% senior notes......................     247,387            -           -
  Early retirements of public debt...................................           -     (134,180)   (193,990)
  Other reductions in debt...........................................        (264)     (21,985)    (32,217)
  Repurchases of common stock........................................    (144,226)        (482)        (95)
  Exercise of common stock options, including related income
    tax benefit......................................................      18,852        9,458       4,821
  Other..............................................................       5,504         (671)     (6,476)
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
            Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities.....      85,371     (125,978)   (224,957)
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                              
  Increase (decrease) for the year...................................      33,882          884     (10,320)
  Balance, beginning of year.........................................      48,026       47,142      57,462
                                                                        ---------    ---------   ---------
  Balance, end of year...............................................   $  81,908    $  48,026   $  47,142
                                                                        =========    =========   ========= 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
  Cash paid during the year for
    Interest, net of amounts capitalized.............................   $       -    $  13,325   $  34,818
    Income taxes.....................................................      93,000       37,000      31,500
  Noncash investing activities
    Contribution of land in exchange for partnership interest........           -       23,170           -

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                        -44-
<PAGE>                        
                            MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

          NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

            BASIS OF PRESENTATION.     Mirage  Resorts,  Incorporated  (the
          "Company"), a Nevada corporation, owns  and operates some of  the
          most successful casino-based entertainment resorts in the  world.
          These  resorts include The Mirage and Treasure Island on the  Las
          Vegas Strip,  the Golden  Nugget in  downtown Las  Vegas and  the
          Golden Nugget-Laughlin in Laughlin, Nevada.  The Company is  also
          a 50% partner in a joint  venture that owns and operates the  new
          Monte Carlo Resort  & Casino ("Monte  Carlo"), which opened  June
          21, 1996 on the Las Vegas Strip.

            The  Company  is currently  constructing two  additional wholly
          owned hotel-casino  resorts.   The   more ambitious  of these  is
          Bellagio, an elegant 3,005-guest room luxury resort scheduled  to
          be completed in the  third quarter of  1998 on approximately  120
          acres adjacent to Monte Carlo.   Beau Rivage, a luxurious  1,777-
          guest room beachfront resort in Biloxi, Mississippi, is scheduled
          to be completed in the fourth quarter of 1998.

            PRINCIPLES   OF  CONSOLIDATION.    The  consolidated  financial
          statements  include  the   accounts  of  the   Company  and   its
          subsidiaries.     All  significant   intercompany  balances   and
          transactions have been  eliminated.  Investments  in 50% or  less
          owned entities over which the Company has the ability to exercise
          significant influence,  including joint  ventures such  as  Monte
          Carlo, are accounted for using the equity method.

            CASINO  REVENUES  AND  PROMOTIONAL  ALLOWANCES.    The  Company
          recognizes as casino revenues the net win from gaming activities,
          which is the difference between gaming wins and losses.  Revenues
          include the estimated  retail value of  rooms, food and  beverage
          and  other  goods  and  services  provided  to  customers  on   a
          complimentary basis as follows: 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                     
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31         
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                   1996       1995       1994  
                                                 --------   --------  --------  
               <S>                               <C>        <C>       <C>
               Rooms............................ $ 55,125   $ 52,592  $ 49,900
               Food and beverage................   66,424     63,664    61,389
               Other............................    7,264      6,716     5,475
                                                 --------   --------  --------
                                                 $128,813   $122,972  $116,764
                                                 ========   ========  ========
</TABLE>
             Such amounts are then deducted as promotional allowances.  The
          estimated  costs  of  providing  these  promotional   allowances,
          totaling $88.3 million in 1996, $87.2  million in 1995 and  $83.2
          million in 1994, have been  classified primarily as casino  costs
          and expenses.
                                    -45-

<PAGE>
          NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)  
            
            CASH AND  CASH EQUIVALENTS.    The Company  classifies as  cash
          equivalents all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of
          three months  or  less  when purchased.    Cash  equivalents  are
          carried at cost which approximates fair value.

            CONCENTRATIONS OF  CREDIT RISK.    Financial instruments  which
          potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit  risk
          consist principally of short-term investments and receivables.

            The Company's short-term  investments typically consist of U.S.
          Government-backed repurchase  agreements  with maturities  of  30
          days  or  less.    Such  investments  are  made  with   financial
          institutions  having a high credit quality and the Company limits
          the  amount  of  its  credit   exposure  to  any  one   financial
          institution.  Due  to the short-term  nature of the  instruments,
          the Company does not take possession of the securities, which are
          instead held in a custodial account.

            The  Company  extends  credit to  a  limited  number of  casino
          patrons, but only following background checks and  investigations
          of creditworthiness.  At December 31, 1996, a substantial portion
          of  the  receivables  was  due  from  foreign  customers.     The
          collectibility of these receivables  could be affected by  future
          business or economic  trends or other  significant events in  the
          countries in which such customers reside.

            The Company maintains  an  allowance  for doubtful  accounts to
          reduce  its   receivables  to   their  carrying   amount,   which
          approximates fair value.  Management believes that as of December
          31, 1996, no  significant concentrations of  credit risk  existed
          for which  an  allowance  had not  already  been  determined  and
          recorded.

            INVENTORIES.  Inventories  are  stated at the lower  of cost or
          market value.  Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out  and
          specific identification methods.

            PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT.   Property and equipment are  stated at
          cost.  Depreciation is provided  over the estimated useful  lives
          of the  assets  using  the  straight-line  method  for  financial
          reporting  purposes  and  accelerated  methods  for  income   tax
          purposes.

            The costs of significant improvements  are  capitalized.  Costs
          of normal repairs are charged to  expense as incurred.  The  cost
          and accumulated depreciation of property and equipment retired or
          otherwise disposed of are eliminated from the respective accounts
          and any resulting gain or loss is included in income.

            CAPITALIZED INTEREST.    Interest  cost  associated  with major
          construction projects is capitalized.   When no debt is  incurred
          specifically for a  project, interest is  capitalized on  amounts

                                     -46-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
          
          expended on the project  using the weighted  average cost of  the
          Company's  outstanding  borrowings.    The  amount  of   interest
          capitalized in any accounting period cannot exceed the  Company's
          total interest cost in such  period.  Capitalization of  interest
          ceases when the project is substantially complete.

            PREOPENING COSTS.    Preopening  costs,  representing primarily
          direct personnel and other costs incurred prior to the opening of
          a new hotel-casino, are capitalized as incurred and amortized  to
          expense over the 60-day period  following opening of the  related
          facility. 

            DEBT DISCOUNT AND ISSUANCE COSTS.    Debt discount and issuance
          costs are capitalized and amortized to expense based on the terms
          of the  related  debt  agreements using  the  effective  interest
          method or  a method  which  approximates the  effective  interest
          method.                             

            CORPORATE EXPENSE.   Corporate  expense represents  unallocated
          payroll costs, professional fees, costs associated with operating
          and maintaining the Company's aircraft and various other expenses
          not directly  related  to  operating the Company's hotel-casinos.  
          Corporate  expense  includes  the   costs  associated  with   the
          Company's  evaluation  and  pursuit of new  gaming opportunities.  
          Such costs  are  expensed as  incurred  until construction  of  a
          project has become relatively certain.

            INCOME PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK.   Income per share of  common
          stock is computed based on the weighted average number of  shares
          of common stock and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding
          during the  period.   Common stock  equivalents included  in  the
          computation consist  of those  shares issuable  upon the  assumed
          exercise of dilutive common stock options as determined under the
          treasury stock  method.    The  number  of  shares  used  in  the
          computation of income per share  of common stock was  195,300,331
          in 1996, 192,331,414 in 1995 and 189,390,072 in 1994.

            Fully diluted per share amounts are  substantially  the same as
          primary per share amounts for the periods presented.
          
            RECLASSIFICATIONS.    Certain  amounts  in  the 1995  and  1994
          consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  to
          conform with the 1996 presentation.  These reclassifications  had
          no effect on the Company's net income.

            USE OF ESTIMATES.  The  consolidated financial statements  have
          been prepared in  conformity with  generally accepted  accounting
          principles.    Those  principles   require  management  to   make
          estimates and  assumptions that  affect the  reported amounts  of
          assets and liabilities  and disclosure of  contingent assets  and
          liabilities at the date of the financial statements and  reported
          amounts  of  revenues  and expenses during  the reporting period.  
          Actual results could differ from such estimates.

                                     -47-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 2 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

            Property and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AT DECEMBER 31
                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                            1996           1995      
                                                                         ----------     ----------    
               <S>                                                        <C>            <C>
               Land...................................................... $  248,351     $  225,888
               Land improvements.........................................    118,934        117,258
               Buildings.................................................    918,936        888,402
               Furniture, fixtures and equipment.........................    680,877        597,254
               Construction in progress..................................    313,205         84,516
                                                                          ----------     ----------
                                                                           2,280,303      1,913,318
               Less accumulated depreciation.............................   (551,955)      (473,801)
                                                                          ----------     ----------
                                                                          $1,728,348     $1,439,517
                                                                          ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
          
          NOTE 3 - LONG-TERM DEBT

            Long-term debt consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               AT DECEMBER 31
                                                                          -------------------------
                                                                            1996           1995      
                                                                          ----------     ----------  
               <S>                                                        <C>            <C>
               Zero coupon first mortgage notes (effective interest rate
                 of 11%), due March 1998................................. $  116,699     $  104,700
               9-1/4% senior subordinated notes, due March 2003..........    100,000        100,000
               7-1/4% senior notes, due October 2006, net of 
                 unamortized original issue discount of $323.............    249,677              -
               Revolving bank credit facility............................          -         25,000
               Commercial paper..........................................          -         16,882
               Other notes bearing interest at rates between 7% and 12%
                 at December 31, 1996, maturities to September 2007......      2,217          2,481
                                                                          ----------     ----------
                                                                             468,593        249,063
               Less current maturities...................................       (453)          (515)
                                                                          ----------     ----------
                                                                          $  468,140     $  248,548
                                                                          ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
            The  zero coupon first mortgage notes were issued in March 1988
          by GNS FINANCE  CORP. ("Finance"), a  wholly owned subsidiary  of
          the Company.  The notes are collateralized by first liens on  The
          Mirage and  Treasure  Island and  are  guaranteed by  The  Mirage

                                    -48-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 3 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)
          
          operating subsidiary.   The notes are shown in the above table at
          their accreted  value  rather  than their  face  amount,  as  the
          holders of the  notes are not  entitled to the  face amount  upon
          default or other accelerated maturity,  but only to the  accreted
          value.  The unamortized debt discount was $16.3 million and $28.3
          million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

            The  9-1/4% senior subordinated notes were issued by Finance in
          March 1993.   The notes are  guaranteed by  The Mirage  operating
          subsidiary and are redeemable at the option of Finance, in  whole
          or in part, on or after March 15, 1998 at prices set forth in the
          indenture.
          
            The  7-1/4% notes  were issued by  the Company in  October 1996
          pursuant  to  a  shelf  registration  statement  filed  with  the
          Securities and  Exchange  Commission in  June  1996.   The  shelf
          registration statement allows  the Company  to issue  up to  $500
          million of debt or equity securities or any combination  thereof.
          The  notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option  of
          the Company  at any  time  at a  redemption  price equal  to  the
          greater of (i) 100%  of the principal amount  or (ii) the sum  of
          the present  values  of  the  remaining  scheduled  interest  and
          principal payments  discounted to  the date  of redemption  on  a
          semiannual basis  at the  Adjusted  Treasury Rate  (as  defined),
          plus, in either case, accrued interest to the redemption date.

            On  March  7, 1997,  the Company's  $1  billion revolving  bank
          credit facility maturing in May 1999 was amended to increase  the
          total availability to  $1.75 billion and  extend the maturity  to
          March 2002  (as  so  amended, the  "Facility").    Under  certain
          circumstances,  the  Facility  can  be increased  to $2  billion.  
          Borrowings under  the  Facility  are  uncollateralized  and  bear
          interest, at the  Company's option,  at the  prime rate  or at  a
          specified premium over the one-, two-, three- or six-month London
          Interbank Offered Rate.   The premium is based  on the rating  of
          the   Company's    7-1/4%    notes   and  is   currently   0.35%.   
          Alternatively, the Company  may request interest  rate bids  from
          the participating banks.  The Company incurs an annual commitment
          fee on the unused portion of the Facility, which is also based on
          the rating of the 7-1/4% notes.  The commitment fee is  currently
          0.125%.

            The  loan agreement governing the Facility  contains a covenant
          that the Company will not permit its Leverage Ratio (as  defined)
          to exceed a specified amount.  The loan agreement also contains a
          covenant  that  limits  the  ability  of  the  Company  and   its
          subsidiaries, prior to the opening of Bellagio, to pay  dividends
          on or  repurchase  the  Company's  capital  stock,  make  capital
          expenditures (other  than  maintenance capital  expenditures  and
          capital expenditures  for the  completion  of Bellagio  and  Beau
          Rivage) and  acquisitions or  invest in  less-than-majority-owned

                                    -49-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 3 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)
          
          new business  ventures.   At March  7, 1997,  the loan  agreement
          limited such expenditures made subsequent to December 31, 1996 to
          an aggregate of $500 million.   Such amount will increase by  50%
          of the Company's cumulative consolidated net income subsequent to
          December 31, 1996 plus cash proceeds received by the Company from 
          any future issuances  of its capital  stock.   The loan agreement  
          provides  that,  with certain limited exceptions, the Company and 
          its subsidiaries will not further  encumber  their assets or dis-
          pose of their Core Assets (as defined).

            The  Company  currently  has a  commercial  paper program  that
          provides for the issuance,  on a revolving basis,  of up to  $350
          million outstanding principal  amount of uncollateralized  short-
          term  notes.    The  Company  is  required  to  maintain   credit
          availability  under  the  Facility   equal  to  the   outstanding
          principal amount of commercial paper borrowings.

            Borrowings   under  the  Facility  and   commercial  paper  are
          classified  as  long-term  debt  because  management  intends  to
          replace such  borrowings  as  they come  due  and  to  have  such
          borrowings  outstanding  for  a  period  greater  than one  year.  
          However, the  amount of  outstanding  borrowings is  expected  to
          fluctuate and may be reduced from time to time.

            During the  years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company
          retired, prior  to scheduled  maturities, certain  publicly  held
          debt securities  issued  by  its wholly  owned  subsidiaries  and
          associated with  The  Mirage  and  Treasure  Island.    The  debt
          securities and  respective  principal amounts  retired,  and  the
          resulting aggregate extraordinary losses, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31 
                                                        ------------------------
                                                          1995            1994     
                                                        --------        --------
             <S>                                        <C>             <C>
             DEBT SECURITIES RETIRED
               9-7/8% first mortgage notes............. $125,991        $174,009
               Zero coupon first mortgage notes(a).....        -          10,320
                                                        --------        --------
                   Total principal amount.............. $125,991        $184,329
                                                        ========        ========

             EXTRAORDINARY LOSS
               Gross extraordinary loss................ $(10,439)       $(13,028)
               Income tax benefit......................    3,654           4,560
                                                        --------        --------
                   Net extraordinary loss.............. $ (6,785)       $ (8,468)
                                                        ========        ========
</TABLE>
             ---------------                
             (a) Represents the accreted value of the notes on the date of
                 retirement.     The face  amount of the notes retired was 
                 $15.0 million.
                                    -50-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 3 - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

            During  1994, the Company incurred  an additional extraordinary
          loss of $1.9  million, net of  applicable income  tax benefit  of
          $1.0 million, in connection with the write-off of the unamortized
          costs associated with a previous bank credit facility.

            At  December 31,  1996, maturities  of the  Company's long-term
          debt during the next  five years totaled $134.3  million. Most of
          this amount  represents the  March 1998  maturity of  the  $133.0
          million face amount of zero coupon first mortgage notes.

            The  estimated fair  value of the  Company's long-term  debt at
          December 31, 1996 was approximately $485 million, versus its book
          value of approximately $469 million.   At December 31, 1995,  the
          estimated  fair  value  of  the  Company's  long-term  debt   was
          approximately  $268   million,   versus   its   book   value   of
          approximately $249  million.   The estimated  fair value  amounts
          were based on quoted market prices on or about December 31,  1996
          and 1995 for the Company's debt securities that are traded.   For
          the debt securities that are not traded, fair value was based  on
          estimated discounted cash  flows using current  rates offered  to
          the  Company  for  debt  securities  having  the  same  remaining
          maturities.

          NOTE 4 - INCOME TAXES

            The   provision  for  income  taxes   for  financial  reporting
          purposes consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31          
                                                           --------------------------
                                                             1996      1995     1994   
                                                           --------  -------  -------
               <S>                                         <C>       <C>      <C>
               Income from continuing operations.......... $112,363  $95,313  $71,265
               Tax benefit from extraordinary losses
                 on early retirements of debt.............        -   (3,654)  (5,609)
                                                           --------  -------  -------
                                                           $112,363  $91,659  $65,656
                                                           ========  =======  =======
</TABLE>
                                    -51-
<PAGE>
            NOTE 4 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)
            
            The provision  for income  taxes attributable  to income  from
          continuing operations consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31          
                                                           --------------------------  
                                                             1996      1995     1994   
                                                           -------   -------  -------  
               <S>                                         <C>       <C>      <C>
               CURRENT
                Federal ................................. $ 82,165   $51,564  $39,538
                State ...................................       38       (33)     188
                                                           -------   -------  -------
                                                            82,203    51,531   39,726
               DEFERRED
                Federal .................................   30,160    43,782   31,539
                                                          --------   -------  -------
                                                          $112,363   $95,313  $71,265
                                                          ========   =======  =======
</TABLE>
            There  were  no  significant  differences between  the  federal
          income tax statutory  rate and the  Company's effective tax  rate
          for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.

            The  Internal Revenue Service has completed examinations of the
          Company's federal income tax returns for the years 1991 and  1992
          and an examination  of the years  1993 and 1994  is currently  in
          process.   A number  of adjustments  have  been proposed  but  no
          settlement has been reached.  In  the opinion of management,  any
          tax liability arising  from these  examinations will  not have  a
          material adverse effect  on the Company's  financial position  or
          results of operations.

                                     -52-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 4 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

            The  components of the deferred tax liability  consisted of the
          following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AT DECEMBER 31     
                                                                        --------------------
                                                                          1996        1995   
                                                                        ---------   --------
               <S>                                                      <C>        <C>
               DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES                                
                Temporary differences related to property and 
                  equipment...........................................  $146,496   $ 143,234
                Other temporary differences...........................    20,968      19,199
                                                                        --------    -------- 
                    Gross deferred tax liabilities....................   167,464     162,433
                                                                        --------    -------- 
               DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
                Provision for losses on receivables...................    13,536      16,506
                Accrued vacation pay..................................     5,117       4,803
                Other temporary differences...........................    12,519      15,456
                Tax credits...........................................         -      19,606
                                                                        --------    --------
                    Gross deferred tax assets.........................    31,172      56,371
                                                                        --------    --------
                    Net deferred tax liabilities......................  $136,292    $106,062
                                                                        ========    ========
</TABLE>
          NOTE 5 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

            Employees  of the Company who are members of various unions are
          covered  by  union-sponsored,   collectively  bargained,   multi-
          employer  health  and welfare and  defined benefit pension plans.  
          The Company recorded an expense of  $26.5 million in 1996,  $29.8
          million in 1995   and  $25.7  million in  1994 under  such plans.  
          Sufficient information is not available from the plans'  sponsors
          to permit the Company to determine  its share of unfunded  vested
          benefits, if any.

            The  Company has a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k)
          of the  Internal Revenue  Code  covering its non-union employees.  
          The plan  allows employees  to  defer up  to  the lesser  of  the
          Internal Revenue Code-prescribed maximum  amount or 15% of  their
          income on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the plan.  The
          Company  matches,  within  prescribed  limits,  50%  of  eligible
          employees' contributions up  to  4% of their individual earnings.  
          The Company recorded charges  for matching contributions of  $4.0
          million in 1996, $3.5 million in 1995 and $2.6 million in 1994.

            The Company  also has  deferred  compensation  agreements  with
          certain of  its  key  executives.   Benefits  payable  under  the
          agreements represent unfunded  and unsecured  liabilities of  the
          Company, and the present value of such benefits is being  charged
          ratably to expense  over the  respective vesting  period of  each

                                     -53-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 5 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
          
          executive.  The Company recorded total expense of $1.6 million in
          1996, $2.3 million  in 1995 and  $2.8 million in  1994 for  these
          agreements.  The total liability  for the agreements at  December
          31,  1996  and   1995  was   $9.9  million   and  $9.5   million,
          respectively.

          NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

            LEASES.  The Company leases  real  estate and various equipment
          under operating lease arrangements.   Certain real estate  leases
          provide for  escalation  of rent  based  upon a  specified  price
          index.  Future minimum payments  for lease commitments in  effect
          at December 31, 1996 total $35.2 million.  Of this amount,  $10.2
          million is  payable during  the  five-year period  subsequent  to
          December 31, 1996.   Aggregate rent expense  was $4.2 million  in
          1996, $3.6 million in 1995 and $3.2 million in 1994.

            ENTERTAINMENT SERVICES.     The  Company has  entered  into two
          agreements for major  productions appearing in  the showrooms  at
          The Mirage and Treasure Island.  These agreements expire in  2001
          and 2004, respectively.  Under the  terms of the agreements,  the
          Company is required to pay the producers of the shows a total  of
          approximately $28  million  per year  and  a percentage  of  show
          revenues in excess of a specified amount or a percentage of  show
          profits.    Such   payments  are  contingent   upon  the   actual
          performance of  shows  and under  certain  conditions,  including
          failure of  the respective  show to  achieve specified  financial
          results,  the  Company  may  terminate  the  agreements   without
          material financial obligation.  The producers are responsible for
          paying the talent and  most other costs of presenting  the shows.  
          The Company  made payments  pursuant to  the agreements  totaling
          approximately $49.6 million  in 1996, $46.7  million in 1995  and
          $46.8 million in 1994. 

            LITIGATION.     The  Company  is  a   party  to  various  legal
          proceedings, most of which  relate to routine matters  incidental
          to its business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of
          such proceedings  will  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the
          Company's financial position or results of operations.

          NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 

            At  December 31, 1996, the Company had  in effect various fixed
          stock option plans under which  options are granted to  employees
          and directors of the  Company.  Options  granted under the  plans
          have an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company's
          common stock  on the  date of  grant and  a term  of  10   years.  
          Options granted  under  the plans  generally  become  exercisable
          either  ratably  over,  or  on a single date, three to five years  
          from the date of grant. In 1995, a total of seven million options
          were granted to  certain executives  of the  Company that  become
          exercisable approximately  10  years from  the  date  of   grant.  
          Certain  of  the  plans  also   permit  the  granting  of   stock
          appreciation rights ("SARs").  At December 31, 1996, no SARs  had
          been granted under the plans.

                                     -54- 
<PAGE>
            NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTION AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS (Continued)
            
            Summarized  information  for  the  stock  option  plans  is  as
          follows:
  
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1996                         1995                        1994
                                  --------------------------   --------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                WEIGHTED-                     WEIGHTED-                    WEIGHTED-
                                                 AVERAGE                       AVERAGE                      AVERAGE
                                   OPTIONS    EXERCISE PRICE    OPTIONS    EXERCISE PRICE    OPTIONS    EXERCISE PRICE
                                  ----------  --------------   ----------  --------------  ----------   --------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>
Outstanding at beginning 
  of year.......................  35,490,500     $ 8.99        25,258,668     $ 5.70       26,026,670      $ 5.60
Granted.........................   1,130,000      18.73        11,570,000      15.93          105,000       10.95
Exercised.......................  (1,677,550)      5.19        (1,146,500)      4.57         (785,502)       3.29
Terminated......................    (100,000)     16.31          (191,668)      6.59          (87,500)       5.13
                                  ----------                   ----------                  ----------
Outstanding at end of year......  34,842,950       9.47        35,490,500       8.99       25,258,668        5.70
                                  ==========                   ==========                  ==========

Options exercisable at end 
  of year.......................  18,564,450     $ 5.98        18,353,500     $ 5.11       14,753,332      $ 5.57
Options and SARs available for
  grant at end of year..........   3,667,168                    4,712,168                  10,090,500
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 1996:

                              OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                                            OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------       ------------------------------
                                                   WEIGHTED-
                                                    AVERAGE
    RANGE OF                                       REMAINING          WEIGHTED-                           WEIGHTED-
    EXERCISE                        NUMBER        CONTRACTUAL          AVERAGE             NUMBER          AVERAGE
     PRICES                      OUTSTANDING          LIFE         EXERCISE PRICE       EXERCISABLE     EXERCISE PRICE
- ----------------                 -----------      -----------      --------------       -----------     --------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>                 <C>
$ 1.80 to $ 5.98................  12,982,950       4.9 years           $ 4.68           10,545,450          $ 4.71
  6.55 to  12.00................  10,072,000       6.2                   7.59            7,387,000            6.94
 13.56 to  16.75................  11,138,000       8.6                  16.08              632,000           15.93
 18.69 to  24.50................     650,000       9.4                  21.06                    -               -
                                  ----------                                            ----------      
                                  34,842,950       6.5                   9.47           18,564,450            5.98
                                  ==========                                            ==========
</TABLE>
                                             -55-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS (Continued)

             In 1996, the  Company adopted the  provisions of  Statement of
          Financial Accounting Standards  No. 123 -  Accounting for  Stock-
          Based Compensation  ("SFAS  123").   SFAS  123 is  effective  for
          fiscal years  beginning after  December  15, 1995  and  provides,
          among other  things,  that companies  may  elect to  account  for
          employee  stock  options  using  a  fair  value-based  method  or
          continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method prescribed  by
          Accounting Principal Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25").

             Under the fair value-based method prescribed by SFAS  123, all   
          employee   stock   option   grants  are  considered compensatory.   
          Compensation cost is  measured at the date of grant based  on the 
          estimated  fair  value of the  options determined using an option 
          pricing model.   The model takes into account the stock  price at  
          the  grant  date, the  exercise  price, the expected life  of the 
          option,  the volatility  of the  stock, expected dividends on the 
          stock and the risk-free interest  rate over the expected life  of 
          the  option.   Under  APB 25,  generally  only stock options that 
          have intrinsic value at the date of grant are considered  compen-
          satory. Intrinsic  value  represents  the excess, if any,  of the 
          market  price  of the  stock at the  grant date over the exercise 
          price  of the options.  Under both methods, compensation cost  is 
          charged  to  earnings  over  the  period   the   options   become 
          exercisable.

             As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company  has elected to continue
          to apply  the intrinsic  value-based  method for  employee  stock
          options.   Accordingly, no  material compensation  cost has  been
          recognized.

             The following  table  discloses the  Company's  pro forma  net
          income and net  income per share  assuming compensation cost  for
          employee stock options had  been determined using the fair value- 
          based  method prescribed by  SFAS 123.  The table  also discloses 
          the  weighted-average  assumptions  used  in estimating  the fair 
          value of each option  grant on the date of grant using the Black-
          Scholes option pricing model,  and the estimated weighted-average 
          fair value of the options granted. The model assumes  no expected 
          future  dividend payments on  the  Company's common stock for the 
          options granted in both 1996 and 1995.

                                     -56-          
<PAGE>     
          NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31    
                                                            ----------------------
                                                                1996         1995     
                                                             --------     --------    
            <S>                                              <C>          <C>
            INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM
              As reported .................................  $206,045     $169,948
              Pro forma ...................................   196,428      166,651
            NET INCOME
              As reported .................................  $206,045     $163,163
              Pro forma ...................................   196,428      159,866
            INCOME PER SHARE BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM
              As reported .................................  $   1.06     $   0.88
              Pro forma ...................................      1.01         0.87
            NET INCOME PER SHARE
              As reported .................................  $   1.06     $   0.85
              Pro forma ...................................      1.01         0.83
            WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS
              Expected stock price volatility..............     35.90%       41.29%
              Risk-free interest rate .....................      5.92%        6.64%
              Expected option lives .......................  5.1 years    8.6 years
              Estimated fair value of options granted......  $   8.65     $   9.57
            WEIGHTED-AVERAGE VESTING PERIOD OF OPTIONS
              GRANTED......................................  3.8 years    7.7 years
</TABLE>

            Because  the  accounting  method  prescribed by SFAS 123 is not 
          applicable to  options  granted  prior  to January  1, 1995,  the
          compensation cost reflected in the pro forma amounts shown  above
          may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.
          
          NOTE 8 - CAPITAL STOCK 

            On May  23, 1996, the Board of Directors declared a two-for-one
          split of the Company's common stock.  The additional shares  were
          distributed on July  1, 1996  to holders  of record  on June  17,
          1996.  All  references to share  and per share  data herein  have
          been adjusted retroactively to give effect to the stock split.

            In  July  1994, the  Company's Board  of  Directors approved  a
          program to repurchase  up to 10,000,000  shares of the  Company's
          common stock from time to time  in the open market.  At  December
          31, 1996, 6,692,900 shares had been repurchased pursuant to  this
          program.  The timing and amount  of future share repurchases,  if
          any, will depend on various factors, including market conditions,
          available alternative  investments  and the  Company's  financial
          position.

            The  Company's  articles of  incorporation authorize  5,000,000
          shares of preferred stock, none of which has been issued.

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
          NOTE 9 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FIRST      SECOND      THIRD       FOURTH        TOTAL
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------    ----------
          <S>                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
          1996             
          Gross revenues...................  $408,668    $343,183    $370,825    $373,681    $1,496,357
          Promotional allowances...........   (34,460)    (30,531)    (32,273)    (31,549)     (128,813)
          Net revenues.....................   374,208     312,652     338,552     342,132     1,367,544
          Operating income.................    98,124      59,318      75,975      79,253       312,670
          Other income (expense), net......     4,381       3,745        (990)     (1,398)        5,738
          Net income.......................    64,587      40,599      48,736      52,123       206,045
          Net income per share.............       .33         .21         .25         .27          1.06

          1995
          Gross revenues...................  $383,413    $326,699    $366,739    $376,865    $1,453,716
          Promotional allowances...........   (30,475)    (27,569)    (31,586)    (33,342)     (122,972)
          Net revenues.....................   352,938     299,130     335,153     343,523     1,330,744
          Operating income.................    85,557      50,317      73,125      75,088       284,087
          Other expense, net...............    (4,367)     (5,793)     (3,039)     (5,627)      (18,826)
          Income before extraordinary item.    51,661      28,618      45,195      44,474       169,948
          Extraordinary loss on early 
           retirement of debt..............    (6,785)          -           -           -        (6,785)
          Net income.......................    44,876      28,618      45,195      44,474       163,163
          Income per share before 
           extraordinary item..............       .27         .15         .23         .23           .88
          Extraordinary loss per share.....      (.03)          -           -           -          (.03)
          Net income per share.............       .24         .15         .23         .23           .85

</TABLE>
                                                      -58-
<PAGE>
                                     SIGNATURES

             Pursuant to the  requirements of  Section 13  or 15(d)  of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly  caused
          this report  to  be signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,
          thereunto duly authorized.

                                           MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED


                                           By:  STEPHEN A. WYNN         
                                                --------------------------
                                                Stephen  A. Wynn,  Chairman
                                                of the Board, President and
                                                Chief Executive Officer

          Dated:  March 31, 1997

             Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934, this report has been signed below by the following  persons
          on behalf of  the Registrant  and in  the capacities  and on  the
          dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                      <C>                                        <C>
     Signature                        Title                              Date 
     ---------                        -----                              ----

  STEPHEN A. WYNN        Chairman of the Board, President and       March 31, 1997
- -------------------      Chief Executive Officer (Principal
  Stephen A. Wynn        Executive Officer)



  DANIEL R. LEE          Senior Vice President - Finance and        March 31, 1997
- -------------------      Development, Chief Financial Officer         
  Daniel R. Lee          and Treasurer (Principal Financial 
                         and Accounting Officer)


 ELAINE P. WYNN          Director                                   March 31, 1997
- -------------------
 Elaine P. Wynn         



  GEORGE J. MASON        Director                                   March 31, 1997
- -------------------
  George J. Mason       



MELVIN B. WOLZINGER      Director                                   March 31, 1997
- -------------------
Melvin B. Wolzinger     



 RONALD M. POPEIL        Director                                   March 31, 1997
- -------------------
 Ronald M. Popeil      



- -------------------      Director                                   March   , 1997
 Daniel B. Wayson      



 RICHARD D. BRONSON      Director                                   March 31, 1997
- -------------------
 Richard D. Bronson     
</TABLE>
                                        -59-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      SCHEDULE II

                                MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                      VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                        ADDITIONS         
                                                               ---------------------------
                                                  BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO      CHARGED                    BALANCE
                                                  BEGINNING    COSTS AND      TO OTHER      DEDUCTIONS    AT END 
          DESCRIPTION                              OF YEAR      EXPENSES      ACCOUNTS (a)     (b)        OF YEAR
          -----------                             ----------   ----------     ------------  ----------    -------  
          <S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
          Allowance for doubtful accounts
            Year Ended December 31, 1996.......... $47,161       $14,480       $1,447         $24,414      $38,674
            Year Ended December 31, 1995.......... $37,937       $23,024       $1,423         $15,223      $47,161
            Year Ended December 31, 1994.......... $26,876       $20,520       $1,314         $10,773      $37,937
          ---------------           
</TABLE>
          (a) Recoveries of accounts previously charged off.
          (b) Accounts charged off.



                                        S-1


                            MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED
                      NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


             WHEREAS, Mirage Resorts,  Incorporated desires to  establish a
          deferred compensation  plan  to provide  supplemental  retirement
          income benefits  for  a select  group  of management  and  highly
          compensated employees  of Mirage  Resorts, Incorporated  and  its
          subsidiaries through deferrals of  salary and bonuses,  effective
          as of February 1, 1997; and

             WHEREAS, it  is  believed  that  the  adoption  of  this  Plan
          providing for  deferred  compensation  at the  election  of  each
          executive will  be  in  the best  interests  of  Mirage  Resorts,
          Incorporated and its subsidiaries;

             NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby declared as follows:

          1. DEFINITIONS.

             Whenever the  following words  and phrases  are  used in  this
          Plan, with  the first  letter capitalized,  they shall  have  the
          meanings specified below.

             "BENEFICIARY" or  "BENEFICIARIES"  shall  mean the  person  or
          persons, including a  trustee, personal  representative or  other
          fiduciary,  last  designated  in  writing  by  a  Participant  in
          accordance  with  procedures  established  by  the  Committee  to
          receive the  benefits specified  hereunder in  the event  of  the
          Participant's death.   No  beneficiary designation  shall  become
          effective until it is filed with  the Committee.  If there is  no
          Beneficiary designation in  effect, or if  there is no  surviving
          designated  Beneficiary, then  the Participant's surviving spouse
          shall  be  the  Beneficiary.   If  no  spouse  shall  survive the
          Participant,  the  issue   of  the  Participant   (by  right   of
          representation) shall be the  Beneficiary; and if neither  spouse
          nor issue survive the Participant,  the Beneficiary shall be  the
          Participant's estate. 

             "BOARD OF  DIRECTORS"  or  "BOARD"  shall  mean  the  Board of
          Directors of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated.

                                 Exhibit 10(ccc)
          <PAGE>
             "BONUS" shall mean any  compensation payable to  a Participant
          in addition to  the Participant's Salary,  but not including  any
          non-cash compensation.

             "CODE" shall  mean  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
          amended.

             "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board to
          administer the Plan.

             "COMPANY"  or   "COMPANIES"   shall   mean   Mirage   Resorts,
          Incorporated, each majority-owned subsidiary (within the  meaning
          of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933) of Mirage  Resorts,
          Incorporated, or any  successor thereto, and  with respect to  an
          employee or Participant, shall mean the Company that employs  the
          employee or Participant.

             "COMPENSATION" shall mean  the Salary and  Bonus to  which the
          Participant is entitled for services rendered to the Company.

             "DEFERRAL  ACCOUNT"   shall   mean  the   bookkeeping  account
          maintained by the Committee for each Participant that is credited
          or debited with amounts equal to (1) the portion of the Partici-
          pant's Salary that  he or she  elects to defer  pursuant to  this
          Plan, (2) the portion of the Participant's Bonus  that he or she
          elects to  defer  pursuant  to  this  Plan,  and  (3) the return
          credited on the balance in the account.

             "DISTRIBUTION METHOD"  shall  have  the  meaning described  in
          Section 4.3.

             "EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS"  shall  have  the  meaning described  in
          Section 6.7.
            
             "ELECTION DATE" shall mean (i) with respect to  the first Plan
          Year, February 21, 1997; and (ii) with respect to each subsequent
          Plan Year, December 1 of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

             "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year,
          each member of a group of select management or highly compensated
          employees  of  the  Companies   selected  by  the  Committee   to
          participate in  the Plan,  each of  whom will  be either  (i)  an
          executive officer  (within the  meaning of  Regulation D  of  the
          Rules under  the  Securities  Act of  1933)  of  Mirage  Resorts,
          Incorporated who will have had at least one year of service as of
          the first day of that Plan Year; or (ii) an employee of a Company
          who will have had  at least one year  of continuous service  with
          one or more Companies as of the  first day of that Plan Year  and
          who will have  been paid Salary  and Bonus  totaling $200,000  or
          more during  the  twelve months  ending  on the  day  before  the
          Election Date for that Plan Year.
             
                                    -2-
          <PAGE>
             "PARTICIPANT" shall mean any  Eligible Employee who  elects to
          defer Compensation in accordance with Section 4.1.

             "PARTICIPANT OPTIONS"  shall  have  the  meaning described  in
          Section 4.4.

             "PAYMENT ELIGIBILITY DATE"  shall mean  the date  specified by
          the Participant pursuant  to Section  4.3, or  if no  date is  so
          specified, the first January 1 following the date of  termination
          of a Participant's employment by the Company.

             "PLAN"  shall  mean  the  Mirage  Resorts,  Incorporated  Non-
          Qualified Deferred  Compensation Plan  set forth  herein, now  in
          effect, or as amended from time to time.

             "PLAN YEAR"  shall  mean,  with  respect  a Participant,  that
          period beginning on the first day of the Participant's first  pay
          period that begins on or after January 1, and ending on the  last
          day of the Participant's pay period that ends on or includes  the
          following December 31; provided,  however, that  the first  Plan
          Year shall be  a short  year beginning on  the first  day of  the
          Participant's first pay period that  begins on or after  February
          21, 1997, and  ending on the  last day of  the Participant's  pay
          period that ends on or includes December 31, 1997.

             "PLAN YEAR  SUBACCOUNT" shall  have the  meaning described  in
          Section 5.1.

             "SALARY" shall mean the Participant's base pay.

          2. PARTICIPATION.     An  Eligible   Employee   shall  become   a
          Participant in the Plan by electing to defer a portion of his  or
          her Compensation in accordance with Section 4.1.

          3. VESTING OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.  A Participant's Deferral Account
          shall be  100%  vested  at  all  times,  except  as  specifically
          provided in  Section 6.6  (Inability to  Locate Participant)  and
          Section 6.7 (Early Distributions).

                                    -3-
          <PAGE>
          4. PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS TO DEFER COMPENSATION.

             4.1  TIME AND MANNER OF ELECTION.   Each Eligible Employee may
          elect to defer Compensation  for a Plan Year  by filing with  the
          Committee an election that conforms to the  requirements of this
          Section 4.1,  on  a form  provided  by the  Committee,  to  defer
          Compensation  as  provided   herein.    An   election  to   defer
          Compensation for  a Plan  Year must  be filed  on or  before  the
          Election Date for that  Plan Year.   Such election shall  specify
          the percentage of Salary to be deferred, the percentage of  Bonus
          to be deferred,  the Payment Eligibility  Date, the  Distribution
          Method, and  the  Participant Options  to  be applicable  to  any
          Compensation subject  to  the election.    An election  to  defer
          Compensation under the provisions of this subsection shall  apply
          to Salary paid with respect to services performed during the Plan
          Year and to Bonus paid with respect to services performed  during
          the calendar year  ending on  the same day  as the  Plan Year  or
          ending within the Plan Year.
             
             4.2  PERCENTAGE TO BE DEFERRED.  For the initial Plan Year, an
          Eligible Employee may elect to defer any percentage of Salary not
          exceeding 25 percent and any percentage of Bonus not exceeding 15
          percent.  For each subsequent Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may
          elect to defer any percentage of Salary not exceeding 15  percent
          and any  percentage  of Bonus  not  exceeding 15  percent.    The
          percentage designated  by the  Participant  shall apply  to  each
          payment of Salary and Bonus subject to the election.

             4.3  LENGTH OF DEFERRAL.   With  respect to any  Plan Year, an
          Eligible Employee  may elect  to defer  until  January 1  of  any
          calendar year beginning at least two  years after the end of  the
          Plan Year (the "Payment Eligibility  Date") the first payment  of
          the Deferral Account for that Plan Year, and may elect to receive
          the Deferral Account  for that  Plan Year as  a lump  sum on  the
          Payment Eligibility  Date or  in  annual, quarterly,  or  monthly
          installments over any number  of years up to  10 years, with  the
          first such installment paid on the Payment Eligibility Date  (the
          "Distribution Method").

             4.4  INVESTMENT ELECTIONS.  Each Participant may  specify that
          all or  any 10%  multiple of  the amount  of Compensation  to  be
          deferred for any Plan Year shall be deemed to be invested in  one
          or both of the following options (the "PARTICIPANT OPTIONS"):

                  4.4.1   FIXED RATE.   A  fixed rate  of  ten percent  per
          annum, compounded monthly (the "FIXED RATE OPTION").

                  4.4.2   S&P 400.  The rate of return, calculated daily, of
          an index fund  chosen by  the Committee  that is  based upon  the
          Standard & Poor's  Mid-Cap 400  Index (the  "S&P 400").   If  the
          chosen fund ceases to operate or otherwise no longer  constitutes
          an index fund  that reflects the  Standard &  Poor's Mid-Cap  400
          Index, the Committee shall choose another such index fund to  act
          as the measurement of the rate of return.

                                    -4-
          <PAGE>
          If a  Participant fails to elect a Participant  Option for all or
          part of the deferred Compensation, he  or she shall be deemed  to
          have elected the Fixed Rate Option  with respect to that  portion
          of the deferred Compensation.  The Participant Option elected for
          any part of the Compensation deferred by a Participant shall also
          apply to  amounts  credited  as earnings  on  that  part  of  the
          Compensation deferred.

             4.5  CHANGE OF INVESTMENT  ELECTION.    On  or  prior  to  the
          twentieth day of any calendar month, a Participant may change the
          designation of the  Participant Options with  respect to any  10%
          multiple  of  the  amount  of  a  Plan  Year  Subaccount  of  the
          Participant by filing with  the Committee an  election on a  form
          provided by the Committee.  Such change shall be effective as  of
          the first day of the following calendar month.
             
              4.6  DURATION OF DEFERRAL ELECTION.  Any election pursuant to
          Section 4.1 shall be irrevocable (except as specifically provided
          in Section 4.5 with respect to Participant Options).

          5. DEFERRAL ACCOUNT. 

             5.1  MAINTENANCE OF  DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.    The Committee  shall
          establish and maintain  a Deferral Account  for each  Participant
          under  the Plan.   Each  Participant's Deferral Account  shall be
          further   divided   into   separate   subaccounts   ("PLAN   YEAR
          SUBACCOUNTS"), each  of which  corresponds to  the   Compensation
          deferred with respect to each Plan Year for which the Participant
          elected to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 4.1.

             5.2  CREDITS TO DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.   A  Participant's  Deferral
          Account shall be credited as follows:

                  5.2.1   On the pay day  for each corresponding pay period
          included within a Plan Year, the Committee shall credit the  Plan
          Year Subaccount for that Plan Year with an amount equal to Salary
          deferred by the Participant in that pay period in accordance with
          the Participant's election under Section 4.1.

                  5.2.2   On the day on which the Company pays a Bonus to a
          Participant, the Committee shall credit the Plan Year  Subaccount
          for the Plan Year with respect to which the Bonus is paid with an
          amount equal  to  the  portion  of  the  Bonus  deferred  by  the
          Participant in accordance with  the Participant's election  under
          Section 4.1.
                  
                                    -5-

          <PAGE>
                  5.2.3   On each  day, each  Plan  Year  Subaccount  of  a
          Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited or debited  with
          earnings or  losses  in an  amount  determined by  applying  each
          Participant Option to  that portion of  the Plan Year  Subaccount
          for which the Participant elected that Participant Option.

                  5.2.4   In no  event shall  the  amounts  credited  to  a
          Participant's Deferral Account pursuant to Section 5.2.1 or 5.2.2
          exceed the reduction in the Salary or Bonus otherwise payable  to
          the Participant on that date.

                  5.2.5  On the day on which any amount of a  Participant's
          Plan Year Subaccount is distributed as  provided in the Plan,  or
          on which any amount  of a Participant's  Plan Year Subaccount  is
          forfeited as provided in the Plan, the Plan Year Subaccount shall
          be reduced by the amount of the distribution or forfeiture.

          6. DISTRIBUTIONS OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS.

             6.1  DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNT  PURSUANT  TO  ELECTION. 
          With respect to each Plan Year Subaccount, the Company shall  pay
          to each  Participant the  balance of  that Plan  Year  Subaccount
          beginning on the  Payment Eligibility  Date and  pursuant to  the
          Distribution Method  elected  with  respect  to  that  Plan  Year
          pursuant to Section 4.1.  Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  if the
          balance of  the Plan  Year Subaccount  is  $10,000 or  less,  the
          entire balance shall be  distributed in the form  of a cash  lump
          sum  on   the  applicable   Payment   Eligibility  Date.      The
          Participant's Deferral Account shall  continue to be credited  or
          debited with earnings or losses  pursuant to Section 5.2.3  until
          all amounts credited  to his or  her Deferral  Account have  been
          distributed. 

             6.2  DEATH.   If  a  Participant  dies,  the  balance  of  the
          Participant's Deferral Account shall be paid to the Participant's
          Beneficiary in a lump sum.

             6.3  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.   In  the event  a Participant
          ceases to be  employed by  any of  the Companies  (other than  by
          reason of the  Participant's death), the  Committee may elect  to
          distribute the balance of the Participant's Plan Year Subaccounts
          for  which  the  designated  Payment  Eligibility  Date  has  not
          occurred as  of  the  date that  the  Participant  ceases  to  be
          employed by any  of the  Companies by  notifying the  Participant
          within 60 days of that date.   The Committee may at its  election
          pay such  amount either  (i) in  one lump  sum on  or before  the
          conclusion of  the  60 day  period,  or (ii)  in  four  quarterly
          installments, with the  first installment paid  on or before  the
          conclusion of the 60 day period.  If the Committee chooses to pay
          the  Participant's  Plan  Year  Subaccounts  in  four   quarterly
          installments, the unpaid  balance of such  Plan Year  Subaccounts
          shall continue to be credited or debited with earnings or  losses

                                    -6-
          <PAGE>
          as provided  in Section  5.2.3 and  the amount  of such  earnings
          credited during each  quarter shall be  paid with each  quarterly
          installment.   The distribution  of the  Participant's Plan  Year
          Subaccounts for which the designated Payment Eligibility Date has
          passed at the time the Participant  ceases to be employed by  any
          of the Companies will be made as otherwise provided in the Plan.

             6.4  UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY.  The Committee may,  pursuant to
          rules adopted by it and applied  in a uniform manner,  accelerate
          the date of distribution of all or a  portion  of a Participant's
          Deferral Account because of an Unforeseeable Emergency; provided,
          however,  that  any  determination  to  accelerate  the  date  of
          distribution of  the  Deferral  Account  of  any  member  of  the
          Committee shall be made by the Board.  "Unforeseeable  Emergency"
          shall mean an unforeseeable, severe financial hardship  resulting
          from (a) a sudden  and  unexpected illness  or  accident of  the
          Participant or his dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the
          Code); (b) loss of the Participant's property due to casualty; or
          (c) other similar extraordinary  and unforeseeable  circumstances
          arising  as  a  result  of  events  beyond  the  control  of  the
          Participant,  but  which  may  not  be  relieved  through   other
          available resources of  the Participant (including  reimbursement
          or compensation by  insurance, liquidation  of the  Participant's
          assets, to the extent  the liquidation of  such assets would  not
          itself cause  severe  financial  hardship,  or  by  cessation  of
          deferrals under  the Plan),  as determined  by the  Committee  in
          accordance with the uniform rules  adopted by it.   Distributions
          pursuant to  this  Section 6.4  of  less than  the  Participant's
          entire interest in the Plan shall be made pro rata from his  Plan
          Year Subaccounts and  from the assumed  investments in such  Plan
          Year Subaccounts according  to  the  balances  in  such accounts.  
          Subject to the foregoing, payment of  any amount with respect  to
          which a Participant has  filed a request  under this Section  6.4
          shall be  made as  soon as  practicable  after approval  of  such
          request by the Committee.

             6.5  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  The Company shall immediately  pay to
          each Participant the full amount of  his or her Deferral  Account
          if there occurs  a Change  of Control,  as defined  herein.   For
          purposes of  this  Section,  a "CHANGE  OF  CONTROL"  shall  have
          occurred if (i) a person or  group of persons other than  Stephen
          A. Wynn or members  of his family acquire  20 percent or more  of
          the  outstanding  voting  securities   of  the  Mirage   Resorts,
          Incorporated, and a majority  of the Board  of Directors has  not
          previously approved the  acquisition of the  securities, or  (ii)
          more than one-half of the members of the Board of Directors  each
          have less than two  years' consecutive tenure  as a director  and
          were not nominated or  appointed as a director  by a majority  of
          the Board of  Directors, each  of whom  had at  least two  years'
          consecutive tenure as a director at  the time of such  nomination
          or appointment.
                                     -7-
          <PAGE>
             6.6  INABILITY  TO  LOCATE PARTICIPANT.   If the  Committee is
          unable to locate a Participant or  his or her Beneficiary on  any
          date  on  which  a   distribution  is  to   be  made  from   such
          Participant's Deferral  Account,  the Company  shall  retain  the
          distribution which was to be made on such date until such time as
          the  Committee  can  locate   the  Participant  or   Beneficiary;
          provided, however, that the Company may deduct from such retained
          distributions all taxes which are required to be withheld by  the
          Company.  No  additional earnings shall  be credited pursuant  to
          Section 5.2.3  on  any  distribution retained  pursuant  to  this
          Section 6.6.  If the Committee is unable to locate a  Participant
          or Beneficiary  within five  years following  a date  on which  a
          distribution is  to  be  made from  such  Participant's  Deferral
          Account, the amount of such distribution shall be forfeited.   In
          seeking to locate a Participant or Beneficiary, the Committee may
          take any reasonable action, but shall not be required to take any
          action other than communicating by registered mail to the address
          or addresses last provided to the Committee by the Participant or
          Beneficiary.

             6.7  EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may elect to withdraw
          amounts  from  his   or  her  Deferral   Account  prior  to   the
          corresponding Payment Eligibility  Date ("EARLY  DISTRIBUTIONS"),
          subject to the following restrictions:

                  6.7.1   The election to take  an Early Distribution shall
          be made by filing a form provided by and filed with the Committee
          prior to the fifteenth day of  any calendar month. Such  election
          shall designate one or more Plan Year Subaccounts from which such
          Early Distribution is to be made.   The Early Distribution  shall
          be made in a  single cash lump sum  as soon as practicable  after
          the first day of the following calendar month.

                  6.7.2   The amount of the Early Distribution shall in all
          cases equal 90 percent  of the lesser of  (i) the balance of  all
          amounts that  have  been credited  to  the designated  Plan  Year
          Subaccount(s) pursuant to Sections 5.2.1  and 5.2.2; or (ii)  the
          balance of the designated Plan Year Subaccount(s).

                  6.7.3   The remaining balance of the designated Plan Year
          Subaccount(s) shall be  permanently forfeited  and the  Companies
          and the Committee shall have no obligation to the Participant  or
          his Beneficiary with respect to such forfeited amount.

                  6.7.4   If a Participant  receives an Early Distribution,
          the Participant will be ineligible to participate in the Plan for
          the balance of the Plan Year and for the following Plan Year.

                                     -8-
          <PAGE>
                  6.7.5   A Participant will be limited to a maximum of two
          Early Distributions.

          7. ADMINISTRATION.

             7.1  COMMITTEE.  A Committee, consisting of  not less than one
          person, shall be appointed  by and serve at  the pleasure of  the
          Board of  Directors.    The  number  of  members  comprising  the
          Committee shall be determined by the  Board, which may from  time
          to time vary the  number of members.   A member of the  Committee
          may resign by delivering a written  notice of resignation to  the
          Board.  The  Board may  remove any  member by  resolution at  any
          time.   Vacancies in  the membership  of the  Committee shall  be
          filled by the Board.  The  initial appointments to the  Committee
          are Daniel R. Lee, Peter C. Walsh, and James E. Pettis.

             7.2  COMMITTEE ACTION.  The Committee shall act at meetings by
          affirmative  vote  of a majority of the members of the Committee.  
          Any action  permitted to  be  taken at  a  meeting may  be  taken
          without a  meeting if,  prior or  subsequent  to such  action,  a
          written consent to  the action is  signed by all  members of  the
          Committee, and such written consent is filed with the minutes  of
          the proceedings  of the  Committee.   A member  of the  Committee
          shall not vote  or act upon  any matter which  relates solely  to
          himself or herself as a Participant.   The Chairman or any  other
          member or members of the Committee designated by the Chairman may
          execute any certificate or other  written direction on behalf  of
          the Committee.

             7.3  POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Committee, shall
          enforce the Plan in accordance with  its terms, shall be  charged
          with the general administration of the  Plan and shall have  full
          discretion, power,  and  authority necessary  to  accomplish  its
          purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

                  7.3.1  To construe and interpret the terms and provisions
          of this Plan;

                  7.3.2   To compute and certify to  the amount and kind of
          benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries;

                  7.3.3   To maintain all records that may be necessary for
          the administration of the Plan;

                  7.3.4   To provide for disclosure  of all information and
          the  filing  or  provision  of  all  reports  and  statements  to
          Participants, Beneficiaries or governmental agencies as shall  be
          required by law;

                  7.3.5   To make and publish such rules for the regulation
          of the Plan and procedures for the administration of the Plan  as
          are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

                                     -9-
          <PAGE>
                  7.3.6   To appoint  a  plan  administrator  or  any other
          agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in  connec-
          tion with the  administration of the  Plan as  the Committee  may
          from time to time prescribe; and

                  7.3.7   To determine who  are Eligible Employees, subject
          to the limitations described in the Plan.

             7.4  CONSTRUCTION AND  INTERPRETATION.    The  Committee shall
          have full  discretion to  construe and  interpret the  terms  and
          provisions of  this Plan,  which interpretation  or  construction
          shall be  final and  binding on  all parties,  including but  not
          limited to the Company and any  Participant or Beneficiary.   The
          Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform
          and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any  and
          all laws applicable to the Plan; provided, however, the Committee
          shall have  the  discretion  to determine  whether  an  otherwise
          Eligible Employee is selected to participate in the Plan.

             7.5  INFORMATION.   To  enable the  Committee  to perform  its
          functions, the Companies shall supply full and timely information
          to the Committee on all matters  relating to the Compensation  of
          all Participants, their death or other cause of termination,  and
          such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

             7.6  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.  The members of the  Committee
          shall  serve  without compensation  for their services hereunder.  
          The Committee is  authorized at  the expense  of Mirage  Resorts,
          Incorporated to employ such legal counsel, accountants, and other
          advisers as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of
          its duties hereunder.  Expenses and  fees in connection with  the
          administration of  the  Plan shall  be  paid by  Mirage  Resorts,
          Incorporated.

             7.7  INDEMNITY.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable
          law, Mirage Resorts, Incorporated shall indemnify, hold harmless,
          and defend the Committee  and each member  thereof, the Board  of
          Directors, and any delegate of the  Committee who is an  employee
          of a  Company  against  any and  all  expenses,  liabilities  and
          claims, including  legal  fees as  they  are incurred  to  defend
          against  such  liabilities  and  claims  arising  out  of   their
          discharge in good faith of responsibilities under or incident  to
          the Plan,  other than  expenses and  liabilities arising  out  of
          willful misconduct.    This  indemnity shall  not  preclude  such
          further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased
          by the  Company  or provided  by  the Company  under  any  bylaw,
          agreement or otherwise.

             7.8  PARTICIPANT STATEMENTS.  Under procedures  established by
          the Committee,  a  Participant  shall receive  a  statement  with
          respect to  such Participant's  Deferral  Account on  a  periodic
          basis at least once with respect to each Plan Year.

                                     -10-
          <PAGE>
          8. MISCELLANEOUS.

             8.1  UNSECURED  GENERAL  CREDITOR.    Participants  and  their
          Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal
          or  equitable  rights,  claims,  or  interests  in  any  specific
          property or assets  of any  Company.   No assets  of any  Company
          shall be held under any trust,  or held in any way as  collateral
          security for the  fulfilling of  the obligations  of any  Company
          under this Plan.  This Plan shall not cause any Company's  assets
          to be pledged or  restricted.  A  Company's obligation under  the
          Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of
          that Company to pay  money in the future,  and the rights of  the
          Participants and Beneficiaries shall be no greater than those  of
          unsecured general creditors of the Company.  The Company may, but
          need not, acquire investments  corresponding to those  designated
          by the Participants hereunder, and it is not under any obligation
          to maintain any investment it may make.  Any such investments, if
          made, shall be in the name of the Company, and shall be its  sole
          property in which no  Participant shall have  any interest.   The
          Plan is intended to be an  unfunded plan for purposes of Title  I
          of ERISA.

             8.2  RESTRICTION AGAINST ASSIGNMENT.  The Companies shall  pay
          all amounts  payable  hereunder only  to  the person  or  persons
          designated by the Plan and  not to or for  any other person.   No
          part of a Participant's Deferral Account shall be liable for  the
          debts,  contracts, or engagements of any Participant,  his or her
          Beneficiary, or successors in interest, nor shall a Participant's
          Deferral Account be subject to execution by levy, attachment,  or
          garnishment or by  any other legal  or equitable proceeding,  nor
          shall any such  person have  any right  to alienate,  anticipate,
          transfer, commute, pledge,  encumber, or assign  any benefits  or
          payments hereunder  in  any  manner whatsoever.    Any  purported
          alienation,   anticipation,   transfer,   commutation,    pledge,
          encumbrance, or assignment shall  be void and of  no effect.   If
          any  Participant,  Beneficiary  or   successor  in  interest   is
          adjudicated   bankrupt,   and   the   Participant's   rights   to
          distribution or payment under the Plan are subject to involuntary
          transfer or assignment in any such proceeding, the Committee  may
          in its discretion  cancel such  distribution or  payment (or  any
          part  thereof)  to  or  for  the  benefit  of  such  Participant,
          Beneficiary or successor in interest.

             8.3  WITHHOLDING.  There shall  be deducted from  each payment
          to a Participant made under the Plan all taxes which are required
          to be withheld by the Company  from such payment.  If any  taxes,
          including employment taxes with respect to the Deferral  Account,
          are required to  be withheld prior  to the time  of payment,  the
          Company may withhold such amounts from other compensation paid to
          the Participant.

                                    -11-
          <PAGE>
             8.4  AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION.   The
          Board of Directors  may amend, modify,  suspend or terminate  the
          Plan in whole or in part, except that no amendment, modification,
          suspension or termination  shall have any  retroactive effect  to
          reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant's Deferral Account.

             8.5  GOVERNING LAW.  This  Plan shall  be construed,  governed
          and administered  in accordance  with the  laws of  the State  of
          Nevada, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

             8.6  RECEIPT OR RELEASE.  Any payment to a  Participant or the
          Participant's Beneficiary in  accordance with  the provisions  of
          the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of
          all  claims  against  the  Committee  and  the  Companies.    The
          Committee may  require  such  Participant or  Beneficiary,  as  a
          condition precedent to  such payment,  to execute  a receipt  and
          release to such effect.

             8.7  PAYMENTS ON BEHALF OF  PERSONS UNDER INCAPACITY.   In the
          event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a  person
          who, in  the sole  judgment of  the Committee,  is considered  by
          reason of physical  or mental condition  to be unable  to give  a
          valid receipt  therefor,  the  Committee  may  direct  that  such
          payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole
          judgment, to have assumed the care  of such person.  Any  payment
          made pursuant  to  such  determination shall  constitute  a  full
          release and discharge of the Committee and the Companies.
             
             8.8  NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.   Participation  in this Plan shall
          not confer  upon any  person  any right  to  be employed  by  the
          Companies nor any other right not expressly provided hereunder.

             8.9  HEADINGS NOT PART OF AGREEMENT.  Headings and subheadings
          in this Plan are inserted for  convenience of reference only  and
          are not to be  considered in the  construction of the  provisions
          hereof.

             8.10 ERISA.   This  Plan  constitutes a  pension  benefit plan
          within the meaning  of Section 3(2) of ERISA,  which is  unfunded
          and maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation
          for  a  select  group   of  management  or  highly   compensation
          employees.  This Plan constitutes the "Summary Plan  Description"
          required under ERISA, as  well as the  governing document of  the
          Plan.   The Administrator  of the  Plan,  within the  meaning  of
          Section 3(16) of ERISA, and  the Named Fiduciary thereof,  within
          the meaning of Section 402 of ERISA, is the Committee.   Attached
          hereto as Exhibit "A" is a  statement of a  Participant's  rights
          under ERISA.  Attached  hereto as Exhibit "B"  is a statement  of
          the claims procedures under the Plan.

                                    -12-
          <PAGE>
             IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Mirage Resorts,  Incorporated has  caused
          this document to be  executed by its  duly authorized officer  on
          this 4th day of February, 1997.
               ---        --------

                                       MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED


                                            DANIEL R. LEE
                                            _______________________________
                                       By:  Daniel R. Lee
                                       its  Chief Financial Officer

                                    -13-
          <PAGE>
                                     EXHIBIT "A"

             INFORMATION PROVIDED UNDER  ERISA.  This  Plan is  an unfunded
          pension plan.  Mirage Resorts, Incorporated is the Plan  sponsor.
          The  Committee is the Plan administrator and agent for service of
          legal process.  Mirage Resorts, Incorporated and its subsidiaries
          bear the costs of the benefits under the Plan.

             The address,  telephone  number,  and employer  identification
          number of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated are as follows:

                             Mirage Resorts, Incorporated
                             3400 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                             Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
                             Attention:  Daniel R. Lee
                             Telephone No.: (702) 791-7111
                             Employer Identification No.: 88-0058016


             STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS.   A Participant  in this  Plan  is
          entitled to certain  rights and protections  under a federal  law
          known as  "ERISA."   ERISA provides  that all  Plan  Participants
          shall be  entitled  to  examine,  without  charge,  at  the  Plan
          administrator's office, all Plan documents and the Plan's  annual
          report.  Copies of these documents and other Plan information may
          also be obtained upon written request to the Plan  Administrator.
           A reasonable charge may be made for copies.

             In addition to  creating rights  for Plan  Participants, ERISA
          imposes duties  upon  the  people who  are  responsible  for  the
          operation of this Plan.  The people who operate this Plan, called
          "fiduciaries" of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and  in
          the interest  of  you  and other  Plan  Participants.    No  one,
          including your  employer or  any other  person, may  fire you  or
          otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from
          obtaining benefits or  exercising your  rights under  ERISA.   If
          your claim for benefits is denied  in whole or in part, you  must
          receive a written explanation of the reason for this denial.  You
          have  the  right  to  have  the  Plan  Administrator  review  and
          reconsider your claim.

             Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above
          rights.  If  you have  a claim for  benefits which  is denied  or
          ignored, in whole or in part, you may file a claim as provided in
          the Plan.  If  you are discriminated  against for asserting  your
          rights, you  may  seek assistance  from  the U.S.  Department  of
          Labor, or you may file a claim as provided in the Plan. 
             
             If you have any questions about your  Plan, you should contact
          the Plan administrator.   If you  have any  questions about  this
          statement or about  your rights under  ERISA, you should  contact
          the nearest  Area Office  of the  U.S. Labor-Management  Services
          Administration, Department of Labor.

                                    -14-
          <PAGE>
                                     EXHIBIT "B"

             CLAIMS PROCEDURES.    If you  believe  you are  entitled  to a
          benefit under this Plan, you may make a claim for such benefit by
          filing with the Committee a  written statement setting forth  the
          amount and type of payment so claimed.  The statement shall  also
          set forth the facts supporting the claim.  The claim may be filed
          by mailing or delivering it to the Committee.

             Within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of such a claim,
          the Committee shall notify you in  writing of its action on  such
          claim and if such claim is  not allowed in full, shall state  the
          following in a manner calculated to be understood by you:

                    (a)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

                    (b)  Specific reference  to pertinent  provisions of
            this Plan on which the denial is based;

                    (c)  A description  of  any  additional material  or
            information necessary for you to be entitled to the benefits
            that have  been  denied  and  an  explanation  of  why  such
            material or information is necessary; and

                    (d)  An explanation  of  this  Plan's  claim  review
            procedure.

             If you disagree with the action taken by the Committee, you or
          your duly authorized  representative may apply  to the  Committee
          for a review  of such  action.   Such application  shall be  made
          within one hundred  twenty (120) calendar  days after receipt  by
          you of the notice of the  Committee's action on your claim.   The
          application for review shall be filed  in the same manner as  the
          claim for  benefits.   In connection  with such  review, you  may
          inspect any documents or records pertinent to the matter and  may
          submit issues  and  comments in  writing  to the  Committee.    A
          decision by the  Committee  shall  be communicated to  you within
          sixty (60) calendar days after receipt  of the application.   The
          decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific
          reasons for the decision,  written in a  manner calculated to  be
          understood by  you,  and  specific references  to  the  pertinent
          provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based.

                                    -15-


                            MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED
                            DIRECTORS' DEFERRED FEE PLAN


             WHEREAS, Mirage Resorts,  Incorporated desires to  establish a
          deferred compensation plan for members of the Board of  Directors
          of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated  through deferrals of  directors'
          fees, effective as of February 1, 1997; and

             WHEREAS, it  is  believed  that  the  adoption  of  this  Plan
          providing for  deferred  compensation  at the  election  of  each
          member of the Board of Directors will be in the best interests of
          Mirage Resorts, Incorporated;

             NOW THEREFORE, it is hereby declared as follows:

          1. DEFINITIONS.

             Whenever the  following words  and phrases  are  used in  this
          Plan, with  the first  letter capitalized,  they shall  have  the
          meanings specified below.
             
             "BENEFICIARY" or  "BENEFICIARIES"  shall  mean the  person  or
          persons, including a  trustee, personal  representative or  other
          fiduciary,  last  designated  in  writing  by  a  Participant  in
          accordance  with  procedures  established  by  the  Committee  to
          receive the  benefits specified  hereunder in  the event  of  the
          Participant's death.   No  beneficiary designation  shall  become
          effective until it is filed with  the Committee.  If there is  no
          Beneficiary designation in  effect, or if  there is no  surviving
          designated  Beneficiary, then  the Participant's surviving spouse
          shall  be  the  Beneficiary.   If  no  spouse  shall  survive the
          Participant,  the  issue   of  the  Participant   (by  right   of
          representation) shall be the  Beneficiary; and if neither  spouse
          nor issue survive the Participant,  the Beneficiary shall be  the
          Participant's estate. 

             "BOARD OF  DIRECTORS"  or  "BOARD"  shall  mean  the  Board of
          Directors of the Company.

             "CODE" shall  mean  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
          amended.

             "COMMITTEE" shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board to
          administer the Plan.

             "COMPANY" shall  mean  Mirage  Resorts, Incorporated,  or  any
          successor corporation.

                               Exhibit 10(ddd)  
          <PAGE>
             "COMPENSATION" shall mean the fees (including  fees earned for
          serving on any committees of the Board) to which a Participant is
          entitled for services rendered as a Director and as a director of
          any subsidiary of the Company.

             "DEFERRAL ACCOUNT"    shall   mean  the   bookkeeping  account
          maintained by the Committee for each Participant that is credited
          or debited with amounts equal to (1) the portion of the Partici-
          pant's Compensation that he  or she elects  to defer pursuant  to
          this Plan, and (2) the return credited or debited on the balance
          in the account.

             "DIRECTOR" shall mean any member of the Board of Directors.

             "DISTRIBUTION METHOD"  shall  have  the  meaning described  in
          Section 4.3.

             "EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS"  shall  have  the  meaning described  in
          Section 6.7.

             "ELECTION DATE" shall mean (i) with respect to  the first Plan
          Year, February 21, 1997; and (ii) with respect to each subsequent
          Plan Year, December 1 of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

             "PARTICIPANT" shall  mean  any Director  who  elects to  defer
          Compensation in accordance  with Section 4.1  and who  is not  an
          employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

             "PARTICIPANT OPTIONS"  shall  have  the  meaning described  in
          Section 4.4.

             "PAYMENT ELIGIBILITY  DATE" shall mean  the date  specified by
          the Participant pursuant  to Section  4.3, or  if no  date is  so
          specified, the  first January  1 following  the date  on which  a
          Participant terminates service as a Director.

             "PLAN" shall mean the Mirage  Resorts, Incorporated Directors'
          Deferred Fee Plan set forth herein, now in effect, or as  amended
          from time to time.

             "PLAN YEAR"  shall  mean a  calendar year;  provided, however,
          that the first Plan Year shall be a short year beginning on March
          1, 1997, and ending on December 31, 1997.

             "PLAN YEAR SUBACCOUNT"  shall  have the  meaning described  in
          Section 5.1.

          2. PARTICIPATION.  A Director  shall become a Participant  in the
          Plan by electing to defer a portion of his or her Compensation in
          accordance with Section 4.1.

                                    -2-
          <PAGE>
          3. VESTING OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.  A Participant's Deferral Account
          shall be  100%  vested  at  all  times,  except  as  specifically
          provided in  Section 6.6  (Inability to  Locate Participant)  and
          Section 6.7 (Early Distributions).

          4. PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS TO DEFER COMPENSATION.

             4.1  TIME AND MANNER OF ELECTION.   Each Director may elect to
          defer Compensation for a Plan Year  by filing with the  Committee
          an election that conforms  to the  requirements of  this  Section
          4.1, on a form provided by  the Committee, to defer  Compensation
          as provided herein.  An election to defer Compensation for a Plan
          Year must be filed on or  before the Election Date for that  Plan
          Year.  Such election shall specify the percentage of Compensation
          to be deferred,  the Payment Eligibility  Date, the  Distribution
          Method, and  the  Participant Options  to  be applicable  to  any
          Compensation subject to  the election.   An election  for a  Plan
          Year  to  defer  Compensation   under  the  provisions  of   this
          subsection shall  apply  to  Compensation paid  with  respect  to
          services performed during the Plan Year.

             4.2  PERCENTAGE TO BE DEFERRED.  For the initial Plan  Year, a
          Director may elect  to defer any  percentage of Compensation  not
          exceeding 25 percent.  For each subsequent Plan Year, a  Director
          may elect to defer any  percentage of Compensation not  exceeding
          15 percent. 

             4.3  LENGTH OF DEFERRAL.   With  respect to  any Plan  Year, a
          Director may elect to defer until January 1 of any calendar  year
          beginning at least two years after the end of the Plan Year  (the
          "PAYMENT ELIGIBILITY  DATE") the  first payment  of the  Deferral
          Account for that Plan Year, and may elect to receive the Deferral
          Account for  that  Plan  Year  as  a  lump  sum  on  the  Payment
          Eligibility Date or in annual, quarterly, or monthly installments
          over any number  of years  up to 10  years, with  the first  such
          installment  paid   on   the  Payment   Eligibility   Date   (the
          "DISTRIBUTION METHOD").

             4.4  INVESTMENT ELECTIONS.  Each Participant may  specify that
          all or  any 10%  multiple of  the amount  of Compensation  to  be
          deferred for any Plan Year shall be deemed to be invested in  one
          or both of the following options (the "PARTICIPANT OPTIONS"):

                  4.4.1  FIXED RATE.    A fixed  rate  of ten  percent  per
          annum, compounded monthly (the "FIXED RATE OPTION").

                  4.4.2  S&P 400.  The rate of return, calculated daily, of
          an index fund  chosen by  the Committee  that is  based upon  the
          Standard & Poor's  Mid-Cap 400  Index (the  "S&P 400").   If  the
          chosen fund ceases to operate or otherwise no longer  constitutes
          an index fund  that reflects the  Standard &  Poor's Mid-Cap  400
          Index, the Committee shall choose another such index fund to  act
          as the measurement of the rate of return.

                                    -3-
          <PAGE>
          If a Participant fails to elect a Participant  Option for all or
          part of the deferred Compensation, he  or she shall be deemed  to
          have elected the Fixed Rate Option  with respect to that  portion
          of the deferred Compensation.  The Participant Option elected for
          any part of the Compensation deferred by a Participant shall also
          apply to  amounts  credited  as earnings  on  that  part  of  the
          Compensation deferred.

             4.5  CHANGE OF INVESTMENT ELECTION.    On  or  prior  to  the
          twentieth day of any calendar month, a Participant may change the
          designation of the  Participant Options with  respect to any  10%
          multiple  of  the  amount  of  a  Plan  Year  Subaccount  of  the
          Participant by filing with  the Committee an  election on a  form
          provided by the Committee.  Such change shall be effective as  of
          the first day of the following calendar month.

             4.6  DURATION OF DEFERRAL ELECTION.   Any election pursuant to
          Section 4.1 shall be irrevocable (except as specifically provided
          in Section 4.5 with respect to Participant Options).

          5. DEFERRAL ACCOUNT. 

             5.1  MAINTENANCE OF  DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.    The  Committee shall
          establish and maintain  a Deferral Account  for each  Participant
          under  the Plan.   Each  Participant's Deferral Account  shall be
          further   divided   into   separate   subaccounts   ("PLAN   YEAR
          SUBACCOUNTS"), each  of which  corresponds to  the   Compensation
          deferred with respect to each Plan Year for which the Participant
          elected to defer Compensation pursuant to Section 4.1.

             5.2  CREDITS TO DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.     A Participant's Deferral
          Account shall be credited as follows:

                  5.2.1   On each day on which Compensation is paid to  the
          Participant for  services  performed  during  a  Plan  Year,  the
          Committee shall credit  the Plan  Year Subaccount  for that  Plan
          Year with  an  amount  equal  to  Compensation  deferred  by  the
          Participant in accordance with  the Participant's election  under
          Section 4.1.

                  5.2.2   On each day,  each  Plan  Year  Subaccount  of  a
          Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited or debited  with
          earnings or  losses  in an  amount  determined by  applying  each
          Participant Option to  that portion of  the Plan Year  Subaccount
          for which the Participant elected that Participant Option.

                  5.2.3   In no  event shall  the  amounts  credited  to  a
          Participant's Deferral Account pursuant  to Section 5.2.1  exceed
          the  reduction   in  Compensation   otherwise  payable   to   the
          Participant on that date.

                                    -4-
          <PAGE>
                  5.2.4   On the day on which any amount of a Participant's
          Plan Year Subaccount is distributed as  provided in the Plan,  or
          on which any amount  of a Participant's  Plan Year Subaccount  is
          forfeited as provided in the Plan, the Plan Year Subaccount shall
          be reduced by the amount of the distribution or forfeiture.

          6. DISTRIBUTIONS OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS.

             6.1  DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRAL  ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO  ELECTION. 
          With respect to each Plan Year Subaccount, the Company shall  pay
          to each  Participant the  balance of  that Plan  Year  Subaccount
          beginning on the  Payment Eligibility  Date and  pursuant to  the
          Distribution Method  elected  with  respect  to  that  Plan  Year
          pursuant to Section 4.1.   Notwithstanding the  foregoing, if the
          balance of  the Plan  Year Subaccount  is  $10,000 or  less,  the
          entire balance shall be  distributed in the form  of a cash  lump
          sum  on   the  applicable   Payment   Eligibility  Date.      The
          Participant's Deferral Account shall  continue to be credited  or
          debited with earnings or losses  pursuant to Section 5.2.2  until
          all amounts credited  to his or  her Deferral  Account have  been
          distributed. 

             6.2  DEATH.   If  a  Participant  dies,  the  balance  of  the
          Participant's Deferral Account shall be paid to the Participant's
          Beneficiary in a lump sum.

             6.3  TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT.   In  the event a Participant
          ceases  to  be  a   Director  (other  than   by  reason  of   the
          Participant's death), the Committee  may elect to distribute  the
          balance of the Participant's Plan Year Subaccounts for which  the
          designated Payment Eligibility  Date has not  occurred as of  the
          date that the Participant  ceases to be  a Director by  notifying
          the Participant within 60 days of  that date.  The Committee  may
          at its election pay such amount either (i) in one lump sum on  or
          before the  conclusion of  the 60  day period,  or (ii)  in  four
          quarterly installments  with the  first  installment paid  on  or
          before the conclusion  of the 60  day period.   If the  Committee
          chooses to pay  the Participant's Plan  Year Subaccounts in  four
          quarterly installments,  the unpaid  balance  of such  Plan  Year
          Subaccounts  shall  continue  to  be  credited  or  debited  with
          earnings or losses as provided in Section 5.2.2 and the amount of
          such earnings credited  during each  quarter shall  be paid  with
          each  quarterly   installment.      The   distribution   of   the
          Participant's Plan  Year  Subaccounts for  which  the  designated
          Payment Eligibility Date has passed  at the time the  Participant
          ceases to be Director will be  made as otherwise provided in  the
          Plan.

                                    -5-
          <PAGE>
             6.4  UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY.  The Committee may,  pursuant to
          rules adopted by it and applied  in a uniform manner,  accelerate
          the date of distribution of all or a  portion  of a Participant's
          Deferral  Account   because   of   an   Unforeseeable  Emergency.   
          "Unforeseeable Emergency"  shall  mean an  unforeseeable,  severe
          financial hardship  resulting from  (a) a sudden  and  unexpected
          illness or  accident  of the  Participant  or his  dependent  (as
          defined  in  Section 152(a)  of  the  Code);   (b)  loss  of  the
          Participant's property  due  to casualty;  or  (c)  other similar
          extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result
          of events beyond the  control of the  Participant, but which  may
          not  be  relieved  through  other  available  resources  of   the
          Participant   (including   reimbursement   or   compensation   by
          insurance, liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent
          the liquidation  of such  assets would  not itself  cause  severe
          financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan),
          as determined by  the Committee  in accordance  with the  uniform
          rules adopted by it.  Distributions pursuant to this Section  6.4
          of less than the Participant's entire interest in the Plan  shall
          be made pro  rata from  his Plan  Year Subaccounts  and from  the
          assumed investments in  such Plan Year  Subaccounts according  to
          the balances in such accounts.  Subject to the foregoing, payment
          of any amount  with respect to  which a Participant  has filed  a
          request  under  this  Section  6.4  shall  be  made  as  soon  as
          practicable after approval of such request by the Committee.

             6.5  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  The Company shall immediately  pay to
          each Participant the full amount of  his or her Deferral  Account
          if there occurs  a Change  of Control,  as defined  herein.   For
          purposes of  this  Section,  a "CHANGE  OF  CONTROL"  shall  have
          occurred if (i) a person or  group of persons other than  Stephen
          A. Wynn or members  of his family acquire  20 percent or more  of
          the outstanding voting securities of the Company, and a  majority
          of the  Board  of  Directors  has  not  previously  approved  the
          acquisition of the securities, or (ii) more than one-half of  the
          Directors each have less than two years' consecutive tenure as  a
          Director and were not nominated or  appointed as a Director by  a
          majority of the Board of Directors, each of whom had at least two
          years' consecutive  tenure as  a Director  at  the time  of  such
          nomination or appointment.

             6.6  INABILITY TO  LOCATE PARTICIPANT.    If the  Committee is
          unable to locate a Participant or  his or her Beneficiary on  any
          date  on  which  a   distribution  is  to   be  made  from   such
          Participant's Deferral  Account,  the Company  shall  retain  the
          distribution which was to be made on such date until such time as
          the  Committee  can  locate   the  Participant  or   Beneficiary;
          provided, however, that the Company may deduct from such retained
          distributions all taxes which are required to be withheld by  the
          Company.  No  additional earnings shall  be credited pursuant  to
          Section 5.2.2  on  any  distribution retained  pursuant  to  this
          Section 6.6.  If the Committee is unable to locate a  Participant

                                    -6-
          <PAGE>
          or Beneficiary  within five  years following  a date  on which  a
          distribution is  to  be  made from  such  Participant's  Deferral
          Account, the amount of such distribution shall be forfeited.   In
          seeking to locate a Participant or Beneficiary, the Committee may
          take any reasonable action, but shall not be required to take any
          action other than communicating by registered mail to the address
          or addresses last provided to the Committee by the Participant or
          Beneficiary.

             6.7  EARLY DISTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may elect to withdraw
          amounts  from  his   or  her  Deferral   Account  prior  to   the
          corresponding Payment Eligibility  Date ("EARLY  DISTRIBUTIONS"),
          subject to the following restrictions:

                  6.7.1   The election to take  an Early Distribution shall
          be made by filing a form provided by and filed with the Committee
          prior to the fifteenth day of any calendar month.  Such  election
          shall designate one or more Plan Year Subaccounts from which such
          Early Distribution is to be made.   The Early Distribution  shall
          be made in a  single cash lump sum  as soon as practicable  after
          the first day of the following calendar month.

                  6.7.2   The amount of the Early Distribution shall in all
          cases equal  90 percent  of  the lesser  of  (i) balance  of  all
          amounts that  have  been credited  to  the designated  Plan  Year
          Subaccount(s) pursuant to Section 5.2.1;  or (ii) the balance  of
          the designated Plan Year Subaccount(s).

                  6.7.3   The remaining balance of the designated Plan Year
          Subaccount(s) shall be permanently forfeited and the Company, the
          subsidiaries of  the Company,  and the  Committee shall  have  no
          obligation to the Participant or his Beneficiary with respect  to
          such forfeited amount.

                  6.7.4   If a Participant  receives an Early Distribution,
          the Participant will be ineligible to participate in the Plan for
          the balance of the Plan Year and for the following Plan Year.

                  6.7.5   A Participant will be limited to a maximum of two
          Early Distributions.

          7. ADMINISTRATION.

             7.1  COMMITTEE.  A Committee, consisting of  not less than one
          person, shall be appointed  by and serve at  the pleasure of  the
          Board of  Directors.    The  number  of  members  comprising  the
          Committee shall be determined by the Board which may from time to
          time vary the number of members.   A member of the Committee  may
          resign by  delivering  a written  notice  of resignation  to  the
          Board.  The  Board may  remove any  member by  resolution at  any
          time.   Vacancies in  the membership  of the  Committee shall  be
          filled by the Board.  The  initial appointments to the  Committee
          are Daniel R. Lee, Peter C. Walsh, and James E. Pettis.

                                    -7-
          <PAGE>
             7.2  COMMITTEE ACTION.  The Committee shall act at meetings by
          affirmative  vote  of a majority of the members of the Committee.  
          Any action  permitted to  be  taken at  a  meeting may  be  taken
          without a  meeting if,  prior or  subsequent  to such  action,  a
          written consent to  the action is  signed by all  members of  the
          Committee and such written consent is  filed with the minutes  of
          the proceedings  of the  Committee.   A member  of the  Committee
          shall not vote  or act upon  any matter which  relates solely  to
          himself or herself as a Participant.   The Chairman or any  other
          member or members of the Committee designated by the Chairman may
          execute any certificate or other  written direction on behalf  of
          the Committee.

             7.3  POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Committee, shall
          enforce the Plan in accordance with  its terms, shall be  charged
          with the general administration of the  Plan and shall have  full
          discretion, power,  and  authority necessary  to  accomplish  its
          purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

                  7.3.1  To construe and interpret the terms and provisions
          of this Plan;

                  7.3.2  To compute and certify to  the amount and kind  of
          benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries;

                  7.3.3  To maintain all records that may be necessary  for
          the administration of the Plan;

                  7.3.4   To provide for disclosure  of all information and
          the  filing  or  provision  of  all  reports  and  statements  to
          Participants, Beneficiaries or governmental agencies as shall  be
          required by law;

                  7.3.5   To make and publish such rules for the regulation
          of the Plan and procedures for the administration of the Plan  as
          are not inconsistent with the terms hereof; and

                  7.3.6   To appoint a  plan  administrator  or  any  other
          agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in  connec-
          tion with the  administration of the  Plan as  the Committee  may
          from time to time prescribe.

             7.4  CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION.    The  Committee  shall
          have full  discretion to  construe and  interpret the  terms  and
          provisions of  this Plan,  which interpretation or  construction
          shall be  final and  binding on  all parties,  including but  not
          limited to the Company and any  Participant or Beneficiary.   The
          Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform
          and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any  and
          all laws applicable to the Plan.

                                    -8-
          <PAGE>
             7.5  INFORMATION.   To  enable the  Committee  to perform  its
          functions, the Company shall  supply full and timely  information
          to the Committee on all matters  relating to the Compensation  of
          all Participants, their death or other cause of termination,  and
          such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

             7.6  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.  The members of the  Committee
          shall  serve  without compensation  for their services hereunder.  
          The Committee  is authorized  at the  expense of  the Company  to
          employ such legal counsel, accountants, and other advisers as  it
          may deem advisable  to assist in  the performance  of its  duties
          hereunder.     Expenses  and   fees   in  connection   with   the
          administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

             7.7  INDEMNITY.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable
          law, the Company shall indemnify,  hold harmless, and defend  the
          Committee and each  member thereof, the  Board of Directors,  and
          any delegate of the Committee who  is an employee of the  Company
          or  any  of  it  subsidiaries  against  any  and  all   expenses,
          liabilities and claims, including legal fees as they are incurred
          to defend against  such liabilities  and claims,  arising out  of
          their discharge  in  good  faith  of  responsibilities  under  or
          incident to the Plan, other than expenses and liabilities arising
          out of willful  misconduct.   This indemnity  shall not  preclude
          such further  indemnities as  may  be available  under  insurance
          purchased by the  Company or provided  by the  Company under  any
          bylaw, agreement or otherwise.

             7.8  PARTICIPANT STATEMENTS.  Under procedures  established by
          the Committee,  a  Participant  shall receive  a  statement  with
          respect to  such Participant's  Deferral  Account on  a  periodic
          basis at least once with respect to each Plan Year.

          8. MISCELLANEOUS.

             8.1  UNSECURED  GENERAL  CREDITOR.    Participants  and  their
          Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal
          or  equitable  rights,  claims,  or  interests  in  any  specific
          property or assets  of the  Company.   No assets  of the  Company
          shall be held under any trust,  or held in any way as  collateral
          security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company  or
          its subsidiaries under this Plan.  This Plan shall not cause  any
          Company's assets to be pledged or restricted.  The obligation  of
          the Company under the  Plan shall be merely  that of an  unfunded
          and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the  future,
          and the rights of the Participants and Beneficiaries shall be  no
          greater than those of unsecured  general creditors.  The  Company
          may, but  need not,  acquire investments  corresponding to  those
          designated by the Participants hereunder, and it is not under any
          obligation to  maintain any  investment it  may make.   Any  such
          investments, if made, shall  be in the name  of the Company,  and
          shall be its sole property in which no Participant shall have any
          interest.

                                    -9-
          <PAGE>
             8.2  RESTRICTION AGAINST ASSIGNMENT.    The Company  shall pay
          all amounts  payable  hereunder only  to  the person  or  persons
          designated by the Plan and  not to or for  any other person.   No
          part of a Participant's Deferral Account shall be liable for  the
          debts,  contracts, or engagements of any Participant,  his or her
          Beneficiary, or successors in interest, nor shall a Participant's
          Deferral Account be subject to execution by levy, attachment,  or
          garnishment or by  any other legal  or equitable proceeding,  nor
          shall any such  person have  any right  to alienate,  anticipate,
          transfer, commute, pledge,  encumber, or assign  any benefits  or
          payments hereunder  in  any  manner whatsoever.    Any  purported
          alienation,   anticipation,   transfer,   commutation,    pledge,
          encumbrance, or assignment shall  be void and of  no effect.   If
          any  Participant,  Beneficiary  or   successor  in  interest   is
          adjudicated   bankrupt,   and   the   Participant's   rights   to
          distribution or payment under the Plan are subject to involuntary
          transfer or assignment in any such proceeding, the Committee  may
          in its discretion  cancel such  distribution or  payment (or  any
          part  thereof)  to  or  for  the  benefit  of  such  Participant,
          Beneficiary or successor in interest.

             8.3  WITHHOLDING.  There shall  be deducted from  each payment
          to a Participant made under the Plan all taxes which are required
          to be withheld by the Company  from such payment.  If any  taxes,
          including employment taxes with respect to the Deferral  Account,
          are required to  be withheld prior  to the time  of payment,  the
          Company may withhold such amounts from other compensation paid to
          the Participant.

             8.4  AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR  TERMINATION.  The
          Board of Directors  may amend, modify,  suspend or terminate  the
          Plan in whole or in part, except that no amendment, modification,
          suspension or termination  shall have any  retroactive effect  to
          reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant's Deferral Account.
          
             8.5  GOVERNING LAW.  This  Plan shall  be construed,  governed
          and administered  in accordance  with the  laws of  the State  of
          Nevada.

             8.6  RECEIPT OR RELEASE.  Any payment to a  Participant or the
          Participant's Beneficiary in  accordance with  the provisions  of
          the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of
          all claims against the Committee and the Company.  The  Committee
          may require  such  Participant  or Beneficiary,  as  a  condition
          precedent to such payment,  to execute a  receipt and release  to
          such effect.

                                   -10-
          <PAGE>
             8.7  PAYMENTS ON BEHALF OF  PERSONS UNDER INCAPACITY.   In the
          event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a  person
          who, in  the sole  judgment of  the Committee,  is considered  by
          reason of physical  or mental condition  to be unable  to give  a
          valid receipt  therefor,  the  Committee  may  direct  that  such
          payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole
          judgment, to have assumed the care  of such person.  Any  payment
          made pursuant  to  such  determination shall  constitute  a  full
          release and discharge of the Committee and the Company.

             8.8  NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.   Participation in this Plan  shall
          not confer upon any person any  right to be employed by or  serve
          as a director of the Company  or any of its subsidiaries nor  any
          other right not expressly provided hereunder.

             8.9  HEADINGS NOT PART OF AGREEMENT.  Headings and subheadings
          in this Plan are inserted for  convenience of reference only  and
          are not to be  considered in the  construction of the  provisions
          hereof.

             IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, Mirage  Resorts, Incorporated has  caused
          this document to be  executed by its  duly authorized officer  on
          this 4th day of February, 1997.
               ---        --------

                                             MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                                                  DANIEL R. LEE
                                                  _________________________
                                             By:  Daniel R. Lee
                                                  Chief Financial Officer


                                   -11-


                   First Amendment to Mirage Resorts, Incorporated
                      Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

               WHEREAS, Mirage  Resorts,  Incorporated  has  established  a
          deferred compensation plan effective as of February 1, 1997  (the
          "Deferred Compensation Plan");

               WHEREAS, the time  available before  the Eligible  Employees
          were required to make an election with respect to the first  Plan
          Year was too short  for all of the  Eligible Employees to  become
          familiar  with  the  Deferred   Compensation  Plan  and  make   a
          knowledgeable choice;

               WHEREAS, Mirage  Resorts, Incorporated  desires  to provide
          another opportunity  to  elect  to defer  compensation  to  those
          Eligible  Employees  who  did  not  make  an  election  to  defer
          compensation on or before  the Election Date  for the first  Plan
          Year, as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan prior to  this
          amendment;

               WHEREAS,  the  elections  to  defer  compensation  made   by
          Eligible Employees on or before the  Election Date for the  first
          Plan Year, as defined in the Deferred Compensation Plan prior  to
          this amendment, are irrevocable and are not to be affected in any
          manner by this amendment;

               NOW, THEREFORE, it is declared as follows:

               1.   AMENDED DEFINITIONS.  The following definitions in the
          Deferred Compensation Plan are amended to read as follows:

               "ELECTION DATE" shall mean  (i) with  respect to  the first
          Plan Year, except as provided in clause (ii) of this  definition,
          February 21,  1997; (ii)  with respect  to the  first Plan  Year,
          March 31, 1997, but only for Eligible Employees who did not elect
          to defer compensation on or before  February 21, 1997; and  (iii)
          with respect  to each  subsequent Plan  Year, December  1 of  the
          immediately preceding Plan Year.

                                  Exhibit (eee)
<PAGE>         
               "PLAN YEAR" shall  mean, with  respect a  Participant, that
          period beginning on the first day of the Participant's first  pay
          period that begins on or after January 1, and ending on the  last
          day of the Participant's pay period that ends on or includes  the
          following December 31; provided,  however, that  the first  Plan
          Year shall be  a short  year beginning on  the first  day of  the
          Participant's first pay period that  begins on or after  February
          21, 1997 (if such  employee elected on or  before such date),  or
          that begins after March 31, 1997 (if such employee did not  elect
          to defer compensation on or before February 21, 1997, but did  so
          elect on or before  March 31, 1997), and  in each case ending  on
          the last day  of the  Participant's pay  period that  ends on  or
          includes December 31, 1997.

               2.   OTHER CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Except as otherwise expressly
          provided, all  capitalized  terms  used  herein  shall  have  the
          meaning assigned to such terms in the Deferred Compensation Plan.
          
               3.   CONFIRMATION.  In all other respects, the terms of the
          Deferred Compensation Plan are hereby confirmed and shall  remain
          in full force and effect.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mirage Resorts, Incorporated has  caused
          this document to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of
          February 28, 1997.

                                        MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED


                                             DANIEL R. LEE
                                             -----------------------
                                        By   Daniel R. Lee
                                        its  Chief Financial Officer


                                     -2-


                   First Amendment to Mirage Resorts, Incorporated
                            Directors' Deferred Fee Plan

               WHEREAS, Mirage  Resorts,  Incorporated  has  established  a
          deferred fee plan effective as of February 1, 1997 (the "Deferred
          Fee Plan");

               WHEREAS,  the  time  available  before  the  Directors  were
          required to make an election with respect to the first Plan  Year
          was too short for  all of the Directors  to become familiar  with
          the Deferred Fee Plan and make a knowledgeable choice;

               WHEREAS, Mirage  Resorts,  Incorporated desires  to  provide
          another opportunity to elect to defer fees to those Directors who
          did not make an election to defer Fees on or before the  Election
          Date for the first Plan Year, as defined in the Deferred Fee Plan
          prior to this amendment;

               WHEREAS, the elections to defer fees made by Directors on or
          before the Election Date for the  first Plan Year, as defined  in
          the Deferred Fee  Plan prior to  this amendment, are  irrevocable
          and are not to be affected in any manner by this amendment;

               NOW, THEREFORE, it is declared as follows:

               1.   AMENDED DEFINITIONS.  The following definitions in the
          Deferred Fee Plan are amended to read as follows:

               "ELECTION DATE" shall mean  (i) with  respect to  the first
          Plan Year, except as provided in clause (ii) of this  definition,
          February 21, 1997; (ii) with respect  the First Plan Year,  March
          31, 1997, but only for Directors who did not elect to defer  fees
          on or before February  21, 1997; and (iii)  with respect to  each
          subsequent Plan  Year, December  1 of  the immediately  preceding
          Plan Year.

                                   Exhibit (fff)
<PAGE>
               "PLAN YEAR" shall mean a  calendar year; provided, however,
          that the first Plan  Year shall be a  short year beginning,  with
          respect to  each Director,  on March  1, 1997  (if such  Director
          elected to defer  fees on  or before  February 21,  1997), or  on
          April 1, 1997 (if such Director did not elect to defer Fees on or
          before February 21, 1997, but did so elect on or before March 31,
          1997), and in each case ending on December 31, 1997.
               
               2.   OTHER CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Except as otherwise expressly
          provided, all  capitalized  terms  used  herein  shall  have  the
          meaning assigned to such terms in the Deferred Fee Plan.

               3.   CONFIRMATION.  In all other respects, the terms of  the
          Deferred Fee Plan are hereby confirmed  and shall remain in  full
          force and effect.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mirage Resorts, Incorporated has  caused
          this document to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of
          February 28, 1997.

                                        MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED


                                             DANIEL R. LEE
                                             ------------------------------
                                        By   Daniel R. Lee
                                        its  Chief Financial Officer

                                   -2-



- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT


                           Dated as of March 7, 1997


                                     among


                         MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED

                            THE BANKS HEREIN NAMED

                         BANCAMERICA SECURITIES, INC.
                       CIBC WOOD GUNDY SECURITIES CORP.
                          J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
                                      and
                               SOCIETE GENERALE,
                                as Co-Arrangers


                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                            THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
                        COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                                CREDIT LYONNAIS
         THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, LTD., LOS ANGELES AGENCY
                        PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                      and
                     WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE,
                                 as Co-Agents


            BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                            as Administrative Agent

                                      and

                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                            as Documentation Agent
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Exhibit 10(ggg)
<PAGE>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  -----------------
                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----
          Article 1   DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.......................2
               1.1    Defined Terms..........................................2
               1.2    Use of Defined Terms..................................29
               1.3    Accounting Terms......................................30
               1.4    Rounding..............................................30
               1.5    Exhibits and Schedules................................30
               1.6    References to "Borrower and its Subsidiaries".........30
               1.7    Miscellaneous Terms...................................30

          Article 2   LOANS.................................................31
               2.1    Committed Loans-General...............................31
               2.2    Alternate Base Rate Loans.............................32
               2.3    Eurodollar Rate Loans.................................32
               2.4    Competitive Advances..................................33
               2.5    Letters of Credit.....................................36
               2.6    Increase in the Commitment............................40
               2.7    Voluntary Reduction of Commitment.....................41
               2.8    Optional Termination of Commitment....................41
               2.9    Extension of the Maturity Date........................42
               2.10   Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Funds  
                       Available for Advances...............................42
               2.11   Swing Line............................................43

          Article 3   PAYMENTS AND FEES.....................................45
               3.1    Principal and Interest................................45
               3.2    Arrangement Fees......................................47
               3.3    Participation/Extension Fees..........................47
               3.4    Commitment Fees.......................................47
               3.5    Letter of Credit Fees.................................47
               3.6    Agency Fees...........................................48
               3.7    Increased Commitment Costs............................48
               3.8    Eurodollar Costs and Related Matters..................48
               3.9    Late Payments.........................................52
               3.10   Computation of Interest and Fees......................52
               3.11   Non-Banking Days......................................53
               3.12   Manner and Treatment of Payments......................53
               3.13   Funding Sources.......................................54
               3.14   Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver...............54
               3.15   Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments 
                       Will be Made by Borrower.............................55
               3.16   Fee Determination Detail..............................55
               3.17   Survivability.........................................55

          Article 4   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................56
               4.1    Existence; Power......................................56
               4.2    Authority; Compliance With Other Agreements and
                       Instruments and Government Regulations...............56
               4.3    No Governmental Approvals Required....................56
               4.4    Significant Subsidiaries..............................57
               4.5    Financial Statements..................................57
               4.6    No Other Liabilities..................................57

                                    -i-
<PAGE>
               4.7    Title to Property.....................................57
               4.8    Intangible Assets.....................................57
               4.9    Litigation............................................58
               4.10   Binding Obligations...................................58
               4.11   No Default............................................58
               4.12   ERISA.................................................58
               4.13   Regulations G, T, U and X; Investment Company Act.....59
               4.14   Disclosure............................................59
               4.15   Tax Liability.........................................59
               4.16   Projections...........................................59
               4.17   Hazardous Materials Laws..............................59
               4.18   Developed Properties..................................60
               4.19   Gaming Laws...........................................60

          Article 5   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS (OTHER THAN INFORMATION 
                      AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)...........................61
               5.1    Preservation of Existence.............................61
               5.2    Maintenance of Properties.............................61
               5.3    Maintenance of Insurance..............................61
               5.4    Compliance With Laws..................................61
               5.5    Inspection Rights.....................................62
               5.6    Keeping of Records and Books of Account...............62
               5.7    Use of Proceeds.......................................62

          Article 6   NEGATIVE COVENANTS....................................63
               6.1    Disposition of Core Assets............................63
               6.2    Mergers...............................................63
               6.3    ERISA.................................................63
               6.4    Change in Nature of Business..........................64
               6.5    Liens and Negative Pledges............................64
               6.6    Leverage Ratio........................................66
               6.7    Restricted Expenditures...............................66
               6.8    Commercial Paper......................................66

          Article 7   INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS................67
               7.1    Financial and Business Information....................67
               7.2    Compliance Certificates...............................69

          Article 8   CONDITIONS; EFFECT OF CLOSING DATE....................70
               8.1    Initial Advances, Etc.................................70
               8.2    Any Increasing Advance, Etc...........................71
               8.3    Any Advance...........................................72
               8.4    Effect of the Closing Date............................72

          Article 9   EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF 
                      DEFAULT...............................................73
               9.1    Events of Default.....................................73
               9.2    Remedies Upon Event of Default........................74

                                    -ii-
<PAGE>
          Article 10  THE AGENTS............................................78
               10.1   Appointment and Authorization.........................78
               10.2   Agents and their Affiliates...........................78
               10.3   Proportionate Interest in any Collateral..............78
               10.4   Banks' Credit Decisions...............................79
               10.5   Action by Administrative Agent........................79
               10.6   Liability of Agents...................................80
               10.7   Indemnification.......................................81
               10.8   Successor Administrative Agent........................82
               10.9   No Obligations of Borrower............................82

          Article 11  MISCELLANEOUS.........................................84
               11.1   Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver........................84
               11.2   Amendments; Consents..................................84
               11.3   Costs, Expenses and Taxes.............................85
               11.4   Nature of Banks' Obligations..........................86
               11.5   Survival of Representations and Warranties............86
               11.6   Notices...............................................86
               11.7   Execution of Loan Documents...........................87
               11.8   Binding Effect; Assignment............................87
               11.9   Right of Setoff.......................................90
               11.10  Sharing of Setoffs....................................90
               11.11  Indemnity by Borrower.................................91
               11.12  Nonliability of the Banks.............................92
               11.13  No Third Parties Benefited............................92
               11.14  Confidentiality.......................................92
               11.15  Further Assurances....................................93
               11.16  Integration...........................................93
               11.17  Governing Law.........................................94
               11.18  Severability of Provisions............................94
               11.19  Headings..............................................94
               11.20  Time of the Essence...................................94
               11.21  Foreign Banks and Participants........................94
               11.22  Hazardous Material Indemnity..........................95
               11.23  Gaming Boards.........................................95
               11.24  The Existing Loan Agreement...........................95
               11.25  Removal of a Bank.....................................96
               11.26  Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury......................96
               11.27  Purported Oral Amendments.............................96

                                    -iii-
<PAGE>
          Exhibits
          --------
          A - Commitment Assignment and Acceptance
          B - Committed Advance Note
          C - Competitive Advance Note
          D - Competitive Bid
          E - Competitive Bid Request
          F - Compliance Certificate
          G - 1 Opinion of Counsel (Peter C. Walsh, Esq.)
          G - 2 Opinion of Counsel (Schreck Morris)
          H - Request for Letter of Credit
          I - Request for Loan



          Schedules
          ---------
          1.1   Bank Commitments
          4.4   Significant Subsidiaries
          4.7   Existing Liens, Negative Pledges and Rights of Others
          4.9   Material Litigation
          4.18  Developed Properties


                                    -iv-
<PAGE>
                  AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT
                  -----------------------------------

                       Dated as of March 7, 1997

        This  AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is
entered  into  by and among Mirage Resorts, Incorporated, a Nevada
corporation ("Borrower"),  each lender whose name is set forth  on
the signature  pages of  this  Agreement  or which  may  hereafter
become  a  party  to  this  Agreement   pursuant  to  Section 11.8
(collectively,  the   "Banks"   and   individually,   a   "Bank"),
BancAmerica Securities, Inc., CIBC   Wood Gundy Securities  Corp.,
J.P.  Morgan  Securities   Inc.  and  Societe  Generale,  as   Co-
Arrangers, Bankers Trust  Company, The Bank of New York, The  Bank
of Nova Scotia, Commerzbank  Aktiengesellschaft, Credit  Lyonnais,
The Long-Term Credit Bank of  Japan, Ltd., Los Angeles Agency, PNC
Bank,   National    Association   and   Westdeutsche    Landesbank
Girozentrale, as  Co-Agents,  Bank of America  National Trust  and
Savings Association,  as Administrative Agent, and Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New  York, as Documentation Agent, with reference
to the following facts:

                               RECITALS

   A.  Pursuant to a Reducing Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of
   May  25, 1994 (as amended  by  Amendments  No. 1 through  No. 8
   thereto,  the  "Existing Loan  Agreement") among  Borrower, THE
   MIRAGE  CASINO-HOTEL, a  Nevada  corporation,  Treasure  Island
   Corp.,   a   Nevada  corporation,   MR Realty  (now   known  as
   "Bellagio"),   a   Nevada  corporation,   MH, INC.,  a   Nevada
   corporation  (together with  GNLV, CORP., a  Nevada corporation
   which became   an additional  borrower  thereunder pursuant  to
   Amendment No.  1  thereto) as  joint and  several co-borrowers,
   the  Banks  and  Co -Agents referred  to  therein and  Bank  of
   America,  as Administrative Co-Agent, such  Banks have extended
   credit  facilities  to  Borrower and  its  co-borrowers in  the
   aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000.  

   B. Concurrently with this Agreement, the co-borrowers under the
   Existing  Loan  Agreement (other  than  Borrower) have  entered
   into  the   Termination  Agreement  (as  defined  below)  which
   terminates  their  status as  co-borrowers  under the  Existing
   Loan Agreement.   Concurrently with this Agreement, each of the
   banks  party  to  the Existing  Loan  Agreement  which are  not
   parties  hereto  (the "Exiting  Banks") have  entered into  the
   Exit  Agreement  (as  defined  below)  which  terminates  their
   status as lenders under the Existing Loan Agreement.

   C.  The remaining parties to the Existing Loan Agreement desire
   to  amend  and  restate  the  Existing  Loan Agreement  in  its
   entirety  as  set forth  herein and  to increase  the aggregate
   amount   of  the  credit  facilities   available  hereunder  to
   $1,750,000,000   (subject  to  further   increase  pursuant  to
   Section 2.6).
                                -1-
<PAGE>     
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing  and of 
the mutual covenants  and agreements herein contained, the parties
hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                               Article 1

                   DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
                   --------------------------------

     1.1  Defined  Terms.   As used  in  this Agreement, the  fol-
lowing terms shall have the meanings set forth  below:

     "Acquisition"   means  any  transaction,  or  any  series  of
   related  transactions,  by  which  Borrower   or   any  of  the
   Restricted Subsidiaries  directly  or  indirectly acquires  any
   ongoing business or all or  substantially all  of the assets of
   any firm,  corporation  or   division thereof  constituting  an
   ongoing business, whether through  purchase of capital stock or
   assets, merger or otherwise.

     "Adjusted EBITDA" means, with respect to  any fiscal  period,
   EBITDA  for  that  fiscal period  plus  any  Adjustment  Amount 
   for that fiscal period.

     "Adjustment Amount" means, with respect to any fiscal period,
   any  pre-opening  and  related  promotional  expenses  recorded
   during  that  fiscal  period with  respect  to  the opening  of
   Bellagio, Beau Rivage or a New Venture.

     "Administrative Agent" means Bank of America, when acting  in
   its capacity as the Administrative Agent under any of  the Loan
   Documents, or any successor Administrative Agent.

     "Administrative  Agent's  Office"  means  the  Administrative
   Agent's  address as  set forth on  the signature pages  of this
   Agreement,  or such other  address as the  Administrative Agent
   hereafter  may designate by written notice  to Borrower and the
   Banks.

     "Advance"  means any advance made or  to be made by any  Bank
   to  Borrower  as  provided  in  Article  2, and  includes  each
   Alternate   Base   Rate  Advance,   Eurodollar  Rate   Advance,
   Committed Advance and Competitive Advance.

     "Affiliate" means,  as to any Person, any other Person  which
   directly or  indirectly  controls, or  is under  common control
   with, or  is  controlled  by, such  Person.   As  used in  this
   definition,  "control" (and the  correlative terms, "controlled
   by" and  "under  common control  with") shall  mean possession,
   directly  or  indirectly,  of  power  to  direct or  cause  the
   direction  of management or policies (whether through ownership
   of securities  or partnership or other  ownership interests, by
   contract  or  otherwise);  provided  that,  in any  event,  any
   Person  that owns, directly  or indirectly, 10% or  more of the
   securities  having ordinary  voting power  for the  election of
   directors  or other  governing body of  a corporation  that has
   more than  100  record holders  of such  securities, or  10% or
   more  of the  partnership or other  ownership interests  of any

                                    -2-
<PAGE>
            other  Person that  has more  than 100  record holders of such
            interests,   will  be  deemed  to   control  such corporation,
            partnership or other Person.

               "Agents" means, collectively,  the Administrative Agent and
            the Documentation Agent.

               "Aggregate Effective  Amount"  means,  as  of  any  date of
            determination and with respect  to all Letters of  Credit then
            outstanding, the  sum  of  (a)  the aggregate  effective  face
            amounts of all  such Letters  of Credit not  then paid  by the
            Issuing Bank  plus  (b)  the  aggregate amounts  paid  by  the
            Issuing Bank under such Letters of  Credit not then reimbursed
            to the Issuing Bank by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5(d) and
            not the subject of Advances made pursuant to Section 2.5(e).

               "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Loan  Agreement,
            either as originally executed or  as it may from  time to time
            be supplemented, modified, amended, restated or extended.

               "Alternate  Base   Rate"   means,   as  of   any   date  of
            determination,  the  rate  per  annum   (rounded  upwards,  if
            necessary, to the  next 1/100  of 1%) equal  to the  higher of
            (a) the Reference  Rate in  effect on  such  date and  (b) the
            Federal Funds  Rate in  effect on  such  date plus  1/2 of  1%
            (50 basis points).

               "Alternate  Base  Rate  Advance" means a Committed  Advance 
            made  hereunder  and  specified to  be an Alternate Base  Rate  
            Advance in accordance with Article 2.

               "Alternate Base  Rate Loan"  means a  Committed  Loan  made
            hereunder and specified to  be an Alternate Base  Rate Loan in
            accordance with Article 2.

               "Annualized Adjusted EBITDA" means, as of  the last day  of
            each Fiscal Quarter, (a) Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal period
            consisting of that  Fiscal Quarter  and the  three immediately
            preceding Fiscal Quarters  plus (b)  with respect to  any such
            fiscal period  in  which  Bellagio,  Beau  Rivage or  any  New
            Venture (whichever  is applicable,  herein  the "Project")  is
            open for business for at least one (1) full Fiscal Quarter but
            less than  four (4) full  Fiscal Quarters,  such amount  as is
            necessary to  reflect  the  annualization of  Adjusted  EBITDA
            attributable   to    the   Project    using   the    following
            conventions:  (i) if the  Project has  been open  for business
            for one (1) full Fiscal Quarter, the Project's Adjusted EBITDA
            for that Fiscal Quarter  shall be multiplied by  four, (ii) if
            the Project has been open for business for two (2) full Fiscal
            Quarters, the  Project's  Adjusted  EBITDA  for  those  Fiscal
            Quarters shall be multiplied  by two and (iii)  if the Project
            has been open for business for three (3) full Fiscal Quarters,
            the Project's Adjusted EBITDA for those  Fiscal Quarters shall
            be multiplied by four-thirds (4/3).

                                    -3-
<PAGE>
               "Applicable Commitment  Fee Rate"  means, for each  Pricing
            Period, the rate set  forth below (expressed in  basis points)
            opposite the Applicable Pricing Level for that Pricing Period:

                          Applicable
                         Pricing Level          Commitment Fee Rate
                         -------------          -------------------
                            I                       8.00
                            II                     10.00
                            III                    12.50
                            IV                     15.00
                            V                      17.50
                            VI                     25.00

               "Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin" means, for each Pricing
            Period, the interest rate margin set forth below (expressed in
            basis points) opposite the  Applicable Pricing Level  for that
            Pricing Period:

                          Applicable
                         Pricing Level            Margin       
                         -------------            ------
                            I                      24.00
                            II                     25.00
                            III                    35.00
                            IV                     40.00
                            V                      60.00
                            VI                     75.00

               "Applicable Letter of  Credit Fee" means,  for each Pricing
            Period, the  per annum  rate set  forth as  the interest  rate
            margin  in  the  definition  of  "Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate
            Margin" opposite the Applicable Pricing Level for that Pricing
            Period.

               "Applicable Pricing Level" means,  for each Pricing Period,
            the pricing  level set  forth below  opposite the  Senior Debt
            Rating assigned  to  Borrower  as of  the  first  day of  that
            Pricing Period:

                                          Senior Debt Rating
                         Pricing Level      (S&P/Moody's) 
                         -------------    ------------------

                            I             At least A or A2
                            II            At least A- or A3
                            III           At least BBB+ or Baa1
                            IV            At least BBB or Baa2
                            V             At least BBB- or
                            VI            BB+ or Ba1 or below (or unrated)

                                    -4-
<PAGE>
               "Attributable  Value"  means,  as  of  each  date of deter-
            mination and in respect of any sale and leaseback transaction,  
            the total obligation (discounted to present value at the  rate 
            of interest  applicable  to  the   Senior   Notes   compounded
            semiannually (or, if  the Senior Notes  have been  repaid, the
            rate of  interest  which  previously  applied  to  the  Senior
            Notes)) of the lessee for rental  payments (other than amounts
            required to be paid  on account of  property taxes as  well as
            maintenance, repairs, insurance,  water rates and  other items
            which do not constitute  payments for property  rights) during
            the remaining portion of  the base term of  the lease included
            in such sale and leaseback transaction.

               "Average Quarterly Total Debt" means, as of the last day of
            each Fiscal Quarter, the  average of the principal  amounts of
            the outstanding  Total Debt  on the  last day  of each  of the
            calendar months comprising such Fiscal Quarter.

               "Bank of America" means Bank  of America National Trust and
            Savings Association, its successors and permitted assigns.

               "Banking Day"  means any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thurs-
            day or Friday, other  than a  day on which  banks  are author-
            ized or required to be  closed  in  California,  Nevada or New 
            York.

               "Beau Rivage" means the hotel-casino and resort known as of
            the Closing Date  as "Beau  Rivage", which  as of  the Closing
            Date is under construction in Biloxi, Mississippi.

               "Bellagio"  means  the  hotel-casino and resort known as of 
            the Closing Date as  "Bellagio", which as of the Closing  Date 
            is under construction in Las Vegas, Nevada.

               "Bellagio Opening Date" means  the  first date  upon  which
            Bellagio is  open  for business  to  the  general public  with
            (a) at least  90%  of  the hotel  rooms  provided  for in  the
            construction plans in existence on the  Closing Date ready for
            occupancy, (b)  at least  90%  of the  square  footage  of the
            casino space provided for in such construction plans ready for
            gaming  and   (c)  substantially  all  other   amenities   (or
            reasonably  equivalent   amenities)  provided   for  in   such
            construction plans substantially complete.

               "Borrower" means  Mirage  Resorts, Incorporated,  a  Nevada
            corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns.

                                    -5-
<PAGE>
               "Capital  Expenditure"   means  any  expenditure  that   is
            considered a  capital  expenditure  under  Generally  Accepted
            Accounting Principles, including any amount  which is required
            to  be  treated  as  an  asset  subject  to  a  Capital  Lease
            Obligation; provided,  however, that  Capital Expenditures  to
            replace or restore Property  theretofore owned by  Borrower or
            any Restricted Subsidiary that is damaged,  destroyed or taken
            by a  Governmental  Agency  under  eminent  domain  or  threat
            thereof  shall not be deemed to be Capital Expenditures to the
            extent funded  by the  proceeds of  insurance or  compensation
            from that  Governmental  Agency received  by  Borrower or  the
            Restricted Subsidiary.

               "Capital Lease Obligations" means all monetary  obligations
            of a Person under any leasing or similar arrangement which, in
            accordance with Generally  Accepted Accounting  Principles, is
            classified as a capital lease.

               "Cash" means, when used in  connection with any Person, all
            monetary and non-monetary items owned by that Person  that are
            treated  as  cash   in  accordance  with   Generally  Accepted
            Accounting Principles, consistently applied.

               "Certificate of a Responsible Official" means a certificate
            signed by a Responsible  Official of the Person  providing the
            certificate.

               "Change in  Control"  means  (a) Stephen A. Wynn ceases for 
            any reason (except only his  death  or  disability) to  be the 
            chief  executive  officer  of  Borrower, (b)  Stephen A.  Wynn 
            ceases  for  any  reason   (except  only  his  death)  to  own 
            beneficially  at  least 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock (sub-
            ject  to  adjustment in the  event of  a stock  split, reverse  
            stock  split,  stock  dividend  or  other   recapitalization), 
            (c) the estate of Stephen A. Wynn ceases for any reason to own
            beneficially  at  least   5,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock 
            (subject  to  adjustment as  aforesaid),  (d) any  transaction  
            or  series  of  related  transactions in which  any  Unrelated 
            Person or  two or  more  Unrelated  Persons  acting in concert   
            acquire   beneficial  ownership  (within  the  meaning of Rule  
            13d-3(a)(1)  under  the Securities Exchange  Act  of 1934,  as  
            amended),  directly  or indirectly, of 25% or more of the out-
            standing  Common  Stock,  or  (e) any  event  or  circumstance  
            constituting   a  "change  in  control"   or   other   similar  
            occurrence under  documentation evidencing  or  governing  any  
            Indebtedness of Borrower  of $25,000,000 or more which results 
            in  an  obligation  of  Borrower to prepay, purchase, offer to 
            purchase, redeem or defease such Indebtedness.   For  purposes  
            of  the  foregoing,  the  term  "Unrelated  Person"  means any 
            Person other than (a)  Stephen A. Wynn or a Person  with which 
            Stephen  A.  Wynn  is  affiliated  or  associated, within  the  
            meanings  of  such  terms  under  the  Securities Exchange Act 
            of 1934, as  amended, (b) a Subsidiary of Borrower or  (c)  an 
            employee stock ownership  plan or other  employee benefit plan 
            covering  the employees of  Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                                    -6-
<PAGE>
               "Closing Date" means the time and Banking Day on which  the
            conditions set forth in Section  8.1 are  satisfied or waived. 
            The Administrative Agent shall  notify Borrower and  the Banks
            of the date that is the Closing Date.

               "Co-Agents" means, collectively, Bankers Trust Company, The
            Bank of  New  York,  The  Bank  of  Nova  Scotia,  Commerzbank
            Aktiengesellschaft, Credit Lyonnais, The Long-Term Credit Bank
            of  Japan,  Ltd.,  Los  Angeles  Agency,  PNC  Bank,  National
            Association and  Westdeutsche  Landesbank  Girozentrale.   The
            Co-Agents shall have no duties under the Loan Documents beyond
            those of a Bank.

               "Co-Arrangers" means, collectively, BancAmerica Securities,
            Inc., CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., J.P. Morgan Securities
            Inc. and  Societe Generale.   The  Co-Arrangers shall  have no
            duties under the Loan Documents after the Closing Date.

               "Code" means the Internal Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended
            or replaced and as in effect from time to time.

               "Commercial Paper  Outstandings" means,  as of  any date of
            determination, the  aggregate principal  amount of  commercial
            paper of Borrower that is outstanding on that date.

               "Commitment" means $1,750,000,000 as  of the  Closing Date.  
            From time to  time following the  Closing Date, the  amount of
            the Commitment  may be  reduced pursuant  to Sections  2.7 and
            2.8.  The Commitment may  also be increased in  the manner and
            subject to  the limitations  set forth  in  Section 2.6.   The
            respective Pro Rata Shares  of the Commitment of  the Banks as
            of the Closing Date are set forth in Schedule 1.1.

               "Commitment Assignment  and Acceptance"  means a commitment
            assignment  and  acceptance  substantially  in   the  form  of
            Exhibit A.

               "Committed  Advance"  means  an Advance made to Borrower by 
            any Bank in accordance with its Pro Rata Share of the  Commit-
            ment pursuant to Section 2.1.

               "Committed Advance Note" means the promissory note made  by
            Borrower to  a Bank  evidencing the  Committed Advances  under
            that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, substantially in
            the form of Exhibit B, either as originally executed or as the
            same may from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended,
            renewed, extended or supplanted.

               "Committed  Loans"  means  Loans   that  are  comprised  of
            Committed Advances.

               "Common Stock" means  the common  stock of  Borrower or its
            successor by merger.
                                    -7-
<PAGE>
               "Competitive Advance" means an  Advance made to Borrower by
            any Bank not determined by  that Bank's Pro Rata  Share of the
            Commitment pursuant to Section 2.4.

               "Competitive Advance Note" means the promissory  note  made 
            by Borrower in favor of a  Bank  to evidence  the  Competitive
            Advances made  by  that Bank,  substantially  in  the form  of
            Exhibit C, either as  originally executed or  as the  same may
            from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, renewed,
            extended or supplanted.

               "Competitive Bid"  means  (a) a written  bid  to  provide a
            Competitive Advance substantially in  the form  of Exhibit  D,
            signed by  a  Responsible  Official  of  a Bank  and  properly
            completed to provide all  information required to  be included
            therein or (b) at the election of  any Bank, a telephonic  bid
            by that Bank  to provide  a Competitive  Advance which,  if so
            made, shall be made by a Responsible Official of that Bank and
            deemed to  have  been  made  incorporating  the  substance  of
            Exhibit D, and  shall  promptly  be  confirmed  by  a  written
            Competitive Bid.

               "Competitive  Bid  Request"  means  (a) a  written  request
            submitted by Borrower to the Administrative Agent to provide a
            Competitive Bid, substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  E,
            signed by  a  Responsible Official  of  Borrower and  properly
            completed to provide all  information required to  be included
            therein or  (b) at the  election  of  Borrower,  a  telephonic
            request by Borrower to  the Administrative Agent to  provide a
            Competitive Bid  which,  if  so  made,  shall  be  made  by  a
            Responsible Official of Borrower and deemed  to have been made
            incorporating the substance  of Exhibit E, and shall  promptly
            be confirmed by a written Competitive Bid Request.

               "Completion Guaranty" means a Guaranty Obligation given  by
            Borrower  or   a  Restricted   Subsidiary  to   a  holder   of
            Indebtedness of, or an obligee of,  a New Venture Entity which
            obligates Borrower or  the Restricted Subsidiary  (a) to cause
            the  completion  of  construction  of a  New Venture,  (b)  to
            provide funding for all or a portion  of any construction cost
            overruns with  respect thereto,  and/or (c)  to cause  the New
            Venture Entity to perform  any of its  Contractual Obligations
            (other than in respect of the repayment of any Indebtedness or
            other monetary  obligation of  the New  Venture Entity)  to an
            obligee of the New Venture Entity.

                                    -8-

<PAGE>   
               "Compliance Certificate"  means a certificate  in  the form
            of  Exhibit  F,  properly  completed  and  signed  by a Senior 
            Officer  of Borrower.

               "Contractual  Obligation"  means, as  to  any  Person,  any
            provision of any outstanding security issued by that Person or
            of any material agreement, instrument or  undertaking to which
            that Person is a party or  by which it or any  of its Property
            is bound.

               "Core Assets" means (a) The Mirage hotel-casino and resort,
            (b) Treasure Island  hotel-casino and  resort, (c)  the Golden
            Nugget  hotel-casino  in  Las   Vegas, Nevada,  (d)  Bellagio,
            (e) Beau Rivage, (f) any other operating property of  Borrower
            or any  of  its  Subsidiaries  the  disposition of  which,  if
            effected on a pro-forma basis as of the last day of the Fiscal
            Quarter then  most recently  ended, would  have resulted  in a
            Leverage Ratio that did not comply  with Section 6.6 (assuming
            that the Total Debt  and the EBITDA related  to such operating
            property were not included  in the numerator  and denominator,
            respectively, of the Leverage Ratio), (g) all or substantially
            all of the assets comprising or used in connection with any of
            the  foregoing  and  (h) any  of  the  capital  stock  of  any
            Subsidiary of Borrower that owns any of the foregoing.

              "Debtor Relief Laws" means the Bankruptcy Code of the United
            States of America, as amended from time to time, and all other
            applicable  liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, morator-
            ium,  rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, 
            or  similar  debtor  relief Laws  from time  to time in effect 
            affecting the rights of creditors generally.

               "Default" means any  event that,  with  the giving  of  any
            applicable notice or passage of time specified in Section 9.1,
            or both, would be an Event of Default.

               "Default  Rate"  means  the  interest  rate   prescribed in
            Section 3.9.

               "Designated Deposit Account" means a deposit account to  be
            maintained by Borrower with  Bank of America, as  from time to
            time designated  by Borrower  by written  notification to  the
            Administrative Agent.

               "Designated Eurodollar Market"  means, with  respect to any
            Eurodollar Rate Loan, (a) the London Eurodollar Market, (b) if
            prime banks  in  the  London  Eurodollar  Market  are   at the
            relevant time  not accepting  deposits of  Dollars   or if the
            Administrative Agent determines in good faith  that the London
            Eurodollar Market does not represent at  the relevant time the
            effective pricing to the Banks for deposits  of Dollars in the
            London Eurodollar Market, the Cayman Islands Eurodollar Market
            or (c) if prime banks in the Cayman  Islands Eurodollar Market

                                    -9-
<PAGE>
            are at the relevant time not accepting  deposits of Dollars or
            if the Administrative Agent determines in  good faith that the
            Cayman Islands Eurodollar  Market does  not  represent at  the
            relevant time the effective pricing to  the Banks for deposits
            of Dollars in the Cayman Islands Eurodollar Market, such other
            Eurodollar Market as may from time to time  be selected by the
            Administrative Agent  with the  approval of  Borrower and  the
            Requisite Banks.

               "Developed   Property"   means,   as   of   each   date  of
            determination,  each  casino,  hotel,   hotel-casino,  resort,
            riverboat casino, dockside casino,  golf course, entertainment
            center or similar  facility owned  by Borrower  or any  of the
            Restricted  Subsidiaries   and   which   is   at   such   date
            substantially complete and open for business.

               "Disqualified Stock"  means  any  capital  stock, warrants,
            options  or  other  rights  to  acquire   capital  stock  (but
            excluding any  debt  security which  is  convertible into,  or
            exchangeable for, capital stock),  which, by its terms  (or by
            the terms of any security into which it  is convertible or for
            which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event,
            matures or is  mandatorily redeemable,  pursuant to  a sinking
            fund obligation or otherwise, or  is redeemable  at the option
            of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the
            Maturity Date;  provided  that  the  aforementioned  interests
            shall not be  Disqualified Stock if they  are redeemable prior
            to the  Maturity  Date  only  if  the board  of  directors  of
            Borrower determines  in its  judgment that  as a  result of  a
            holder or beneficial owner owning  such interests (i) Borrower
            or a Subsidiary of Borrower  has lost or may  lose any license
            or franchise from  any Gaming  Board held  by Borrower  or any
            Subsidiary of Borrower necessary to conduct any portion of the
            business  of  Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  of  Borrower  or
            (ii) any  Gaming  Board  has  taken  or  may  take  action  to
            materially restrict or  impair the  operations of  Borrower or
            its  Subsidiaries,  which  license,  franchise  or  action  is
            conditioned upon  some or  all of  the  holders or  beneficial
            owners of such interests being licensed  or found qualified or
            suitable to own such interests.
               
               "Distribution" means, with respect to any shares of capital
            stock or any warrant or option to  purchase an equity security
            or  other  equity  security   issued  by  a   Person, (i)  the
            retirement, redemption,  purchase,  or  other  acquisition for
            Cash or  for Property  by such  Person of  any such  security,
            (ii) the declaration  or (without duplication) payment by such
            Person of  any dividend  in Cash  or  in Prop erty on  or with
            respect to  any such  security, (iii)  any Investment  by such
            Person in the holder of 5%  or more of any such  security if a
            purpose of such Investment is to avoid characterization of the
            transaction as a  Distribution and  (iv) any other  payment in
            Cash or Property  by such  Person constituting  a distribution
            under applicable Laws with respect to such security.

                                    -10-
<PAGE>
               "Documentation Agent" means Morgan Guaranty, when acting in
            its capacity  as Documentation  Agent under  any  of the  Loan
            Documents,  or  any   successor  Documentation  Agent.     The
            Documentation  Agent  shall   be  primarily   responsible  for
            negotiating and  preparing  the  Loan  Documents  through  the
            Closing Date.

               "Dollars" or "$" means United States dollars.

               "Domestic  Reference  Bank"  means,   as  of  any  date  of
            determination, the Bank that is then the Administrative Agent.

               "EBITDA" means, for  any fiscal period,  the sum of (a) Net
            Income  for  that  period,  plus  (b) any  extraordinary  loss
            reflected in such Net Income, minus (c) any extraordinary gain
            reflected in such Net  Income, plus  (d)  Interest Expense for
            that period,  plus  (e) the aggregate  amount  of federal  and
            state taxes on or measured by income  for that period (whether
            or not  payable during  that  period), plus  (f) depreciation,
            amortization and all other non-cash  expenses for that period,
            in each  case  as  determined  in  accordance  with  Generally
            Accepted Accounting Principles and,  in the case of items  (d)
            and (e), only to  the extent deducted in  the determination of
            Net Income for that period.

              "Eligible Assignee" means (a) another Bank, (b) with respect
            to any Bank, any Affiliate of that Bank and (c) any commercial
            bank having a combined capital and  surplus of $100,000,000 or
            more that is (i) organized under the Laws of the United States
            of America, any State  thereof or the District  of Columbia or
            (ii) organized under the Laws of any other  country which is a
            member  of  the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and
            Development, or  a political  subdivision of  such a  country,
            provided that  (A) such bank  is acting  through  a branch  or
            agency located  in the  United States  of  America and  (B) is
            otherwise exempt  from  withholding of  tax  on  interest  and
            delivers Form 1001 or Form  4224 pursuant to  Section 11.21 at
            the time of any assignment pursuant to Section 11.8.
               
              "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
            1974, and any regulations issued pursuant  thereto, as amended
            or replaced and as in effect from time to time.

               "ERISA  Affiliate"  means  each   Person  (whether  or  not
            incorporated) which is required to be aggregated with Borrower
            pursuant to Section 414 of the Code.

               "Eurodollar Banking  Day" means  any  Banking Day  on which
            dealings in Dollar deposits  are conducted by and  among banks
            in the Designated Eurodollar Market.

                                    -11-
<PAGE>
              "Eurodollar Base Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar
            Rate Loan,  the  average  of  the  interest  rates  per  annum
            (rounded upward,  if necessary,  to the  next 1/16  of 1%)  at
            which deposits  in  Dollars  are  offered  by  the  Eurodollar
            Reference Banks to prime banks  in the  Designated Euro dollar
            Market at  or about  11:00 a.m. local  time in  the Designated
            Eurodollar Market, two (2) Eurodollar Banking  Days before the
            first day of the applicable Eurodollar  Period in an aggregate
            amount approximately equal to  the amount of the  Advance made
            by  each  Eurodollar  Reference  Bank  with  respect  to  such
            Eurodollar Rate Loan  and for a  period of time  comparable to
            the number of days in the  applicable Eurodollar Period.   The
            determination   of   the   Eurodollar   Base   Rate   by   the
            Administrative Agent  shall be  conclusive in  the absence  of
            manifest error.

               "Eurodollar Lending Office" means,  as  to each  Bank,  its
            office or branch so  designated by written notice  to Borrower
            and the Administrative Agent as its Eurodollar Lending Office.
            If no  Eurodollar Lending Office is designated  by a Bank, its
            Eurodollar Lending Office shall  be its office at  its address
            for purposes of notices hereunder.

               "Eurodollar  Market" means  a  regular  established  market
            located outside  the United  States of  America  by and  among
            banks for  the solicitation,  offer and  acceptance of  Dollar
            deposits in such banks.

               "Eurodollar Obligations" means eurocurrency liabilities, as
            defined in Regulation D.
               
               "Eurodollar Period" means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan,
            the period  commencing  on  the  date  specified  by  Borrower
            pursuant to Section 2.1(b) and ending 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (or,
            with the  written  consent  of all  of  the  Banks, any  other
            period) thereafter, as specified by Borrower in the applicable
            Request for Loan; provided that:

                 (a)  The first day  of any Eurodollar  Period shall  be a
               Eurodollar Banking Day;

                 (b)  Any Eurodollar Period that would otherwise  end on a
               day that is not a Eurodollar  Banking Day shall be extended
               to the next  succeeding Eurodollar Banking Day unless  such
               Eurodollar Banking Day falls in another calendar month,  in
               which case  such Eurodollar Period shall  end on  the  next
               preceding Eurodollar Banking Day; and

                 (c)  No  Eurodollar  Period   shall  extend   beyond  the
               Maturity Date.
                                   -12-
<PAGE>      
              "Eurodollar Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate
            Loan,  an  interest  rate   per  annum  (rounded   upward,  if
            necessary, to  the  nearest 1/16  of  one percent)  determined
            pursuant to the following formula:

                 Eurodollar Rate   =       Eurodollar Base Rate        
                                   ------------------------------------
                                   1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

               "Eurodollar Rate  Advance" means  a Committed  Advance made
            hereunder and  specified to  be a  Eurodollar Rate  Advance in
            accordance with Article 2.

              "Eurodollar Rate Loan" means a Committed Loan made hereunder
            and specified to be a Eurodollar Rate  Loan in accordance with
            Article 2.

               "Eurodollar Reference  Banks" means,  collectively, Bank of
            America, Morgan Guaranty,  Canadian Imperial Bank  of Commerce
            and Societe Generale.

               "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means,  with respect to any
            Eurodollar  Rate   Loan,   the   maximum  reserve   percentage
            (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward,  if necessary, to the
            nearest 1/100th of  1%) in effect  on the date  the Eurodollar
            Base Rate for that Eurodollar Rate Loan is determined (whether
            or not applicable to  any Bank) under regulations  issued from
            time to time by the Federal Reserve  Board for determining the
            maximum   reserve   requirement  (including   any   emergency,
            supplemental  or  other  marginal  reserve  requirement)  with
            respect to  eurocurrency  funding (currently  referred  to  as
            "eurocurrency liabilities")  having  a term comparable to  the
            Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan.  The determina-
            tion by the Administrative Agent of  any applicable Eurodollar
            Reserve Percentage  shall  be  conclusive in  the  absence  of
            manifest error.

               "Event of  Default"  shall  have  the  meaning  provided in
            Section 9.1.

               "Existing Loan Agreement" means the Reducing Revolving Loan
            Agreement described in Recital A to this Agreement.

               "Exit Agreement"  means the agreement  among  each  Exiting
            Bank, the  Administrative Agent  and the  Borrowers under  the
            Existing Loan  Agreement  regarding  the termination  of  each
            Exiting Bank's  Pro Rata  Share of  the  Commitment under  the
            Existing Loan  Agreement,  the  repayment of  any  outstanding
            Loans thereunder to that  Exiting Bank and the  termination of
            the  lending  relationship  between  that   Exiting  Bank  and
            Borrower.

               "Exiting Bank"  means each lender under  the Existing  Loan
            Agreement which is not, as  of the Closing Date,  a Bank under
            this Agreement.

                                    -13-
<PAGE>
              "Federal Funds Rate" means, as of any date of determination,
            the  rate  set  forth   in  the  weekly   statistical  release
            designated as  H.15(519),   or  any    successor  publication,
            published by  the Federal  Reserve Board  (including any  such
            successor, "H.15(519)")  for such  date  opposite the  caption
            "Federal Funds (Effective)".   If for  any  relevant date such
            rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such date
            will be the  rate set forth  in the daily  statistical release
            designated  as   the   Composite   3:30 p.m.  Quotations   for
            U.S. Government  Securities,  or  any  successor  publication,
            published by the Federal  Reserve Bank of  New York (including
            any such successor,  the "Composite 3:30  p.m. Quotation") for
            such date  under the  caption "Federal Funds Effective  Rate". 
            If on any relevant date the appropriate rate  for such date is
            not  yet  published  in  either  H.15(519)  or  the  Composite
            3:30 p.m. Quotations,  the  rate for  such  date  will be  the
            arithmetic mean  of  the rates  for  the  last transaction  in
            overnight  Federal   funds   arranged   prior   to   9:00  a.m.
            (New York City time)  on that  date by  each of  three leading
            brokers  of  Federal  funds  transactions   in  New  York City
            selected by the  Administrative Agent.   For purposes  of this
            Agreement, any  change in  the Alternate  Base Rate  due to  a
            change in the Federal Funds Rate shall be  effective as of the
            opening of business on the effective date of such change.

               "Fiscal  Quarter"  means the  fiscal  quarter  of  Borrower
            consisting of  a  three-month fiscal  period  ending  on  each
            March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

               "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Borrower  consisting
            of a twelve-month period ending on each December 31.
               
               "Gaming Board"  means, collectively, (a) the Nevada  Gaming
            Commission, (b) the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, (c) the
            Mississippi Gaming Commission  and (d)  any other Governmental
            Agency that  holds regulatory,  licensing or  permit authority
            over  gambling,  gaming  or  casino  activities  conducted  by
            Borrower  and   the   Restricted   Subsidiaries   within   its
            jurisdiction.

               "Gaming Laws" means  all Laws pursuant  to which any Gaming
            Board possesses regulatory, licensing or permit authority over
            gambling, gaming  or casino  activities conducted  by Borrower
            and the Restricted Subsidiaries within its jurisdiction.

                                    -14-
<PAGE>
               "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" means, as of any
            date of determination, accounting principles  (a) set forth as
            generally accepted in then currently effective Opinions of the
            Accounting Principles  Board  of  the  American  Institute  of
            Certified  Public  Accountants,  (b) set  forth  as  generally
            accepted  in  then  currently  effective   Statements  of  the
            Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  or (c)  that are  then
            approved by  such  other  entity  as  may  be  approved  by  a
            significant segment of the accounting profession in the United
            States of America.   The term "consistently applied,"  as used
            in connection therewith, means that  the accounting principles
            applied are  consistent in  all material  respects with  those
            applied at prior dates or for prior periods.

               "Governmental Agency" means (a) any international, foreign,
            federal, state, county  or municipal government,  or political
            subdivision  thereof, (b)  any  governmental  or quasi-govern-
            mental  agency,  authority, board, bureau, commission, depart-
            ment, instrumentality  or  public body,  or (c) any  court  or  
            administrative   tribunal  of   competent jurisdiction.

               "Guaranty  Obligation"  means,   as  to   any  Person,  any
            (a) guarantee by  that  Person of  Indebtedness  of, or  other
            obligation performable by,  any other Person  or (b) assurance
            given by that Person  to an obligee  of any other  Person with
            respect to  the  performance  of  an  obligation  by,  or  the
            financial condition  of, such  other  Person, whether  direct,
            indirect or contingent,  including any purchase  or repurchase
            agreement covering such obligation or  any collateral security
            therefor, any agreement to  provide funds (by means  of loans,
            capital contributions or otherwise) to such  other Person, any
            agreement to  support the  solvency or  level  of any  balance
            sheet item of  such other Person  or any "keep-well" or other
            arrangement of  whatever  nature  given  for  the  purpose  of
            assuring or holding  harmless such  obligee against  loss with
            respect to  any  obligation of  such  other Person;  provided,
            however, that the term  Guaranty Obligation shall  not include
            endorsements of instruments for  deposit or collection  in the
            ordinary course  of  business.   The  amount  of any  Guaranty
            Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated
            or determinable  amount  of  the  related  primary  obligation
            (unless the Guaranty Obligation  is limited by its  terms to a
            lesser amount, in which case to the extent of such amount) or,
            if  not  stated   or  determinable,  the  maximum   reasonably
            anticipated liability in respect thereof as  determined by the
            Person in good faith.   The amount of  any Guaranty Obligation
            consisting of a Completion Guaranty shall be deemed to be zero
            unless  and   until  Borrower   or  any   of  the   Restricted
            Subsidiaries has determined, or in good faith should determine
            based  on  all   information  then   available  to   it,  that
            performance by Borrower  or the  Restricted Subsidiary  of its
            obligations  under  the   Completion  Guaranty  is   at  least
            
                                    -15-
<PAGE>
            reasonably possible  (within the  meaning of  such term  under
            Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  Statement No.  5) and,
            notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such performance is
            at least reasonably possible the amount  thereof shall, if not
            stated or determinable,  be deemed the  reasonably anticipated
            liability in respect thereof as determined  by Borrower or the
            Restricted Subsidiary in good faith.

               "Hazardous Materials" means substances defined as hazardous
            substances  pursuant   to   the  Comprehensive   Environmental
            Response, Compensation  and Liability  Act of  1980, 42  U.S.C.
            S 9601 et seq., or as hazardous,  toxic or pollutant  pursuant
            to  the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act,  49  U.S.C.
            S 1801, et seq., the Resource  Conservation and Recovery  Act,
            42 U.S.C. S 6901, et  seq., or any  other applicable Hazardous
            Materials Law, in each case as such Laws are amended from time
            to time.

              "Hazardous Materials Laws" means all federal, state or local
            Laws governing the disposal of  Hazardous Materials applicable
            to any of the Real Property.

               "Incremental Margin"  means, during  any Incremental Margin
            Period, 1/10th of 1% (10 basis points) if, as of the  last day
            of the  Fiscal  Quarter  most  recently  ended prior  to  such
            Incremental Margin Period, the Leverage Ratio was greater than
            3.50 to 1.00.

               "Incremental  Margin  Period"  means  each  of  the periods
            (a) commencing  March 1  and  ending  May  31,  (b) commencing
            June 1 and  ending August  31, (c) commencing September  1 and
            ending November  30 and  (d) commencing December 1 and  ending
            February 28 (or, in a leap year, February 29).

               "Indebtedness"   means,   as   to   any   Person   (without
            duplication), (a)  indebtedness of  such  Person  for borrowed
            money or for the deferred purchase  price of Property (exclud-
            ing trade and other accounts payable in the ordinary course of
            business in accordance with customary  trade terms), including
            any Guaranty Obligation for any such indebtedness, (b) indebt-
            edness of such  Person of the  nature described  in clause (a)
            that is  non-recourse to  the  credit of  such  Person but  is
            secured by assets  of such  Person, but not  in excess  of the
            value of such  assets, (c)  Capital Lease Obligations  of such
            Person, (d) indebtedness of such Person arising under bankers'
            acceptance facilities or under facilities for  the discount of
            accounts  receivable  of  such   Person,  (e)  any  direct  or
            contingent obligations of such Person under letters  of credit
            issued  for  the  account  of  such  Person  and  (f) any  net
            obligations of such Person under "swaps", "caps", "collars" or
            other interest  rate protection  arrangements with  respect to
            any of the foregoing.

                                    -16-
<PAGE>
               "Intangible  Assets"  means   assets  that  are  considered
            intangible  assets   under   Generally   Accepted   Accounting
            Principles, including  customer  lists, goodwill,  copyrights,
            trade names, trademarks and patents.

               "Interest Differential" means, with respect to  any prepay-
            ment of a Eurodollar  Rate Loan on a  day other than  the last
            day of the applicable Interest Period and with respect  to any
            failure to borrow a Eurodollar Rate Loan on the date or in the
            amount specified in  any Request for  Loan, (a)  the per annum
            interest rate  payable  (or,  with  respect  to a  failure  to
            borrow, the interest rate which would  have been payable) pur-
            suant to Section  3.1(c) with respect  to the  Eurodollar Rate
            Loan minus (b) the Eurodollar Rate on, or as near as practica-
            ble to the date of the  prepayment or failure to  borrow for a
            Eurodollar Rate  Loan with  an Interest  Period commencing  on
            such date and ending on the last day of the Interest Period of
            the Eurodollar Rate Loan  so prepaid or which  would have been
            borrowed on such date.
               
               "Interest Expense" means, as of the  last day of any fiscal
            period, the sum of (a) all interest, fees, charges and related
            expenses paid or payable (without duplication) for that fiscal
            period to a  lender in connection  with borrowed money  or the
            deferred  purchase  price   of  assets  that   are  considered
            "interest  expense"   under   Generally  Accepted   Accounting
            Principles, plus  (b)  the portion  of  rent  paid  or payable
            (without duplication)  for that  fiscal  period under  Capital
            Lease Obligations  that  should  be  treated  as  interest  in
            accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
            No. 13.

              "Investment" means, when used in connection with any Person,
            any investment  by or  of  that Person,  whether  by means  of
            purchase or other acquisition of stock  or other securities of
            any other Person  or by  means of a  loan, advance  creating a
            debt, capital  contribution, guaranty or  other debt or equity
            participation or interest in  any other Person,  including any
            partnership and joint venture  interests of such Person.   The
            amount  of  any  Investment  shall  be   the  amount  actually
            invested,  without  adjustment  for  subsequent  increases  or
            decreases in the value of such Investment.

               "Issuing Bank" means Bank of America.

               "Laws"  means,  collectively,  all  international, foreign,
            federal,  state   and   local   statutes,   treaties,   rules,
            regulations, ordinances, codes and  administrative or judicial
            precedents.

                                    -17-
<PAGE>
               "Letters of Credit"  means (a) commercial letter of  credit
            No. 1016135 issued by the Issuing Bank under the Existing Loan
            Agreement in the original effective amount  of $1,600,000, but
            not any  supplements, modifications,  amendments, renewals  or
            extensions thereof and  (b) any of the  standby or  commercial
            letters of  credit  issued  by  the  Issuing  Bank  under  the
            Commitment  pursuant  to  Section 2.5,  either  as  originally
            issued or as the same may  be supplemented, modified, amended,
            renewed, extended or supplanted.

               "Leverage Ratio" means, as  of the last  day of each Fiscal
            Quarter, the  ratio  of (a)  Average Quarterly  Total  Debt to
            (b) Annualized Adjusted EBITDA, as such ratio  is set forth in
            the most recent  Compliance Certificate delivered  by Borrower
            pursuant to Section 7.2.

               "License Revocation" means the revocation, failure to renew
            or suspension of, or the appointment of a receiver, supervisor
            or similar official with  respect to, any casino,  gambling or
            gaming license issued by any Gaming  Board covering any casino
            or  gaming   facility   of   Borrower   and   the   Restricted
            Subsidiaries.

               "Lien"  means   any  mortgage,   deed  of   trust,  pledge,
            hypothecation, assignment  for  security,  security  interest,
            encumbrance, lien or charge  of any kind,  whether voluntarily
            incurred  or  arising  by  operation  of   Law  or  otherwise,
            affecting any Property, including  any agreement to  grant any
            of  the  foregoing,  any  conditional  sale   or  other  title
            retention agreement,  any lease  in the  nature of  a security
            interest, and/or  the  filing  of  or  agreement to  give  any
            financing statement  (other  than  a  precautionary  financing
            statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of
            a security  interest)  under the  Uniform  Commercial Code  or
            comparable  Law  of  any  jurisdiction  with  respect  to  any
            Property.

               "Loan" means the aggregate of the  Advances made at any one
            time by the Banks pursuant to Article 2.

               "Loan Documents"  means, collectively,  this Agreement, the
            Notes, the  Swing Line  Documents, any  Request for  Loan, any
            Request for Letter of  Credit, any Compliance  Certificate and
            any other agreements of any type or nature  hereafter executed
            and delivered  by Borrower  or any  of its  Affiliates to  the
            Agents or to any Bank in any way relating to or in furtherance
            of this Agreement, in each case either as  originally executed
            or as  the  same  may  from  time  to  time  be  supplemented,
            modified, amended, restated, extended or supplanted.

                                    -18-
<PAGE>
               "Maintenance    Capital    Expenditures"    means   Capital
            Expenditures made with respect to a Developed Property for the
            maintenance, repair, restoration, refurbishment or enhancement
            of that Developed Property, excluding  any Capital Expenditure
            that materially expands the Developed Property.

               "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined
            in Regulation G or U.

               "Material Adverse Effect" means any set of circumstances or
            events which (a)  has or could reasonably  be expected to have
            any material adverse  effect whatsoever  upon the  validity or
            enforceability  of   any  Loan   Document,  (b)  is  or  could
            reasonably be  expected  to be  material  and  adverse to  the
            condition (financial  or  otherwise),  business  operations or
            prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole,
            or (c) materially impairs or could  reasonably be expected  to
            materially impair  the  ability  of  Borrower to  perform  the
            Obligations.

               "Maturity  Date"  means  March   7,  2002,  or  such  later
            anniversary thereof as may be established  pursuant to Section
            2.9.

               "Maximum Competitive  Advance" means,  with respect to  any
            Competitive Bid made by  a Bank, the amount  set forth therein
            as the maximum Competitive Advance which  that Bank is willing
            to make in response to the related Competitive Bid Request.

               "Monte Carlo" means the Monte Carlo hotel-casino and resort
            in Las Vegas, Nevada.

               "Moody's" means  Moody's  Investors Service,  Inc. and  its
          successors.

              "Morgan Guaranty" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
            York, its successors and permitted assigns.

               "Multiemployer Plan" means any employee benefit plan of the
            type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

               "Negative  Pledge"  means  a  Contractual  Obligation  that
            contains  a  covenant  binding  on  Borrower  or  any  of  the
            Restricted Subsidiaries that prohibits Liens on  any of its or
            their Property, other than (a)  any such covenant contained in
            a Contractual  Obligation  granting  a  Lien  permitted  under
            Section 6.5 which  affects  only  the  Property  that  is  the
            subject of such permitted Lien and  (b) any such covenant that
            does not apply to Liens securing the Obligations.
               
                                    -19-
<PAGE>
               "Negative   Pledge   Termination   Agreement"   means   the
            Termination of Negative Pledge Agreement of even date herewith
            executed by  the Administrative  Co -Agent under  the Existing
            Loan  Agreement,  pursuant   to  which  the   Negative  Pledge
            Agreement dated  as  of  April 6, 1995  and  recorded  in  the
            Official Records of Clark  County, Nevada on April  7, 1995 as
            Instrument No. 01595 in Book  950407 is terminated as a matter
            of record.

               "Net  Cash  Proceeds"  means  Net  Proceeds  to  the extent
            consisting of Cash.

               "Net Income" means, with respect  to any fiscal period, the
            consolidated net income of  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries for
            that period, determined in accordance  with Generally Accepted
            Accounting Principles,  consistently applied;  provided, that,
            in any event (a) any  net loss of Victoria  Partners shall not
            be included  in the  calculation  of Net  Income  and (b)  net
            income of  Victoria  Partners shall  not  be  included in  Net
            Income except to the extent distributed in Cash or Property to
            Borrower  or   a   Restricted   Subsidiary  and,   upon   such
            distribution, shall be included in Net Income.

               "Net Proceeds" means, with respect  to any disposition of a
            Core Asset, the gross sales proceeds  received by Borrower and
            the Restricted Subsidiaries  from such  disposition (including
            Cash, Property and the assumption by the purchaser of any lia-
            bility of  Borrower  or the  Restricted  Subsidiaries) net  of
            brokerage commissions, legal expenses  and other transactional
            costs payable by Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries with
            respect to such disposition and net of an amount determined in
            good faith by  Borrower to be  the estimated amount  of income
            taxes payable by Borrower attributable to such disposition.

               "New Bank"  has  the meaning  set  forth for  that term  in
            Section 2.6(d).

               "New  Capital  Amount"  means,  as of any date of determin-
            ation, an amount equal to  the  aggregate  net  cash  proceeds 
            received by Borrower from  the issuance  and  sale  of capital  
            stock  of Borrower (including upon any conversion  or exchange  
            of debt securities of Borrower  issued  after the Closing Date  
            into or for such  capital stock)  after the  Closing Date  and 
            through such date.

               "New Venture" means a  casino, hotel, hotel-casino, resort,
            riverboat casino, dockside casino,  golf course, entertainment
            center or similar facility  (or any site or  proposed site for
            any of the foregoing) owned or to be owned  by Borrower or any
            of its Subsidiaries (or  owned or to be  owned by a  Person in
            which Borrower, any  of the Restricted  Subsidiaries or  a New
            Venture Entity owned directly or indirectly by Borrower or any
            of the Restricted Subsidiaries holds an  Investment) and which
            is not at the Closing Date a Developed Property.

                                    -20-
<PAGE>
               "New Venture Entity" means the  Person that directly owns a
            New Venture.

              "Notes" means, collectively, the Committed Advance Notes and
            the Competitive Advance Notes.

               "Obligations" means all  present and  future obligations of
            every kind or nature of Borrower or any Party  at any time and
            from time  to time  owed to  the Administrative  Agent or  the
            Banks or any one or more of them, under any one or more of the
            Loan Documents,  whether  due or  to  become  due, matured  or
            unmatured,  liquidated   or  unliquidated,  or  contingent  or
            noncontingent, including obligations of performance as well as
            obligations of  payment, and  including interest  that accrues
            after the  commencement  of any  proceeding under  any  Debtor
            Relief Law  by  or  against  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  or
            Affiliate of Borrower.

               "Opinions of Counsel"  means the  favorable  written  legal
            opinions  of  (a) Peter C.  Walsh,  Esq.,  Assistant   General
            Counsel of Borrower and (b) Schreck Morris, special counsel to
            Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, substantially in the
            form of  Exhibits G-1 and  G-2,  respectively,  together  with
            copies of all  factual certificates  and other  legal opinions
            upon which such counsel have relied.

               "Outstandings" means, as of any date of determination,  the
            sum of  (a) the aggregate  outstanding principal  Indebtedness
            evidenced by the  Notes on that  date, plus  (b) the Aggregate
            Effective Amount of all outstanding Letters  of Credit on that
            date, plus (c) the Swing Line Outstandings on that  date, plus
            (d) the Commercial Paper Outstandings on that date.

               "Party" means  any Person  other than  the Agents,  the Co-
            Arrangers, the Co-Agents and the Banks, which now or hereafter
            is a party to any of the Loan Documents.

              "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
            successor thereof established under ERISA.
               
              "Pension Plan" means any "employee pension benefit plan" (as
            such term is defined  in Section 3(2) of ERISA),  other than a
            Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to  Title IV of ERISA and
            is maintained by Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates or to
            which Borrower or any  of its ERISA Affiliates  contributes or
            has an obligation to contribute.

                                    -21-
<PAGE>
               "Permitted Encumbrances" means:

                  (a)  Inchoate Liens incident to construction  on or main-
               tenance of Real Property; or Liens incident to  construction
               on or maintenance of Real Property now or hereafter filed of
               record for which adequate reserves  have been set aside  (or
               deposits made  pursuant to  applicable  Law) and  which  are
               being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
               have not proceeded to judgment, provided that, by reason  of
               nonpayment of the obligations secured by such Liens, no such
               Real Property  is subject  to a  material  risk of  loss  or
               forfeiture;

                 (b)  Liens for  taxes and  assessments  on Real   Property
               which  are  not  yet  past  due;  or  Liens  for  taxes  and
               assessments on  Real Property  for which  adequate  reserves
               have been set aside and are being contested in good faith by
               appropriate proceedings and have not proceeded to  judgment,
               provided that, by  reason of nonpayment  of the  obligations
               secured by such Liens, no such Real Property is subject to a
               material risk of loss or forfeiture;

                 (c)  minor defects and irregularities in title to any Real
               Property  which in the aggregate  do  not  materially impair 
               the fair market value or use of the Real  Property  for  the 
               purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be 
               held;

                 (d)  easements,   exceptions,   reservations,   or   other
               agreements for the purpose  of pipelines, conduits,  cables,
               wire  communication  lines,  power  lines  and  substations,
               streets, trails, walkways, drainage, irrigation, water,  and
               sewerage purposes, dikes,  canals, ditches,  the removal  of
               oil, gas, coal, or other  minerals, and other like  purposes
               affecting Real Property, facilities,  or equipment which  in
               the aggregate do  not materially burden  or impair the  fair
               market value or use of such  Real Property for the  purposes
               for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;

                 (e)  easements,   exceptions,   reservations,   or   other
               agreements for  the purpose  of  facilitating the  joint  or
               common use of Property in or  adjacent to a shopping  center
               or similar  Real Property  project affecting  Real  Property
               which in the  aggregate do not  materially burden or  impair
               the fair  market  value or  use  of such  Property  for  the
               purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be
               held;
               
                 (f)  rights  reserved  to or  vested  in any  Governmental
               Agency to control or regulate,  or obligations or duties  to
               any Governmental Agency with respect to, the use of any Real
               Property;

                                    -22-
<PAGE>
                 (g)  rights reserved to  or  vested  in  any  Governmental 
               Agency to control or regulate,  or obligations or duties  to
               any Governmental Agency with  respect to, any right,  power,
               franchise, grant, license, or permit;

                 (h)  present or  future  zoning  laws  and  ordinances  or
               other laws and ordinances restricting the occupancy, use, or
               enjoyment of Real Property;

                 (i)  statutory  Liens,  other  than   those  described  in
               clauses (a) or (b) above, arising in the  ordinary course of
               business  with  respect   to  obligations   which  are   not
               delinquent or are  being contested in  good faith,  provided
               that, if delinquent, adequate  reserves have been set  aside
               with  respect  thereto  and,  by  reason  of  nonpayment, no
               Property  is  subject  to  a   material  risk  of  loss   or
               forfeiture;

                 (j)  covenants,  conditions,  and  restrictions  affecting
               the use  of Real  Property which  in  the aggregate  do  not
               materially impair the fair market value  or use of the  Real
               Property for the purposes for which it is or may  reasonably
               be expected to be held;

                 (k)  rights of tenants under leases and  rental agreements
               covering Real Property entered  into in the ordinary  course
               of business of the Person owning such Real Property;
                     
                 (l)  Liens consisting  of pledges  or  deposits  to secure
               obligations under  workers'  compensation  laws  or  similar
               legislation, including Liens  of judgments  thereunder which
               are not currently dischargeable;
               
                 (m)  Liens consisting of pledges or  deposits of  Property
               to secure performance  in connection  with operating  leases
               made in the ordinary course of business to which Borrower or
               a Subsidiary of Borrower is a party as lessee, provided  the
               aggregate  value  of  all  such  pledges  and  deposits   in
               connection with any such lease does  not at any time  exceed
               20% of the annual fixed rentals payable under such lease;

                 (n)  Liens consisting of  deposits of Property  to  secure
               bids made  with respect  to,  or performance  of,  contracts
               (other than contracts creating or evidencing an extension of
               credit to the depositor) in the ordinary course of business;

                 (o)  Liens   consisting  of   any  right  of   offset,  or
               statutory bankers' lien, on bank deposit accounts maintained
               in the  ordinary course  of business  so long  as such  bank
               deposit accounts are not  established or maintained for  the
               purpose of providing such right of offset or bankers' lien;

                                    -23-
<PAGE>
                 (p)  Liens consisting of  deposits of Property  to  secure
               statutory  obligations  of  Borrower   or  a  Subsidiary  of
               Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

                 (q)  Liens consisting of  deposits of  Property  to secure
               (or  in  lieu  of)  surety,  appeal  or  customs  bonds   in
               proceedings to which Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower is
               a party in the ordinary course of its business;

                 (r)  Liens created by or resulting from  any litigation or
               legal proceeding  involving  Borrower  or  a  Subsidiary  of
               Borrower in the  ordinary course  of its  business which  is
               currently being  contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate
               proceedings, provided that adequate  reserves have been  set
               aside and no material Property is subject to a material risk
               of loss or forfeiture; and

                 (s)  other non-consensual Liens incurred in  the  ordinary
               course of business but not  in connection with an  extension
               of credit,  which  do  not  in  the  aggregate,  when  taken
               together with all other  Liens, materially impair the  value
               or use of the Property of  Borrower and the Subsidiaries  of
               Borrower, taken as a whole.

               "Permitted  Right  of  Others"  means  a  Right  of   Others
            consisting of (a) an interest (other than a legal  or equitable
            co-ownership interest, an option  or right to  acquire  a legal
            or  equitable  co-ownership interest  and  any  interest  of  a
            ground lessor under a ground lease),  that does  not materially
            impair the value or use of Property  for the purposes for which
            it is or may reasonably be expected  to  be held, (b) an option
            or  right  to  acquire  a  Lien   that  would  be  a  Permitted
            Encumbrance, (c) the subordination  of a  lease or sublease  in
            favor of  a financing  entity  and (d)  a license,  or  similar
            right, of  or to  Intangible  Assets  granted  in the  ordinary
            course of business.

               "Person"  means  any  individual  or  entity,  including   a
            trustee,  corporation,  limited   liability   company,  general
            partnership, limited part nership, joint stock company,  trust,
            estate,  unincorporated   organization,  business  association,
            firm, joint venture, Governmental Agency, or other entity.

               "Pricing Occurrence"  means  the date  of  a change  in  the
            Senior Debt Rating  which results in a change in the Applicable
            Pricing Level.

               "Pricing Period"  means  (a) the period  commencing  on  the
            Closing Date  and  ending  on the  first Pricing  Occurrence to
            occur thereafter and (b)  each subsequent period commencing  on
            the date  of  a  Pricing  Occurrence  and  ending  on the  next
            Pricing Occurrence to occur.

                                    -24-
<PAGE>
               "Projections" means the  financial projections contained at
            Tab VII of the Confidential Information Memorandum distributed
            by or  on  behalf  of  Borrower  to  the   Banks on  or  about
            January 30, 1997.

               "Property" means any  interest in  any kind of property  or
            asset,  whether  real,  personal  or  mixed, or  tangible   or
            intangible.

               "Pro Rata  Share"  means, with  respect to each  Bank,  the
            percentage of the  Commitment set forth opposite the  name  of
            that Bank on Schedule 1.1.

               "Quarterly Payment Date"  means each June 30, September 30,
            December 31 and March 31.

               "Real Property" means, as of any date of determination, all
            real Property then or theretofore owned, leased or occupied by
            Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.
                
               "Reference  Rate"  means  the  rate  of interest   publicly
            announced from time to time by the  Domestic Reference Bank in
            San Francisco, California (or  other headquarters  city of the
            Domestic Reference Bank),  as its "reference  rate."  It  is a
            rate set  by the  Domestic Reference  Bank based  upon various
            factors including  the  Domestic  Reference Bank's  costs  and
            desired return, general economic conditions and other factors,
            and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which
            may be priced at,  above, or below  such announced rate.   Any
            change  in  the  Reference  Rate  announced  by  the  Domestic
            Reference Bank shall take effect at the opening of business on
            the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

               "Regulation D" means Regulation D, as at any time  amended,
            of the Board  of Governors of  the Federal Reserve  System, or
            any other regulation in substance substituted therefor.

              "Regulations G, T, U and X" means Regulations G, T, U and X,
            as at  any time  amended, of  the  Board of  Governors of  the
            Federal Reserve System, or any other  regulations in substance
            substituted therefor.

              "Request for Letter of Credit" means a written request for a
            Letter of  Credit  substantially  in  the form  of  Exhibit  H,
            signed by  a Responsible  Official of  Borrower, on  behalf of
            Borrower, and  properly completed  to provide  all information
            required to be included therein.

               "Request for  Loan"  means  a written  request  for  a Loan
            substantially  in  the   form  of   Exhibit I,  signed  by   a
            Responsible Official of Borrower,  on behalf of  Borrower, and
            properly completed to provide  all information required  to be
            included therein.

                                    -25-
<PAGE>
               "Requirement of Law" means, as  to any Person, the articles
            or  certificate   of  incorporation   and   by-laws  or  other
            organizational or governing documents of such  Person, and any
            Law, or judgment,  award, decree, writ  or  determination of a
            Governmental Agency,  in each  case  applicable to  or binding
            upon such  Person or  any of  its  Property or  to which  such
            Person or any of its Property is subject.

               "Requisite Banks" means (a) as of any date of determination
            if the  Commitment is  then  in effect,  Banks  having in  the
            aggregate 65% or more of the Commitment then in effect and (b)
            as of any  date of  determination if  the Commitment  has then
            been  terminated   or  suspended   and  there   is  then   any
            Indebtedness evidenced  by  the  Notes,  Banks  holding  Notes
            evidencing in  the  aggregate 65%  or  more  of the  aggregate
            Indebtedness then evidenced by the Notes.

              "Responsible Official" means (a) when used with reference to
            a Person other  than an individual,  any corporate  officer of
            such Person, general partner of such Person, corporate officer
            of a corporate  general partner of  such Person,  or corporate
            officer of a corporate  general partner of a  partnership that
            is a general partner of such Person,  or any other responsible
            official thereof duly acting on behalf  thereof (including, in
            the case of Borrower, its Director of Finance),  and (b)  when
            used with reference  to a  Person who  is an  individual, such
            Person; provided  that the  Responsible Officials  of Borrower
            shall be  those  Persons  named  on  the most  recent  written
            designation of Responsible Officials of Borrower,  signed by a
            Senior Officer  of Borrower,  furnished to  the Administrative
            Agent.  Any document  or certificate hereunder that  is signed
            or executed by a Responsible Official  of another Person shall
            be conclusively  presumed  to  have  been  authorized  by  all
            necessary corporate,  partnership and/or  other action  on the
            part of such other Person.

                "Restricted  Expenditures"  means (a)  Distributions,  (b) 
            Capital Expenditures  (other  than  (i)  Capital  Expenditures
            for the completion of Bellagio and  Beau Rivage in substantial
            accordance with  the construction  plans in  existence on  the
            Closing  Date  and  (ii)  Maintenance  Capital  Expenditures),
            (c) the purchase price  paid in Cash  for Acquisitions  net of
            any Indebtedness incurred to finance such Acquisitions that is
            non-recourse to the credit  or assets of Borrower  or any Core
            Asset and (d)  Investments in New  Venture Entities which  are
            not Subsidiaries of Borrower, in each case made by Borrower or
            any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

               "Restricted Expenditure  Basket" means,  as of  any date of
            determination, the sum of (a)  $500,000,000 plus (b) an amount
            equal  to  50%  of  cumulative  Net   Income  for  the  period
            commencing January 1, 1997 and ending  on the last day  of the
            most recently-ended Fiscal Quarter  (taken as a  single fiscal
            period), plus (c) the New Capital Amount as of that date.

                                    -26-
<PAGE>
               "Restricted  Subsidiary"  means   (a)  each  Subsidiary  of
            Borrower existing as of the Closing  Date, (b) each Subsidiary
            of Borrower  which  owns or  operates  any Developed  Property
            existing as of the Closing Date or which  owns or operates the
            hotel and  casino  projects  currently  under  development  by
            Borrower  in   Atlantic   City,   New  Jersey,   and   Biloxi,
            Mississippi, and  (c) each  Subsidiary of  Borrower formed  or
            acquired following the Closing Date which is not a New Venture
            Entity.
            
               "Right of  Others" means,  as to  any  Property in  which a
            Person has an interest, any legal or equitable right, title or
            other interest (other than a Lien) held by any other Person in
            that Property,  and any  option  or right  held  by any  other
            Person to acquire any  such right, title or  other interest in
            that Property,  including any  option or  right  to acquire  a
            Lien; provided, however, that (a) any covenant restricting the
            use or disposition of Property of such Person contained in any
            Contractual Obligation  of such  Person and  (b) any provision
            contained in  a  contract  creating  a  right  of  payment  or
            performance in  favor  of a  Person  that conditions,  limits,
            restricts, diminishes,  transfers  or  terminates such  right,
            shall not be deemed to constitute a Right of Others.

               "S&P" means Standard  & Poor's Rating  Group (a division of
            McGraw-Hill, Inc.) and its successors.

               "Senior Debt  Rating" means  (a) the  rating of  the Senior
            Notes, as determined by either S&P or Moody's (and, if by both
            such rating  agencies,  then  the  more creditworthy  of  such
            credit ratings  unless the  split rating  is  a "double  split
            rating" (in which  case the  Senior Debt  Rating shall  be the
            credit rating that  is in  between such  credit ratings)  or a
            "triple split rating"  (in which case  the Senior  Debt Rating
            shall be  the  credit rating  that  is  immediately below  the
            higher of such  credit ratings)), or  (b) if the Senior  Notes
            are not outstanding, either (i) the implicit credit rating for
            long-term senior unsecured  debt securities of  Borrower based
            on the credit ratings of other securities of Borrower rated by
            such rating agencies or (ii)  at Borrower's option, the rating
            designated in a  writing from one  of such rating  agencies as
            the rating which it would assign to long-term senior unsecured
            debt securities of Borrower  if any such debt  securities were
            outstanding.

               "Senior Notes"  means  Borrower's  7.25%  Senior  Notes Due
            October 15, 2006.

               "Senior Officer"  means  the  (a) chief executive  officer,
            (b) president, (c)  executive vice  president, (d) senior vice
            president,   (e) chief   financial   officer,   (f) treasurer,
            (g) assistant treasurer or (h) general counsel of Borrower.

                                    -27-
<PAGE>
               "Significant  Subsidiary"   means,  as   of  any  date   of
            determination, each Restricted Subsidiary that as  of the last
            day of  the Fiscal  Quarter then  most recently ended (a)  had
            total assets of five percent (5%) or  more of the consolidated
            total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (b) accounted
            for five  percent  (5%)  or  more  of the  consolidated  gross
            revenues of  Borrower and  its Subsidiaries  for the  four (4)
            Fiscal Quarter period then ended.

               "Special Eurodollar Circumstance"  means the application or
            adoption after the Closing Date of  any Law or interpretation,
            or any  change  therein  or  thereof,  or any  change  in  the
            interpretation or administration  thereof by  any Governmental
            Agency, central bank or comparable authority  charged with the
            interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any
            Bank or  its Eurodollar  Lending Office  with  any request  or
            directive (whether or not having the force of Law) of any such
            Governmental Agency, central bank or  comparable authority, or
            the existence  or occurrence  of  circumstances affecting  the
            Designated Eurodollar  Market generally  that  are beyond  the
            reasonable control of the Banks.

               "Stockholders'  Equity"   means,   as   of   any  date   of
            determination and with respect to any Person, the consolidated
            stockholders' equity of the Person as  of that date determined
            in accordance with  Generally Accepted  Accounting Principles;
            provided that  there  shall  be  excluded  from  Stockholders'
            Equity any amount attributable to Disqualified Stock.

              "Subsidiary" means, as of any date of determination and with
            respect to  any  Person,  any corporation,  limited  liability
            company or  partner ship (whether  or  not,  in  either  case,
            characterized as such  or as a  "joint venture"),  whether now
            existing or hereafter organized or acquired:   (a) in the case
            of a  corporation or  limited liability  company,  of which  a
            majority of the  securities having  ordinary voting  power for
            the election of directors or other  governing body (other than
            securities having such power only  by reason of the  happening
            of a contingency) are  at the time beneficially  owned by such
            Person and/or  one or  more Subsidiaries  of  such Person,  or
            (b) in the case of a  partnership, of which a  majority of the
            partnership or  other  ownership  interests  are at  the  time
            beneficially owned by  such Person and/or  one or more  of its
            Subsidiaries.

               "Swing Line" means the revolving line of credit established
            by the  Swing  Line Bank  in  favor  of  Borrower  pursuant to
            Section 2.11.

               "Swing Line Bank" means Bank of America, through its branch
            located in Las Vegas, Nevada.

                                    -28-
<PAGE>
               "Swing Line  Documents" means  the promissory  note and any
            other  documents  executed  by   Borrower  in  favor   of  the
            Swing Line Bank in connection with the Swing Line.
            
               "Swing Line Loans" means loans  made by the Swing Line Bank
            to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11.

               "Swing  Line  Outstandings"  means,   as  of  any  date  of
            determination,  the   aggregate   principal  Indebtedness   of
            Borrower on all Swing Line Loans then outstanding.

              "Tangible Net Worth" means, as of any date of determination,
            the consolidated  Stockholders'  Equity  of Borrower  and  its
            Subsidiaries on  that  date  minus  the  aggregate  Intangible
            Assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date.

               "Termination Agreement" means  the Termination Agreement of
            even date herewith among the Administrative Co-Agent under the
            Existing Loan Agreement  and (a) the co-borrowers ( other than
            Borrower)  thereunder,  pursuant  to  which   the  rights  and
            obligations of each of  such  co-borrowers are terminated, and
            (b) the Significant Subsidiaries  (as defined in  the Existing
            Loan Agreement),  pursuant to  which the  obligations of  such
            Significant Subsidiaries  under the  Subsidiary Guarantee  (as
            defined in the Existing Loan Agreement) are terminated.

              "Total Debt" means, as of any date of determination, without
            duplication, the  sum  of  (a) all principal  Indebtedness  of
            Borrower and  its Subsidiaries  for borrowed  money (including
            debt securities issued by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries)
            on that date, plus  (b) the aggregate deferred  purchase price
            for any  Property  of  Borrower  or  any of  its  Subsidiaries
            (excluding trade debt to vendors and  service suppliers), plus
            (c) the aggregate monetary  amount of all  obligations secured
            by  a  Lien  on  any  Property  of  Borrower  or  any  of  its
            Subsidiaries, whether or not  such obligations are  assumed by
            Borrower or its Subsidiaries, plus (d) the aggregate amount of
            all Capital Lease Obligations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
            on that  date,  plus  (e)  all letters  of  credit  (including
            Letters  of  Credit)  for   which  Borrower  or  any   of  its
            Subsidiaries is the  account party  outstanding on  that date,
            plus (f) the aggregate amount of  all Guaranty Obligations  of
            Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any of the
            foregoing to the extent the same is or  should be reflected as
            a liability on  a consolidated balance  sheet of  Borrower and
            its  Subsidiaries  prepared   in  accordance   with  Generally
            Accepted Accounting  Principles,  provided  that, any  of  the
            foregoing which constitute  Indebtedness or  other obligations
            of Victoria Partners shall not be  included in the calculation
            of Total Debt to  the extent that such  Indebtedness and other
            obligations are non-recourse to Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                                    -29-
<PAGE>
               "to  the  best  knowledge   of"  means,  when  modifying  a
            representation, warranty  or other  statement  of any  Person,
            that the fact or  situation described therein is  known by the
            Person (or,  in the  case of  a  Person other  than a  natural
            Person, known by a Responsible Official of that Person) making
            the representation, warranty or  other statement, or  with the
            exercise of reasonable  due diligence under  the circumstances
            (in accordance with the  standard of what a  reasonable Person
            in similar  circumstances would  have  done) would  have  been
            known by the Person (or, in the case of a  Person other than a
            natural  Person,  would  have  been  known  by  a  Responsible
            Official of that Person).

              "type", when used with respect to any Loan or Advance, means
            the  designation  of  whether  such  Loan  or  Advance  is  an
            Alternate Base Rate Loan or Advance, or a Eurodollar Rate Loan
            or Advance.

               "Victoria  Partners"  means  Victoria  Partners,  a  Nevada
            general partnership,  of which  Subsidiaries  of Borrower  and
            Circus Circus  Enterprises,  Inc.  are the  general  partners,
            which owns and operates Monte Carlo.

               1.2  Use of Defined  Terms.  Any  defined term  used in the
          plural shall refer to all members of the relevant class, and any
          defined term used in the singular shall refer to any one or more
          of the members of the relevant class.

               1.3  Accounting Terms.  All  accounting terms not specific-
          ally defined in this Agreement  shall be construed in conformity
          with, and all  financial data required  to be  submitted by this
          Agreement  shall  be  prepared  in  conformity  with,  Generally
          Accepted Accounting  Principles applied  on a  consistent basis,
          except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. In the event
          that Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles change during the
          term of  this  Agreement such  that  the covenants  contained in
          Sections 6.6 and  6.7 would  then be  calculated in  a different
          manner or with different components, (a)  Borrower and the Banks
          agree to amend this Agreement in  such respects as are necessary
          to conform those covenants as criteria for evaluating Borrower's
          financial condition to  substantially the same  criteria as were
          effective prior to such  change in Generally Accepted Accounting
          Principles and (b) Borrower shall be deemed to  be in compliance
          with the covenants contained in the  aforesaid  Sections  during 
          the  90-day  period  following  any  such  change  in  Generally 
          Accepted  Accounting  Principles  if  and  to  the  extent  that 
          Borrower  would  have  been   in   compliance   therewith  under  
          Generally  Accepted Accounting Principles  as in  effect  immed-
          iately prior  to  such change.
            
                                    -30-
<PAGE>
               1.4  Rounding.  Any  financial ratios required  to be  main-
          tained by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated
          by dividing  the appropriate  component by  the other  component,
          carrying the result to one place  more than the number of  places
          by which such ratio is expressed  in this Agreement and  rounding
          the result up or down to  the nearest number (with a  round-up if
          there is no nearest number) to the number of places by which such
          ratio is expressed in this Agreement.

               1.5  Exhibits and Schedules.  All Exhibits and Schedules  to
          this Agreement, either as originally existing or as the same  may
          from time  to  time be  supplemented,  modified or  amended,  are
          incorporated herein by this reference.  A matter disclosed on any
          Schedule shall be deemed disclosed on all Schedules.

               1.6  References   to   Borrower and its Subsidiaries.    Any
          reference herein to "Borrower and  its Subsidiaries" or the  like
          shall refer  solely to  Borrower during  such times,  if any,  as
          Borrower shall have no Subsidiaries.

               1.7  Miscellaneous Terms.  The term "or" is disjunctive; the
          term "and" is conjunctive.   The term  "shall" is mandatory;  the
          term "may" is permissive.  Masculine terms also apply to females;
          feminine terms also apply to males.   The term "including" is  by
          way of example and not limitation.
            
                                    -31-
<PAGE>
                                    Article 2
                                      LOANS
                                      -----

               2.1  Committed Loans-General.
                    -----------------------
                    (a) Subject to the terms  and conditions set forth  in
            this Agreement, at  any time  and from time  to time  from the
            Closing Date through the  Maturity Date, each Bank  shall, pro
            rata according  to that  Bank's  Pro Rata  Share  of the  then
            applicable Commitment,  make  Committed  Advances to  Borrower
            under the Commitment in  such amounts as Borrower  may request
            that do  not result  in the  Outstandings  exceeding the  then
            applicable Commitment.  Subject  to the limitations  set forth
            herein, Borrower  may  borrow, repay  and  reborrow under  the
            Commitment without premium or penalty.

                    (b)  Subject to the next sentence, each Committed Loan
            shall be made pursuant to a Request for  Loan which shall spe-
            cify the requested (i)  date of such Loan,  (ii) type of Loan,
            (iii) amount  of  such  Loan,  and  (iv)  in  the  case  of  a
            Eurodollar Rate Loan,  the Eurodollar Period  for  such  Loan. 
            Unless the Administrative Agent has notified,  in its sole and
            absolute discretion, Borrower to  the contrary, a Loan  may be
            requested by telephone by a Responsible  Official of Borrower,
            in which case Borrower shall confirm  such request by promptly
            delivering a  Request  for Loan  in  person  or by  telecopier
            conforming to  the preceding  sentence  to the  Administrative
            Agent.   The  Administrative Agent  shall  incur no  liability
            whatsoever hereunder in acting upon any telephonic request for
            Loan purportedly made by  a Responsible Official  of Borrower,
            which  hereby  agrees  to  indemnify  the Administrative Agent 
            from  any  loss,  cost, expense or liability as a result of so 
            acting.

                    (c)  Promptly following receipt of a Request for Loan,
            the Administrative Agent shall  notify each Bank  by telephone
            or telecopier  (and  if by  telephone,  promptly confirmed  by
            telecopier) of the date  and type of the  Loan, the applicable
            Eurodollar Period, and that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Loan.
            Not  later  than  11:00  a.m., California  time,  on  the date
            specified for any  Loan (which  must be  a Banking  Day), each
            Bank shall make its Pro Rata Share of  the Loan in immediately
            available funds available to  the Administrative Agent  at the
            Administrative Agent's Office.  Upon satisfaction or waiver of
            the applicable conditions set forth in Article 8, all Advances
            shall be credited on that date  in immediately available funds
            to the Designated Deposit Account.

                                    -32-
<PAGE>
                   (d)  Unless the Requisite Banks otherwise consent, each
            Committed Loan shall be an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and
            not less than $10,000,000.
                  
                   (e)  The  Committed Advances made by each Bank shall be
            evidenced by that Bank's Committed Advance Note.

                   (f)  A Request for Loan  shall be irrevocable upon  the
            Administrative Agent's first notification thereof.

                   (g)  If no Request for Loan (or telephonic request  for
            Loan referred to in the second  sentence of Section 2.1(b), if
            applicable) has been made within the  requisite notice periods
            set forth  in Section  2.2 or  2.3 in  connection with  a Loan
            which, if made  and giving  effect to  the application  of the
            proceeds thereof, would not increase the outstanding principal
            Indebtedness evidenced  by the  Committed Advance  Notes, then
            Borrower shall be  deemed to  have requested,  as of  the date
            upon which the related  then outstanding Loan is  due pursuant
            to Section 3.1(f)(i), an Alternate Base Rate Loan in an amount
            equal  to  the  amount  necessary  to  cause  the  outstanding
            principal Indebtedness evidenced  by the  Notes to  remain the
            same and,  subject to  Section 8.3, the  Banks shall  make the
            Advances  necessary   to   make   such  Loan   notwithstanding
            Sections 2.1(b), 2.2 and 2.3.

                   (h)  If a  Loan  is to  be made  on the  same date that
            another Loan is due and payable, Borrower or the Banks, as the
            case may be, shall make available  to the Administrative Agent
            the net amount of funds  giving effect to both  such Loans and
            the effect for purposes of this Agreement shall be the same as
            if separate transfers of  funds had been made  with respect to
            each such Loan.
                  
               2.2  Alternate Base Rate  Loans.  Each  request by Borrower
          for an  Alternate Base  Rate Loan  shall be  made pursuant to  a
          Request for  Loan  (or  telephonic  or  other  request  for loan
          referred to in the second  sentence of Section 2.1(b), if appli-
          cable)   received   by   the   Administrative   Agent,   at  the
          Administrative  Agent's   Office,  not   later  than  9:15 a.m.,
          California time,  on  the  date (which must be a Banking Day) of 
          the  requested  Alternate Base  Rate Loan.   All Committed Loans  
          shall  constitute  Alternate  Base  Rate  Loans  unless properly  
          designated as a Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.3.

               2.3  Eurodollar Rate Loans.
                    ---------------------
                    (a)  Each request  by Borrower  for a Eurodollar  Rate
            Loan shall  be  made  pursuant  to  a  Request  for  Loan  (or
            telephonic or other request for Loan referred to in the second
            sentence of  Section 2.1(b), if  applicable)  received by  the
            Administrative Agent,  at the  Administrative Agent's  Office,
            not later  than 10:00  a.m., California  time, at  least three
            (3) Eurodollar Banking  Days  before  the  first  day  of  the
            applicable Eurodollar Period.

                                    -33-
<PAGE>
                    (b)  On the date  which is  two (2) Eurodollar Banking
            Days before the first day of the applicable Eurodollar Period,
            the Administrative  Agent shall  confirm its  determination of
            the applicable Eurodollar  Rate (which determination  shall be
            conclusive in  the  absence of  manifest  error) and  promptly
            shall give notice  of the  same to Borrower  and the  Banks by
            telephone  or  telecopier  (and  if   by  telephone,  promptly
            confirmed by telecopier).

                    (c)  Unless the Administrative Agent and the Requisite
            Banks otherwise consent, no more than ten (10) Eurodollar Rate
            Loans shall be outstanding at any one time.

                    (d)  No Eurodollar Rate  Loan may  be requested during
            the existence of a Default or Event of Default.

                    (e)  Nothing  contained  herein shall require any Bank 
            to fund  any Eurodollar Rate Advance in  the  Designated Euro-
            dollar Market.

               2.4  Competitive Advances.
                    --------------------
                    (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any
            time and from time to  time from the Closing  Date through the
            Maturity Date, but only so  long as the Senior  Debt Rating is
            BBB-/Baa3 or higher,  each Bank may  in its sole  and absolute
            discretion make  Competitive  Advances  to  Borrower  in  such
            principal amounts  as  Borrower  may  request  pursuant  to  a
            Competitive  Bid  Request  that  do  not  result  in  (i)  the
            aggregate outstanding principal Indebtedness evidenced  by the
            Competitive Advance Notes being  in excess of  $750,000,000 or
            (ii) the Outstandings being in  excess of the  then applicable
            Commitment.
                  
                    (b) Borrower shall  request  Competitive  Advances  by
            submitting a  Competitive Bid  Request  to the  Administrative
            Agent,  which  Competitive  Bid  Request   shall  specify  the
            relevant  date,   amount  and   maturity   for  the   proposed
            Competitive Advance and shall state whether  a Competitive Bid
            is requested  on  the  basis  of  a fixed  interest  rate  (an
            "Absolute Rate  Bid") or  on the  basis of  a margin  over the
            Eurodollar  Base  Rate  (a  "Eurodollar  Margin  Bid").    Any
            Competitive Bid Request  made by  telephone shall  promptly be
            confirmed by the delivery to Administrative Agent in person or
            by telecopier  of  a written  Competitive  Bid  Request.   The
            Administrative  Agent  shall  incur  no  liability  whatsoever
            hereunder  in  acting  upon  any  telephonic  Competitive  Bid
            Request  purportedly  made   by  a  Responsible   Official  of
            Borrower, which hereby agrees to  indemnify the Administrative
            Agent from any loss, cost, expense or liability as a result of
            so acting.   The Competitive Bid  Request must be  received by
            the Administrative Agent  not later than  9:15 a.m. California
            time on a  Banking Day  that is at  least one  (1) Banking Day
            prior to the  date of the  proposed Competitive Advance  if an
            Absolute Rate Bid is requested; if a  Eurodollar Margin Bid is
            requested, it must be received by  the Administrative Agent at
            least five (5) Banking Days prior to the date  of the proposed
            Competitive Advance.

                                    -34-
<PAGE>
                    (c) Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise  agrees,
            in its  sole  and  absolute  discretion,  no  Competitive  Bid
            Request shall be made by Borrower if  Borrower has, within the
            immediately preceding five (5) Banking Days, submitted another
            Competitive Bid Request.

                    (d) Each Competitive Bid  Request must be  made for  a
            Competitive Advance of at least $10,000,000 and shall be in an
            integral multiple of $1,000,000.

                   (e)  No Competitive  Bid Request  shall be  made for  a
            Competitive Advance  with a  maturity of  less than  7 days or
            more than 180 days, or with a maturity date  subsequent to the
            Maturity Date.

                   (f)  The Administrative  Agent  shall,  promptly  after
            receipt of a Competitive Bid Request, notify the Banks thereof
            by  telephone  and  provide  the  Banks   a  copy  thereof  by
            telecopier.    Any  Bank   may,  by  written  notice   to  the
            Administrative Agent, advise the Administrative  Agent that it
            elects not to be  so notified of Competitive  Bid Requests, in
            which case the Administrative Agent shall not notify such Bank
            of the Competitive Bid Request.

                    (g) Each Bank receiving a Competitive Bid Request may,
            in its  sole  and  absolute discretion,  make  or  not make  a
            Competitive  Bid responsive  to the  Competitive Bid  Request. 
            Each Competitive Bid shall be submitted  to the Administrative
            Agent not  later  than  7:30 a.m. (or,  in  the  case  of  the
            Domestic Reference Bank, not later  than 7:15 a.m.) California
            time, in  the case  of a  Eurodollar Margin  Bid, on  the date
            which  is  four (4)  Banking  Days  prior  to  the   requested
            Competitive Advance and, in the case of  an Absolute Rate Bid,
            on the  date  of  the  requested  Competitive  Advance.    Any
            Competitive Bid  received by  the  Administrative Agent  after
            7:30 a.m. (or 7:15 a.m. in the case  of the Domestic Reference
            Bank) on such date  shall be disregarded for  purposes of this
            Agreement.   Any  Competitive  Bid  made  by  telephone  shall
            promptly be confirmed  by the  delivery to  the Administrative
            Agent in person or by telecopier of a written Competitive Bid.
            The  Administrative Agent shall incur  no liability whatsoever
            hereunder  in  acting  upon  any  telephonic  Competitive  Bid
            purportedly made by a Responsible Official of  a Bank, each of
            which hereby agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from
            any loss, cost, expense or liability as a  result of so acting
            with respect to that Bank.

                    (h)  Each Competitive  Bid  shall  specify  the  fixed
            interest rate or the margin over the  Eurodollar Base Rate, as
            applicable, for  the offered  Maximum Competitive  Advance set
            forth in the Competitive Bid.  The Maximum Competitive Advance
            offered by a Bank  in a Competitive Bid  may be less  than the
            Competitive Advance requested  by Borrower in  the Competitive
            Bid Request, but shall be an  integral multiple of $1,000,000.

                                    -35-
<PAGE>
            Any  Competitive Bid which offers an  interest rate other than
            a fixed interest  rate or  a margin  over the  Eurodollar Base
            Rate, is in a form other than set forth in  Exhibit D or which
            otherwise  contains  any  term,  condition  or  provision  not
            contained in the Competitive Bid Request  shall be disregarded
            for purposes  of  this  Agreement.    A Competitive  Bid  once
            submitted to  the Administrative  Agent  shall be  irrevocable
            until 8:30 a.m. California  time, in the case  of a Eurodollar
            Margin Bid, on the date which is  three (3) Banking Days prior
            to the requested  Competitive Advance and,  in the case  of an
            Absolute Rate  Bid, on  the date  of the  proposed Competitive
            Advance set forth in the related  Competitive Bid Request, and
            shall expire  by its  terms at  such time  unless accepted  by
            Borrower prior thereto.
             
                    (i)  Promptly after 7:30 a.m. California time,  in the
            case of  a  Eurodollar  Margin  Loan,  on the  date  which  is
            four (4) Banking  Days  prior  to  the  date of  the  proposed
            Competitive Advance and, in the case of  an Absolute Rate Bid,
            on  the  date  of   the  proposed  Competitive   Advance,  the
            Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower of the names of the
            Banks providing Competitive  Bids to the  Administrative Agent
            at or before 7:30 a.m. on that date (or 7:15  a.m. in the case
            of the Domestic  Reference Bank)  and the  Maximum Competitive
            Advance and fixed interest rate or  margin over the Eurodollar
            Base Rate set forth by each such Bank  in its Competitive Bid.
            The  Administrative   Agent   shall   promptly   confirm  such
            notification in writing delivered  in person or  by telecopier
            to Borrower.

                    (j) Borrower may, in its sole and absolute discretion,
            reject any  or  all  of the  Competitive  Bids.   If  Borrower
            accepts  any  Competitive  Bid,  the  following  shall  apply:  
            (a) Borrower must accept all  Absolute Rate Bids at  all lower
            fixed interest  rates  before  accepting  any  portion  of  an
            Absolute  Rate   Bid  at   a  higher   fixed  interest   rate,
            (b) Borrower must  accept all  Eurodollar Margin  Bids at  all
            lower margins over the  Eurodollar Base Rate  before accepting
            any portion of a Eurodollar Margin Bid at a higher margin over
            the Eurodollar  Base  Rate,  (c) if two  or  more  Banks  have
            submitted a Competitive Bid at the same fixed interest rate or
            margin,  then  Borrower  must   accept  either  all   of  such
            Competitive Bids or accept  such Competitive Bids in the  same
            proportion as  the Maximum  Competitive Advance  of each  Bank
            bears to  the aggregate  Maximum Competitive  Advances of  all
            such Banks, and (d)  Borrower may not  accept Competitive Bids
            for an aggregate amount in excess of the requested Competitive
            Advance set forth in the Competitive  Bid Request.  Acceptance
            by Borrower of a Eurodollar Margin Rate Bid must be made prior
            to 8:30 a.m. on the date which is three (3) Banking Days prior
            to  the  requested  Competitive  Advance   and  acceptance  by
            Borrower of  an  Absolute  Rate  Bid  must be  made  prior  to
            8:30 a.m. on the date  of the requested  Competitive  Advance. 
            Acceptance of a Competitive Bid by  Borrower shall be irrevoc-
            able upon communication thereof to the Administrative Agent.  

                                    -36-
<PAGE>
            The Administrative  Agent shall  promptly notify  each of  the
            Banks whose Competi tive Bid has been accepted by Borrower  by
            telephone, which notification  shall promptly be  confirmed in
            writing delivered in person  or by  telecopier to  such Banks. 
            Any Competitive Bid not accepted by  Borrower by 8:30 a.m., in
            the case  of a  Eurodollar Margin  Bid, on  the date  which is
            three (3) Banking  Days  prior  to  the  proposed  Competitive
            Advance or, in the case of  an Absolute Rate Bid,  on the date
            of the proposed Competitive Bid, shall be deemed rejected.
             
                    (k)  In the  case  of  a  Eurodollar  Margin  Bid, the
            Administrative Agent shall determine the  Eurodollar Base Rate
            on the date which is two  (2) Eurodollar Banking Days prior to
            the date  of  the  proposed  Competitive  Advance,  and  shall
            promptly  thereafter  notify  Borrower  and  the  Banks  whose
            Eurodollar Margin  Bids  were  accepted  by Borrower  of  such
            Eurodollar Base Rate.

                    (l)  A Bank whose Competitive Bid has been accepted by
            Borrower shall make the Competitive Advance in accordance with
            the Competitive  Bid  Request and  with  its Competitive  Bid,
            subject  to  the  applicable  conditions  set  forth  in  this
            Agreement,  by  making  funds  immediately  available  to  the
            Administrative Agent at  the Administrative Agent's  Office in
            the  amount  of  such  Competitive  Advance   not  later  than
            12:00 noon, California  time, on  the date  set  forth in  the
            Competitive Bid Request.  The Administrative  Agent shall then
            promptly  credit  the   Competitive  Advance   in  immediately
            available funds to the Designated Deposit Account.

                    (m) The Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and
            the Banks promptly  after any Competitive  Advance is  made of
            the amounts and maturity of such  Competitive Advances and the
            identity of the Banks making such Competitive Advances.

                    (n)  The Competitive Advances made  by a Bank shall be
                    evidenced by that Bank's Competitive Advance Note.

                    (o)  No Competitive Advance may be prepaid without the
            prior written consent of the affected Bank.

               2.5  Letters of Credit.
                    -----------------
                    (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at any
            time and from time to  time from the Clos ing Date through the
            Maturity Date, the  Issuing Bank shall  issue such  Letters of
            Credit under  the  Commitment as  Borrower  may  request by  a
            Request for Letter of Credit; provided  that (i) giving effect
            to all such Letters of Credit, the  Outstandings do not exceed
            the  then   applicable  Commitment   and  (ii)  the  Aggregate
            Effective Amount under all outstanding Letters of Credit shall
             
                                    -37-
<PAGE>
            not exceed $50,000,000.    Unless  all  the  Banks  other wise
            consent in a writing  delivered to  the Administrative  Agent,
            the term of any Letter of Credit shall not exceed one (1) year
            or extend beyond the date that is  five (5) Banking Days prior
            to the Maturity Date.  A Request for Letter of Credit shall be
            irrevocable absent the consent of the Issuing Bank.

                    (b)  Each  Request  for  Letter  of  Credit  shall  be
            submitted  to   the  Issuing   Bank,  with   a  copy   to  the
            Administrative Agent, at least five  (5) Banking Days prior to
            the date upon which  the related Letter of  Credit is proposed
            to be issued.  The Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify
            the Issuing Bank  whether such Request  for Letter  of Credit,
            and the  issuance  of a  Letter  of  Credit pursuant  thereto,
            conforms to the requirements of this Agreement.  Upon issuance
            of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing  Bank shall promptly notify
            the Administrative Agent,  and the Administrative  Agent shall
            promptly notify the Banks, of the amount and terms thereof.

                    (c) Upon the issuance of a Letter of Credit, each Bank
            shall be deemed to have purchased a  pro rata participation in
            such Letter of Credit from the Issuing Bank in an amount equal
            to that  Bank's Pro  Rata Share  of the  Commitment.   Without
            limiting the scope and nature of  each Bank's participation in
            any Letter of Credit, to the extent that  the Issuing Bank has
            not been reimbursed by Borrower for any payment required to be
            made by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, each Bank
            shall, pro  rata  according  to  its  Pro Rata  Share  of  the
            Commitment,   reimburse   the   Issuing   Bank   through   the
            Administrative Agent promptly  upon demand  for the  amount of
            such payment.  The obligation of each Bank to so reimburse the
            Issuing Bank shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not
            be affected by the  occurrence of an  Event of Default  or any
            other occurrence or event.   Any such reimbursement  shall not
            relieve or  otherwise  impair the  obligation  of Borrower  to
            reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount  of any payment made
            by the Issuing Bank  under any Letter of  Credit together with
            interest as hereinafter provided.

                    (d) Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Bank through
            the Administrative Agent an  amount equal to any  payment made
            by the  Issuing Bank  with respect  to each  Letter of  Credit
            within one (1) Banking Day  after demand made  by the  Issuing
            Bank therefor, together with interest on  such amount from the
            date of any payment  made by the  Issuing Bank at  the Default
            Rate.  The principal amount of any such payment shall  be used
            to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the payment made by it under
            the Letter  of Credit.    Each Bank  that  has reimbursed  the
            Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.5(c) for its Pro Rata Share
            of any  payment made  by the  Issuing Bank  under a  Letter of
            Credit shall thereupon  acquire a  pro rata  participation, to
            the extent of such reimbursement, in the claim of the  Issuing
            Bank against  Borrower  under  this Section  2.5(d) and  shall
            share, in accordance with  that pro-rata participation, in any
            payment made by Borrower with respect to such claim.

                                    -38-
<PAGE>
                    (e)  If Borrower fails to make the payment required by
            Section 2.5(d) within the  time period  therein set  forth, in
            lieu of the  reimbursement to the  Issuing Bank  under Section
            2.5(c) the Issuing Bank may (but is  not required to), without
            notice  to   or  the   consent  of   Borrower,  instruct   the
            Administrative Agent to cause Advances to be made by the Banks
            under the  Commitment  in an  aggregate  amount  equal to  the
            amount paid by the Issuing Bank with respect to that Letter of
            Credit and,  for this  purpose, the  conditions precedent  set
            forth in  Article 8 shall  not apply.   The  proceeds of  such
            Advances shall be paid to the Issuing Bank to reimburse it for
            the payment  made by  it under  the  Letter of  Credit.   Such
            Advances shall be payable upon demand  and shall bear interest
            at the Default Rate.

                    (f)  The  issuance  of  any  supplement, modification,
            amendment, renewal, or extension to or of any Letter of Credit
            shall be treated in all respects the same as the issuance of a
            new Letter of Credit.

                    (g)  The obligation of Borrower  to pay to the Issuing
            Bank the amount of any payment made by  the Issuing Bank under
            any Letter  of Credit  shall be  absolute,  unconditional, and
            irrevocable, subject only to  performance by the  Issuing Bank
            of its obligations to  Borrower under Nevada  Revised Statutes
            Section 104.5109.  Without limiting  the foregoing, Borrower's
            obligations shall  not be  affected by  any  of the  following
            circumstances:

                      (i)  any lack of  validity or enforceability  of the
                    Letter  of  Credit,  this   Agreement,  or  any  other
                    agreement or instrument relating thereto;

                      (ii) any amendment or  waiver of  or any  consent to
                    departure from the Letter of Credit,  this  Agreement, 
                    or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto,
                    with the consent of Borrower;

                      (iii)   the existence of any claim, setoff,  defense,
                    or other rights  which Borrower  may have  at any  time
                    against the Issuing Bank,  the Administrative Agent  or
                    any Bank, any beneficiary of  the Letter of Credit  (or
                    any persons or entities  for whom any such  beneficiary
                    may be acting)  or any  other Person,  whether in  con-
                    nection with the Letter  of Credit, this Agreement,  or
                    any other agreement or instrument relating  thereto, or
                    any unrelated transactions;

                      (iv) any demand,  statement, or  any  other  document
                    presented under  the Letter  of  Credit proving  to  be
                    forged, fraudulent,  invalid,  or insufficient  in  any
                    respect  or  any  statement  therein  being  untrue  or
                    inaccurate in  any respect  whatsoever so  long as  any
                    such document appeared to comply with the terms of  the
                    Letter of Credit;

                                    -39-
<PAGE>
                      (v)  payment by the Issuing Bank in  good faith under
                    the Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or
                    any  accompanying  document  which  does  not  strictly
                    comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit;

                      (vi) the  existence,  character,  quality,  quantity,
                    condition, packing, value or  delivery of any  Property
                    purported to  be represented  by documents presented in
                    connection  with  any  Letter  of  Credit  or  for  any
                    difference between any such Property and the character,
                    quality, quantity, condition, or value of such Property
                    as described in such documents;

                      (vii)   the time, place, manner, order or contents of
                    shipments or  deliveries of  Property as  described  in
                    documents presented in  connection with  any Letter  of
                    Credit or  the  existence,  nature and  extent  of  any
                    insurance relative thereto;

                      (viii)  the solvency or  financial responsibility  of
                    any party issuing  any documents in  connection with  a
                    Letter of Credit;

                      (ix) any  failure or delay in notice  of shipments or
                    arrival of any Property;

                      (x)  any  error  in the  transmission of  any message
                    relating to  a  Letter  of Credit  not  caused  by  the
                    Issuing Bank, or any delay or interruption in any  such
                    message;

                      (xi)  any  error,   neglect   or   default   of   any
                    correspondent of the Issuing Bank in connection with  a
                    Letter of Credit;
            
                      (xii)   any consequence  arising  from acts  of  God,
                    war, insurrection,  civil unrest,  disturbances,  labor
                    disputes, emergency conditions  or other causes  beyond
                    the control of the Issuing Bank;

                      (xiii)  so long  as the  Issuing Bank  in good  faith
                    determines that  the contract  or document  appears  to
                    comply with  the terms  of the  Letter of  Credit,  the
                    form, accuracy,  genuineness  or legal  effect  of  any
                    contract  or  document  referred  to  in  any  document
                    submitted  to  the Issuing  Bank  in connection with  a
                    Letter of Credit; and

                      (xiv)   where the  Issuing  Bank has  acted  in  good
                    faith and  observed general  banking usage,  any  other
                    circumstances whatsoever.

                                    -40-
<PAGE>
                    (h)    The Issuing Bank shall be entitled  to the pro-
            tection accorded  to  the  Administrative  Agent  pursuant  to
            Section 10.6, mutatis mutandis.

                    (i)    The   Uniform   Customs   and    Practice   for
            Documentary Credits, as published in its  most current version
            by the International  Chamber of Commerce,  shall be  deemed a
            part of this Section and shall apply to  all Letters of Credit
            to the extent not inconsistent with applicable Law.

               2.6  Increase in the Commitment. 
                    --------------------------
               (a)  Provided that no  Default  or Event  of  Default  then
            exists, Borrower may at  any time request in  writing that the
            then effective Commitment be  increased to an amount  which is
            not  greater  than  $2,000,000,000  in   accordance  with  the
            provisions of this  Section.  Any  request under  this Section
            shall be  submitted  by  Borrower  to  the Banks  through  the
            Administrative Agent not less  than thirty (30)  days prior to
            the proposed increase, specify the proposed effective date and
            amount of such increase and be accompanied by a Certificate of
            a  Responsible  Official,  signed  by  a   Senior  Officer  of
            Borrower, stating that no  Default or Event of  Default exists
            as of  the  date  of  the  request or  will  result  from  the
            requested increase.    Borrower  may  also  specify  any  fees
            offered to  those Banks  which  agree to  an  increase in  the
            amount of their Pro  Rata Share of the  Commitment (which fees
            may be variable based upon  the amount which any  such Bank is
            willing to assume as an increase to the amount of its Pro Rata
            Share of the increased Commitment).  The consent of the Banks,
            as such, shall not be  required for an increase  in the amount
            of the Commitment pursuant to this Section.

               (b)  Each Bank may approve  or reject Borrower's request in
            its sole and  absolute discretion  and, absent  an affirmative
            written response  within fifteen  (15) days  after receipt  of
            Borrower's  request,   shall  be   deemed  to   have  rejected
            Borrower's request.    The rejection of Borrower's  request by
            any number  of  Banks shall  not  affect  Borrower's right  to
            increase the  Commitment pursuant  to this  Section.   No Bank
            which rejects  Borrower's  request  for  an  increase  in  the
            Commitment shall be subject to removal as a Bank.

               (c) In responding to Borrower's request, each Bank which is
            willing to increase the  amount of its  Pro Rata Share  of the
            increased Commitment shall specify the amount  of the proposed
            increase which it is willing to assume.   Each consenting Bank
            shall be  entitled to  participate ratably  (based on  its Pro
            Rata Share  of the  Commitment before  such  increase) in  any
            resulting increase in the Commitment, subject  to the right of
            the  Administrative  Agent   to  adjust  allocations   of  the
            increased Commitment so as to result in the amounts of the Pro
            Rata Shares  of the  Banks  being in    integral multiples  of
            $1,000,000.

                                    -41-
<PAGE>
               (d) If the aggregate principal amount offered to be assumed
            by the consenting Banks  is less than the  amount requested by
            Borrower, Borrower may (i) reject the proposed increase in its
            entirety, (ii) accept the offered  amounts or (iii)  designate
            new lenders who  qualify as Eligible  Assignees and  which are
            reasonably  acceptable   to   the   Administrative  Agent   as
            additional Banks hereunder  in accordance  with clause  (e) of
            this Section (each, a "New Bank"),  which New Banks may assume
            the amount of the increase in the Commitment that has not been
            assumed by the consenting Banks.

               (e)  Each New  Bank designated by Borrower  and  reasonably
            acceptable  to  the  Administrative  Agent   shall  become  an
            additional party hereto  as a New  Bank concurrently  with the
            effectiveness of the proposed increase in  the Commitment upon
            its execution of  an instrument of  joinder to  this Agreement
            which  is   in   form   and   substance  acceptable   to   the
            Administrative Agent  and which,  in any  event, contains  the
            representations, warranties, indemnities and other protections
            afforded to the Administrative Agent and the  other Banks by a
            Commitment Assignment and Acceptance.
                
               (f)    Subject to the foregoing, any  increase requested by
            Borrower shall  be  effective  as  of  the  date  proposed  by
            Borrower and shall be in the principal amount equal to (i) the
            amount  which  consenting  Banks  are  willing  to  assume  as
            increases to the amount of their Pro Rata  Share plus (ii) the
            amount offered by  any New Banks.   Upon the  effectiveness of
            any such increase, Borrower shall  issue replacement Committed
            Advance Notes to each affected Bank  and new Committed Advance
            Notes and Competitive Advance Notes to each  New Bank, and the
            percentage Pro Rata  Shares of each  Bank will be  adjusted to
            give effect to the increase in the Commitment and set forth in
            a new Schedule 1.1 issued by the Administrative Agent.

               2.7  Voluntary Reduction of Commitment. Borrower shall have
          the right, at any time and from time to time, without penalty or
          charge, upon  at  least  three (3) Banking Days'  prior  written
          notice  by   a   Responsible   Official  of  Borrower   to   the
          Administrative Agent,  voluntarily  to reduce,  permanently  and
          irrevocably,  in  aggregate  principal amounts  in  an  integral
          multiple of  $1,000,000  but not  less than $10,000,000,  or  to
          terminate, all or a  portion of the  then undisbursed portion of
          the Commitment, provided that  any such reduction or termination
          shall be  accompanied  by  payment  of all  accrued  and  unpaid
          commitment fees with  respect to  the portion  of the Commitment
          being reduced  or terminated.    The Administrative Agent  shall
          promptly notify the Banks of any reduction or termination of the
          Commitment under this Section.

                                    -42-
<PAGE>
               2.8  Optional Termination  of  Commitment.    Following  the
          occurrence of a  Change in Control,  the Requisite  Banks may  in
          their sole and absolute discretion elect, during the  thirty (30)
          day period  immediately  subsequent  to  the  later  of  (a) such
          occurrence  or  (b) the  earlier  of  (i) receipt  of  Borrower's
          written notice to the Administrative Agent of such occurrence  or
          (ii) if no such  notice has been  received by the  Administrative
          Agent, the date  upon which the  Administrative Agent has  actual
          knowledge thereof, to terminate the Commitment, in which case the
          Commitment shall be  terminated effective  on the  date which  is
          thirty (30)  days   subsequent  to   written  notice   from   the
          Administrative Agent to Borrower thereof.

               2.9  Extension of the Maturity Date.  The Maturity Date  may
          be extended for one-year periods at  the request of Borrower  and
          with the  written consent  of  all of  the  Banks (which  may  be
          withheld in  the  sole  and absolute  discretion  of  each  Bank)
          pursuant to this  Section.  Not  earlier than  March 1, 1998  nor
          later than May 1, 1998, or in  the corresponding period  in  each
          subsequent year, and provided that Borrower is then in compliance
          with Section 7.1, Borrower  may  deliver to  the   Administrative
          Agent and the Banks a written request for a one year extension of
          the Maturity Date  together with a  Certificate of a  Responsible
          Official signed by a Senior Officer on behalf of Borrower stating
          that the representations  and warranties  contained in  Article 4
          (other than  (i) representations and  warranties which  expressly
          speak as of a particular date  or are no longer true and  correct
          as a  result  of  a change  which  is  not a  violation  of  this
          Agreement, (ii) as otherwise disclosed by  Borrower  and approved
          in writing  by the  Requisite Banks  and (iii)  Sections 4.4, 4.6
          (first sentence),  4.7,  4.8, 4.9, 4.16 and  4.18) shall be  true
          and correct on and as of the date of such Certificate.  Each Bank
          shall, on or prior to May 20 of such year, notify  in writing the
          Administrative  Agent   whether  (in   its  sole   and   absolute
          discretion) it consents  to such request  and the  Administrative
          Agent shall, after  receiving the notifications  from all of  the
          Banks or the  expiration of  such period,  whichever is  earlier,
          notify Borrower and the Banks of the results thereof.  If all  of
          the Banks  have  consented,  then  the  Maturity  Date  shall  be
          extended for one year.

               If the Requisite Banks consent to the request for extension,
          but one or more Banks notifies  the Administrative Agent that  it
          will not consent to the request for extension (or fails to notify
          the Administrative  Agent  in  writing  of  its  consent  to  the
          extension by  May 20), Borrower  may  cause  such  Bank(s) to  be
          removed  as   a  Bank(s)   under  this   Agreement  pursuant   to
          Section 11.25, whereupon the Maturity Date shall be extended  for
          one year.

                                    -43-
<PAGE>
               2.10 Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Funds  Available
          for Advances.   Unless the Administrative  Agent shall have  been
          notified by any Bank no later  than the Banking Day prior to  the
          funding by the Administrative  Agent of any  Loan that such  Bank
          does not intend  to make  available to  the Administrative  Agent
          such Bank's  portion  of  the total  amount  of  such  Loan,  the
          Administrative Agent  may assume  that such  Bank has  made  such
          amount available to the Administrative Agent on  the date  of the
          Loan and  the Administrative  Agent may,  in reliance  upon  such
          assumption, make available to  Borrower a  corresponding  amount.  
          If the Administrative Agent has made funds available to  Borrower
          based on such assumption and such corresponding  amount is not in
          fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Bank, the
          Administrative  Agent   shall  be   entitled  to   recover   such
          corresponding amount on demand from such Bank.  If such Bank does
          not  pay   such   corresponding   amount    forthwith  upon   the
          Administrative Agent's demand therefor, the Administrative  Agent
          promptly shall  notify  Borrower  and  Borrower  shall  pay  such
          corresponding  amount   to  the   Administrative   Agent.     The
          Administrative Agent also shall be entitled to recover from  such
          Bank interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day
          from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the
          Administrative Agent to Borrower  to the date such  corresponding
          amount is recovered by  the Administrative Agent,  at  a rate per
          annum equal  to the  daily Federal  Funds Rate.   Nothing  herein
          shall be  deemed  to relieve  any  Bank from  its  obligation  to
          fulfill its share of  the Commitment or  to prejudice any  rights
          which the Administrative Agent or  Borrower may have against  any
          Bank as a result of any default by such Bank hereunder.
                
               2.11 Swing Line.   The Swing Line Bank shall  from  time  to
          time through the day prior to  the Maturity Date make  Swing Line
          Loans to  Borrower  in  such amounts  as  Borrower  may  request,
          provided that  (i) giving effect  to such  Swing Line  Loan,  the
          Swing Line Outstandings do  not exceed $15,000,000,  (ii) without
          the consent of all of the  Banks, no Swing Line Loan may  be made
          during the  continuation of  an Event  of Default  and  (iii) the
          Swing Line  Bank has  not given  at least  twenty-four (24) hours
          prior notice to Borrower that  availability under the Swing  Line
          is suspended  or  terminated.   Borrower  may borrow,  repay  and
          reborrow under this Section.  Unless notified to the contrary  by
          the Swing Line Bank, borrowings under the Swing Line may  be made
          in  amounts  which  are  integral  multiples  of  $100,000   upon
          telephonic request by a Responsible Official of Borrower made  to
          the Swing Line Bank not later than 3:00 p.m., Nevada time, on the
          Banking Day of the requested borrowing (which telephonic  request
          shall be promptly confirmed in writing by telecopier).   Promptly
          after receipt of  such a request  for borrowing,  the Swing  Line
          Bank shall obtain telephonic verification from the Administrative
          Agent that, giving effect to such request, availability for Loans
          will exist  under Section 2.1 (and  such  verification  shall  be

                                    -44-
<PAGE>
          promptly confirmed in writing by telecopier).  Unless notified to
          the contrary by the  Swing Line Bank, each  repayment of a  Swing
          Line Loan shall be in an amount which is an integral multiple  of
          $100,000.  If Borrower instructs the Swing Line Bank to debit its
          demand deposit account at  the Swing Line Bank  in the amount  of
          any payment with respect to a Swing Line Loan, or the Swing  Line
          Bank otherwise receives repayment, after  3:00 p.m., Nevada time,
          on a Banking Day,  such payment shall be  deemed received on  the
          next Banking Day.  The Swing Line Bank shall promptly notify  the
          Administrative Agent  of the  Swing Loan  Outstandings each  time
          there is a change therein.

               Swing Line Loans shall bear  interest at a fluctuating  rate
          per annum equal to the Alternate  Base Rate minus the  Applicable
          Commitment Fee Rate,  payable on  such dates,  not more  frequent
          than monthly, as may be specified  by the Swing Line Bank and  in
          any event on  the Maturity Date.   The Swing  Line Bank shall  be
          responsible for  invoicing  Borrower  for  such  interest.    The
          interest payable on Swing Line Loans is solely for the account of
          the Swing Line Bank.

               The Swing Line Loans shall be payable on demand made by  the
          Swing Line Bank and in any event on the Maturity Date.

               Upon the making  of a Swing  Line Loan, each  Bank shall  be
          deemed to have purchased from the Swing Line Bank a participation
          therein in an amount equal to  that Bank's Pro Rata Share of  the
          Commitment times the amount of the Swing Line Loan.  Upon  demand
          made by the Swing  Line Bank, each Bank  shall, according to  its
          Pro Rata Share of the Commitment,  promptly provide to the  Swing
          Line Bank its purchase price therefor  in an amount equal to  its
          participation therein.  The obligation of each Bank to so provide
          its purchase price to the Swing Line  Bank  shall be absolute and
          unconditional and shall not be affected  by the occurrence of  an
          Event of Default or any other occurrence or event.

               In  the  event  that  any  Swing  Line  Outstandings  remain
          outstanding for three (3) consecutive  Banking Days, then on  the
          next Banking  Day (unless  Borrower has  made other  arrangements
          acceptable to  the  Swing  Line Bank  to  repay  the  Swing  Line
          Outstandings), Borrower shall request  a Committed Loan  pursuant
          to Section 2.1(a) in an amount complying  with Section 2.1(d) and
          sufficient  to   repay  the   Swing  Line   Outstandings.     The
          Administrative Agent shall automatically  provide such amount  to
          the Swing Line Bank (which the  Swing Line Bank shall then  apply
          to the Swing  Line Outstandings) and  credit any  balance of  the
          Committed Loan in immediately  available funds to the  Designated
          Deposit Account.  In the event  that Borrower fails to request  a
          Committed Loan within  the time specified  by Section  2.2 on any
          such date, the Administrative Agent may, but  is not required to,
          without notice to  or the  consent of  Borrower, cause  Committed

                                    -45-
<PAGE>
          Advances to be  made by  the Banks  under the  Commitment in  the
          amount necessary to comply with Section 2.1(d)  and sufficient to
          repay the  Swing Line  Outstandings and,  for this  purpose,  the
          conditions precedent set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 shall
          not apply.  The proceeds of such Committed Advances shall be paid
          to the  Swing  Line  Bank  for  application  to  the  Swing  Line
          Outstandings.

                                    -46-
<PAGE>
                                     Article 3
                                 PAYMENTS AND FEES 
                                 -----------------

                 3.1  Principal and Interest.
                      ----------------------
                      (a)  Interest shall  be  payable on  the  outstanding
            daily unpaid principal  amount of  each Advance  from the  date
            thereof until payment in full is  made and shall accrue and  be
            payable at the rates  set forth or  provided for herein  before
            and after default, before and after maturity, before and  after
            judgment,  and  before  and  after  the   commencement  of  any
            proceeding under  any  Debtor  Relief  Law,  with  interest  on
            overdue interest  at the  Default Rate  to the  fullest  extent
            permitted by applicable Laws.

                      (b)  Interest accrued  on  each Alternate  Base  Rate
            Loan on each  Quarterly Payment Date,  and on the  date of  any
            prepayment of the  Notes pursuant to   Section 3.1(g), shall be
            due and payable on that day.   Except  as otherwise provided in
            Section 3.9, the unpaid principal amount of any Alternate  Base
            Rate Loan shall bear interest at  a fluctuating rate per  annum
            equal to the Alternate Base Rate.  Each change in the  interest
            rate under this Section 3.1(b) due to a change in the Alternate
            Base  Rate   shall   take  effect   simultaneously   with   the
            corresponding change in the Alternate Base Rate.

                      (c)  Interest accrued  on each  Eurodollar Rate  Loan
            which is for a term  of three months or  less shall be due  and
            payable on  the last  day  of  the  related  Eurodollar Period.  
            Interest accrued on  each other Eurodollar  Rate Loan shall  be
            due and payable  on the date  which is three  months after  the
            date such Eurodollar Rate Loan was made (and, in the event that
            all of the Banks  have approved a  Eurodollar Period of  longer
            than six months, every three months thereafter through the last
            day of  the Eurodollar  Period)  and on  the  last day  of  the
            related Eurodollar  Period.   Except as  otherwise provided  in
            Sections 3.1(e) and  3.9, the  unpaid principal  amount of  any
            Eurodollar Rate Loan shall  bear interest at  a rate per  annum
            equal to the Eurodollar Rate for that Eurodollar Rate Loan plus
            the  Applicable  Eurodollar   Rate  Margin  plus,  during  each
            Incremental  Margin   Period,   the  Incremental   Margin   (if
            applicable).

                      (d)  Interest accrued  on  each  Competitive  Advance
            which is for a term of 90 days or less shall be due and payable
            on the  maturity date  of the  Competitive Advance.    Interest
            accrued on  each other  Competitive Advance  shall be  due  and
            payable on  the  date which  is  90 days after  the  date  such
            Competitive Advance was made  and on the  maturity date of  the
            Competitive Advance.    Each  Competitive  Advance  shall  bear
            interest at  the  rate  per annum  set  forth  in  the  related
            Competitive Bid.

                                    -47-
<PAGE>
                      (e)  During the existence  of a Default  or Event  of
            Default, the Requisite Banks may determine that any or all then
            outstanding  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans  shall  be  converted   to
            Alternate Base Rate Loans.  Such conversion shall be  effective
            upon notice to Borrower from the  Requisite Banks (or from  the
            Administrative Agent  on behalf  of  the Requisite  Banks)  and
            shall continue  so long  as such  Default or  Event of  Default
            continues to exist.

                      (f)  If not sooner  paid, the principal  Indebtedness
            evidenced by the Notes shall be payable as follows:

                           (i)  the principal  amount  of  each  Eurodollar
                 Rate Loan shall be  payable  (subject to Section 2.1(g) on
                 the last day of the Eurodollar Period for such Loan;

                           (ii) the  principal  amount of each  Competitive
                 Advance shall be payable on the maturity date specified in
                 the related Competitive Bid;

                           (iii)     the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the
                 Outstandings at any  time exceed the  Commitment shall  be
                 payable immediately  and shall  be applied  first, to  the
                 Committed Advance Notes, second, to establish an interest-
                 bearing cash  collateral  account  to  secure  outstanding
                 Letters of Credit,  third to the  Swing Line  Outstandings
                 and fourth, pro-rata to the Competitive Advance Notes; and

                           (iv) the principal Indebtedness evidenced by the
                 Notes shall in any event be payable on the Maturity Date.

                 (g)  The Committed Advance Notes may, at any time and from
          time to time, voluntarily be paid or prepaid in whole or in  part
          without premium  or  penalty, except  that  with respect  to  any
          voluntary   prepayment   under   this   Section (i) any   partial
          prepayment  shall  be   not  less   than  $10,000,000,   (ii) the
          Administrative Agent shall  have received written  notice of  any
          prepayment by 9:00 a.m. California time on the date of prepayment
          (which must be a  Banking Day) in the  case of an Alternate  Base
          Rate Loan, and, in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan,  three (3)
          Banking Days before  the date of  prepayment, which notice  shall
          identify the date and  amount of the  prepayment and the  Loan(s)
          being  prepaid,  (iii) each  prepayment  of  principal  shall  be
          accompanied by payment of interest accrued to the date of payment
          on the amount of principal  paid and (iv)  any payment or prepay-
          ment of all  or any part  of any Eurodollar  Rate Loan  on a  day
          other than the last day of the applicable Eurodollar Period shall
          be subject to Section 3.8(d).

                      (h)  No  Competitive  Advance  Note  may  be  prepaid
            without the  prior written  consent of  the Bank  holding  such
            Competitive Advance Note.

                 3.2  Arrangement Fees.    On the  Closing  Date,  Borrower
          shall pay  to  the  Co-Arrangers arrangement  fees in  the amount
                                  
                                    -48-
<PAGE>
          heretofore agreed upon by letter agreement among Borrower and the
          Co-Arrangers.  The arrangement fees are  for the services of  the
          Co-Arrangers  in  arranging  the  amended  and  extended   credit
          facility under  this  Agreement  and are fully  earned when paid.  
          The arrangement  fee paid  to each Co-Arranger is solely  for its
          own account and is nonrefundable.

                 3.3  Participation/Extension Fees.   On the Closing  Date,
          Borrower  shall  pay  to   the  Administrative  Agent,  for   the
          respective accounts of the Banks, participation/extension fees in
          the respective amounts set forth in the Confidential  Information
          Memorandum distributed  on  or  about January  30,  1997.    Such
          participation/extension fees  are for  the amended  and  extended
          credit facility committed by each  Bank under this Agreement  and
          are fully  earned when  paid.   The participation/extension  fees
          paid to  each  Bank  are  solely for  its  own  account  and  are
          nonrefundable.

                 3.4  Commitment Fees.   From  the Closing  Date,  Borrower
          shall pay to the Administrative  Agent, for the ratable  accounts
          of the Banks pro  rata according to their  Pro Rata Share of  the
          Commitment, a commitment fee equal to  the Applicable  Commitment
          Fee Rate per annum  times the average daily  amount by which  the
          Commitment  exceeds  the  sum  of  (a) the aggregate  outstanding
          principal Indebtedness evidenced by  the Committed Advance  Notes
          (excluding the Competitive Advances and Swing Line  Outstandings)
          plus (b)  the Aggregate Effective Amount of all Letters of Credit
          outstanding.   The  commitment fee shall  be payable quarterly in
          arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and on the Maturity Date.

                 3.5  Letter of Credit Fees. With respect to each Letter of
          Credit, Borrower shall pay the following fees:

                      (a)  concurrently  with  the  issuance,  negotiation,
            drawing or amendment of  each Letter of  Credit, the letter  of
            credit fees to  the Issuing Bank  for the sole  account of  the
            Issuing Bank, in the  amounts set forth  in a letter  agreement
            between Borrower and the Issuing Bank; and

                      (b)  concurrently with the issuance of each Letter of
            Credit, to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of
            the Banks  in  accordance with  their  Pro Rata  Share  of  the
            Commitment, a letter of  credit fee in an  amount equal to  the
            sum of  the  Applicable Letter  of  Credit Fee  plus  any  then
            applicable Incremental  Margin times  the face  amount of  such
            Letter of Credit through the termination or expiration of  such
            Letter of Credit.

          Each of the fees payable with respect to Letters of Credit  under
          this Section is earned when due and is nonrefundable.

                                    -49-
<PAGE>
                 3.6  Agency   Fees.      Borrower   shall   pay   to   the
          Administrative Agent an agency  fee in such  amounts and at  such
          times as  heretofore  agreed  upon by  letter  agreement  between
          Borrower and the Administrative Agent.  The agency fee is for the
          services to be performed by the Administrative Agent in acting as
          Administrative Agent and is fully earned  on the date paid.   The
          agency fee paid to the Administrative Agent is solely for its own
          account and is nonrefundable.

                 3.7  Increased  Commitment  Costs.    If  any  Bank  shall
          determine in good faith that  the introduction after the  Closing
          Date  of  any  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation  or  guideline
          regarding capital adequacy, or any  change therein or any  change
          in the  interpretation or administration  thereof by any  central
          bank or other Governmental Agency charged with the interpretation
          or administration thereof,  or compliance  by such  Bank (or  its
          Eurodollar Lending  Office) or  any corporation  controlling  the
          Bank, with any request, guideline or directive regarding  capital
          adequacy (whether or  not having the  force of law)  of any  such
          central bank  or other  authority, affects  or would  affect  the
          amount of capital required or expected  to be maintained by  such
          Bank or any  corporation controlling such  Bank and (taking  into
          consideration such  Bank's or  such corporation's  policies  with
          respect to capital  adequacy and  such Bank's  desired return  on
          capital) determines in good faith that the amount of such capital
          is increased, or the rate of  return on capital is reduced, as  a
          consequence of its obligations under this Agreement, then, within
          ten (10) Banking Days after demand  of such Bank, Borrower  shall
          pay to such Bank, from time to time as specified in good faith by
          such Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such  Bank
          in  light  of  such  circumstances,  to  the  extent   reasonably
          allocable to such obligations under this Agreement.  Each  Bank's
          determination of such amounts shall be conclusive in the  absence
          of manifest error.  If Borrower is required to (and does) pay any
          Bank a material  amount under  this Section,  Borrower may  cause
          such Bank(s)  to be  removed as  a Bank(s)  under this  Agreement
          pursuant to Section 11.25.

                 3.8  Eurodollar Costs and Related Matters.
                      ------------------------------------
                      (a)  If, after  the  date hereof,  the  existence  or
            occurrence of any Special Eurodollar Circumstance:

                      (1)  shall subject any Bank or its Eurodollar Lending
                 Office to  any tax,  duty or  other  charge or  cost  with
                 respect to any Eurodollar Rate  Advance, any of its  Notes
                 evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans or its obligation to make
                 Eurodollar Rate  Advances, or  shall change  the basis  of
                 taxation of  payments  to  any Bank  attributable  to  the
                 principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Rate Advance or
                 any other amounts due under  this Agreement in respect  of
                 any Eurodollar Rate Advance,  any of its Notes  evidencing
                 Eurodollar Rate Loans or its obligation to make Eurodollar
                 Rate Advances, excluding,  in the case  of each Bank,  the
                 Administrative  Agent,  each  Co-Agent and  each  Eligible

                                    -50-
<PAGE>
                 Assignee, and any Affiliate or Eurodollar  Lending  Office
                 thereof, (i) taxes imposed on or measured  in  whole or in
                 part by  its overall  net income,  gross income  or  gross
                 receipts or capital and franchise taxes imposed on it,  by
                 (A) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in
                 which it is organized or maintains its principal office or
                 Eurodollar Lending  Office  or  (B) any  jurisdiction  (or
                 political subdivision  thereof)  in  which  it  is  "doing
                 business" (unless it would not  be doing business in  such
                 jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) absent the
                 transactions contemplated  hereby),  (ii)  any withholding
                 taxes or other taxes based on gross income imposed by  the
                 United States of America (other than withholding taxes and
                 taxes based on gross income resulting from or attributable
                 to any change in any law, rule or regulation or any change
                 in the interpretation or  administration of any law,  rule
                 or regulation  by any  Governmental Agency)  or  (iii) any
                 withholding taxes  or other  taxes based  on gross  income
                 imposed by the  United States  of America  for any  period
                 with respect to  which it has  failed to provide  Borrower
                 with  the   appropriate   form  or   forms   required   by
                 Section 11.21, to the extent such forms are then  required
                 by applicable Laws;

                      (2)  shall impose,  modify  or  deem  applicable  any
                 reserve not applicable  or deemed applicable  on the  date
                 hereof (including, without limitation, any reserve imposed
                 by the Board of Governors  of the Federal Reserve  System,
                 but excluding the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage taken into
                 account  in  calculating  the  Eurodollar  Rate),  special
                 deposit, capital  or similar  requirements against  assets
                 of, deposits  with  or  for  the  account  of,  or  credit
                 extended by, any Bank or its Eurodollar Lending Office; or

                      (3)  shall impose  on  any  Bank  or  its  Eurodollar
                 Lending Office  or the  Designated Eurodollar  Market  any
                 other condition affecting any Eurodollar Rate Advance, any
                 of  its  Notes  evidencing  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans,   its
                 obligation  to  make  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  or  this
                 Agreement, or shall otherwise affect any of the same;

            and the result of any of  the foregoing, as determined in  good
            faith by such  Bank, increases  the cost  to such  Bank or  its
            Eurodollar  Lending  Office  of   making  or  maintaining   any
            Eurodollar Rate Advance  or in respect  of any Eurodollar  Rate
            Advance, any of its Notes  evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans  or
            its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or reduces  the
            amount of any sum  received or receivable by  such Bank or  its
            Eurodollar Lending Office with  respect to any Eurodollar  Rate
            Advance, any of its Notes  evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans  or
            its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances (assuming  such
            Bank's  Eurodollar  Lending  Office  had  funded  100%  of  its
            Eurodollar Rate Advance in  the Designated  Eurodollar Market),

                                    -51-
<PAGE>
            then, within five (5)  Banking Days after  demand by such  Bank
            (with a copy to the  Administrative Agent), Borrower shall  pay
            to  such  Bank  such  additional  amount  or  amounts  as  will
            compensate such  Bank  for  such increased  cost  or  reduction
            (determined as though such Bank's Eurodollar Lending Office had
            funded 100% of  its Eurodollar Rate  Advance in the  Designated
            Eurodollar Market).    Borrower hereby  indemnifies  each  Bank
            against, and  agrees  to  hold  each  Bank  harmless  from  and
            reimburse such Bank within  ten (10) Banking Days after  demand
            for  (without   duplication)  all   costs,  expenses,   claims,
            penalties,  liabilities,  losses,  reasonable  legal  fees  and
            damages incurred or sustained by  each Bank in connection  with
            this Agreement, or any of  the rights, obligations or  transac-
            tions provided for or contemplated  herein, as a direct  result
            of the  existence  or  occurrence  of  any  Special  Eurodollar
            Circumstance.  A  statement of any  Bank claiming  compensation
            under this subsection  and setting forth  in reasonable  detail
            the additional amount  or amounts to  be paid  to it  hereunder
            shall be conclusive  in the absence  of manifest  error.   Each
            Bank agrees  to endeavor  promptly to  notify Borrower  of  any
            event of which  it has  actual knowledge,  occurring after  the
            Closing Date,  which will  entitle  such Bank  to  compensation
            pursuant to this Section, and  agrees to designate a  different
            Eurodollar Lending Office  if such designation  will avoid  the
            need for or  reduce the amount  of such  compensation  and will
            not, in  the good  faith judgment  of such  Bank, otherwise  be
            materially disadvantageous to  such Bank.   If any Bank  claims
            compensation under this Section, Borrower may at any time, upon
            at least four (4) Eurodollar Banking Days' prior notice to  the
            Administrative Agent and such Bank and upon payment in full  of
            the amounts provided for  in this Section  through the date  of
            such   payment   plus   any   prepayment   fee   required    by
            Section 3.8(d),  pay  in  full  the  affected  Eurodollar  Rate
            Advances of  such Bank  or request  that such  Eurodollar  Rate
            Advances be converted to Alternate Base Rate Advances.

                      (b)  If, after  the  date hereof,  the  existence  or
            occurrence of any Special Eurodollar Circumstance shall, in the
            good faith opinion of any Bank, make it unlawful or  impossible
            for such  Bank  or  its  Eurodollar  Lending  Office  to  make,
            maintain or fund its  portion of any  Eurodollar Rate Loan,  or
            materially restrict the authority of  such Bank to purchase  or
            sell, or  to  take  deposits  of,  Dollars  in  the  Designated
            Eurodollar Market,  or to  determine or  charge interest  rates
            based upon the Eurodollar Rate, and  such Bank shall so  notify
            the Administrative Agent, then such  Bank's obligation  to make
            Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended for the duration of
            such illegality or impossibility  and the Administrative  Agent
            forthwith shall  give notice  thereof to  the other  Banks  and
            Borrower.    Upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  the  outstanding

                                    -52-
<PAGE>
            principal amount  of  such  Bank's  Eurodollar  Rate  Advances,
            together with accrued interest thereon, automatically shall  be
            converted to Alternate Base Rate Advances with Interest Periods
            corresponding to the Eurodollar Loans of which such  Eurodollar
            Rate Advances were  a part on  either (1) the last day  of  the
            Eurodollar  Period(s)  applicable   to  such  Eurodollar   Rate
            Advances if such  Bank may  lawfully continue  to maintain  and
            fund  such  Eurodollar   Rate  Advances  to   such  day(s)   or
            (2) immediately if such Bank may not lawfully continue to  fund
            and maintain  such Eurodollar  Rate  Advances to  such  day(s),
            provided that in such event the conversion shall not be subject
            to payment of a prepayment fee under Section 3.8(d).  Each Bank
            agrees to endeavor promptly to notify Borrower of any event  of
            which it  has actual  knowledge,  occurring after  the  Closing
            Date, which will cause that  Bank to notify the  Administrative
            Agent under  this Section 3.8(b), and  agrees  to  designate  a
            different Eurodollar Lending  Office if  such  designation will
            avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good  faith
            judgment of such Bank, otherwise be materially  disadvantageous
            to such Bank.  In  the event that any  Bank is unable, for  the
            reasons set forth above, to make, maintain or fund its  portion
            of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, such  Bank shall fund such  amount
            as an Alternate Base Rate Advance for the same period of  time,
            and such  amount  shall  be  treated  in  all  respects  as  an
            Alternate Base Rate Advance.  Any Bank whose obligation to make
            Eurodollar  Rate  Advances  has   been  suspended  under   this
            Section 3.8(b) shall promptly  notify the Administrative  Agent
            and  Borrower  of  the  cessation  of  the  Special  Eurodollar
            Circumstance which gave rise to such suspension.

                      (c)  If, with respect to any proposed Eurodollar Rate
            Loan:

                      (1)  the Administrative  Agent reasonably  determines
                 that, by reason of circumstances affecting the  Designated
                 Eurodollar Market generally that are beyond the reasonable
                 control  of  the  Banks,  deposits  in  Dollars  (in   the
                 applicable amounts) are not being  offered to any Bank  in
                 the   Designated  Eurodollar  Market  for  the  applicable
                 Eurodollar Period; or

                      (2)  the Requisite  Banks advise  the  Administrative
                 Agent that  the  Eurodollar  Rate  as  determined  by  the
                 Administrative Agent (i) does not represent  the effective
                 pricing to  such  Banks for  deposits  in Dollars  in  the
                 Designated Eurodollar Market in  the relevant  amount  for
                 the  applicable  Eurodollar  Period,   or  (ii)  will  not
                 adequately and fairly  reflect the cost  to such Banks  of
                 making the applicable Eurodollar Rate Advances;

                                    -53-
<PAGE>
            then the  Administrative  Agent  forthwith  shall  give  notice
            thereof  to  Borrower  and  the  Banks,  whereupon  until   the
            Administrative Agent notifies Borrower that  the  circumstances
            giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the  obligation
            of the Banks to make any future Eurodollar Rate Advances  shall
            be suspended.  If  at the  time of such  notice  there  is then
            pending a Request  for Loan  that specifies a  Eurodollar  Rate
            Loan, such  Request for  Loan shall  be  deemed  to  specify an
            Alternate Base Rate Loan.

                      (d)  Upon payment  or  prepayment of  any  Eurodollar
            Rate Advance (other than as the result of a conversion required
            under Section 3.1(e) or 3.8(b)), on a day  other  than the last
            day in the applicable  Eurodollar Period (whether  voluntarily,
            involuntarily, by  reason of  acceleration, or  otherwise),  or
            upon the  failure of  Borrower (for  a  reason other  than  the
            failure of a Bank to make an Advance) to borrow on the date  or
            in the  amount specified  for a  Eurodollar  Rate Loan  in  any
            Request for Loan,  Borrower shall pay  to the appropriate  Bank
            within ten (10) Banking Days after demand  a prepayment  fee or
            failure to borrow fee, as the case may be (determined as though
            100% of  the Eurodollar  Rate Advance  had been  funded in  the
            Designated Eurodollar Market) equal to the sum of:

                      (1)  the principal  amount  of  the  Eurodollar  Rate
                 Advance prepaid or not borrowed, as the case may be, times
                 [the number  of days  between the  date of  prepayment  or
                 failure to borrow, as applicable, and the last day in  the
                 applicable Eurodollar Period], divided by  360, times  the
                 applicable  Interest   Differential   (provided  that  the
                 product of  the  foregoing  formula  must  be  a  positive
                 number); plus
                      
                      (2)  all out-of-pocket  expenses incurred by the Bank
                 reasonably attributable  to  such payment,  prepayment  or
                 failure to borrow.

            Each Bank's determination of the  amount of any prepayment  fee
            payable under this  Section 3.8(d) shall be  conclusive in  the
            absence of manifest error.

                 (e)       If Borrower is  required to (and  does) pay  any
            Bank a material  amount under  this Section  3.8, Borrower  may
            cause such  Bank(s)  to be  removed  as a  Bank(s)  under  this
            Agreement pursuant to Section 11.25.

                                    -54-
<PAGE>
                 3.9  Late Payments.   If any installment  of principal  or
          interest or any  fee or cost  or other amount  payable under  any
          Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Bank is not paid
          when due,  it shall  thereafter bear  interest at  a  fluctuating
          interest rate per  annum at  all times equal  to the  sum of  the
          Alternate Base Rate plus 2%, to  the fullest extent permitted  by
          applicable Laws.  Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts
          (including, without limitation, interest  on  past due  interest)
          shall be compounded  monthly, on the  last day  of each  calendar
          month, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

                 3.10 Computation of  Interest and  Fees.   Computation  of
          interest on Alternate Base Rate Loans shall be calculated on  the
          basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,  as the case may be, and  the
          actual  number  of  days  elapsed;  computation  of  interest  on
          Eurodollar Rate Loans and all fees under this Agreement shall  be
          calculated on the  basis of  a year of  360 days  and the  actual
          number of days elapsed.   Borrower acknowledges that such  latter
          calculation method will  result in a  higher yield  to the  Banks
          than a method based on a year of 365 or 366 days.  Interest shall
          accrue on  each Loan  for the  day  on which  the Loan  is  made;
          interest shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof,  for
          the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid.  Any Loan that
          is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall bear interest
          for one day.
                  
                 3.11 Non-Banking Days.   If  any  payment  to  be made  by
          Borrower or any other  Party under any  Loan Document shall  come
          due on a day other than  a Banking Day, payment shall instead  be
          considered due  on  the  next  succeeding  Banking  Day  and  the
          extension of time  shall be reflected  in computing interest  and
          fees.

                 3.12 Manner and Treatment of Payments.
                      --------------------------------
                      (a)  Each payment hereunder (except payments pursuant
            to Sections 2.11, 3.7, 3.8, 11.3, 11.11   and 11.22) or  on the
            Notes or under  any other Loan  Document shall be  made to  the
            Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent's Office, for
            the account of each of the  Banks or the Administrative  Agent,
            as the case may  be, in immediately  available funds not  later
            than 12:30 p.m., California time, on the  day of payment (which
            must  be  a  Banking  Day).     All  payments  received   after
            12:30 p.m., California  time,  on  any Banking  Day,  shall  be
            deemed received on the next succeeding Banking Day.  The amount
            of all payments received by  the Administrative  Agent  for the
            account  of  each  Bank  shall  be  immediately  paid  by   the
            Administrative Agent  to  the applicable  Bank  in  immediately
            available funds  and,  if  such payment  was  received  by  the
            Administrative Agent  by  12:30  p.m., California  time,  on  a
            Banking Day and not  so made available to the account of a Bank
            on that Banking Day,  the Administrative Agent shall  reimburse
            that Bank for the  cost to such Bank  of funding the amount  of
            such payment at the Federal Funds Rate.  All payments shall  be
            made in lawful money of the United States of America.

                                    -55-
<PAGE>
                      (b)  Each payment  or prepayment  on account  of  any
            Committed Loan  shall  be applied  pro  rata according  to  the
            outstanding  Advances  made  by   each  Bank  comprising   such
            Committed Loan.   Each payment or  (subject to  Section 3.1(g))
            prepayment on account of a Competitive Advance shall be applied
            to the Competitive  Advance Note held  by the  Bank which  made
            such Competitive Advance.

                      (c)  Each Bank shall use its  best efforts to keep  a
            record of Advances made by it and payments received by it  with
            respect to each of its  Notes and, subject to  Section 10.6(g),
            such record shall, as against Borrower, be presumptive evidence
            of the amounts owing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing  sentence,
            no Bank  shall  be liable to any Party  for any failure to keep
            such a record.
                  
                      (d)  Each payment of any  amount payable by  Borrower
            or any  other Party  under this  Agreement  or any  other  Loan
            Document shall be made free and clear of, and without reduction
            by reason of, any taxes,  assessments or other charges  imposed
            by  any  Governmental  Agency,   central  bank  or   comparable
            authority, excluding, in the case of each Bank, the Agents  and
            each Eligible Assignee, and any Affiliate or Eurodollar Lending
            Office thereof, (i) taxes imposed on or measured in whole or in
            part by its overall net income, gross income or gross  receipts
            or capital  and  franchise  taxes imposed  on  it,  by  (A) any
            jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which it  is
            organized or  maintains  its  principal  office  or  Eurodollar
            Lending  Office   or   (B)  any  jurisdiction   (or   political
            subdivision thereof) in which it is "doing business" (unless it
            would not be doing business in such jurisdiction (or  political
            subdivision  thereof)  absent  the  transactions   contemplated
            hereby), (ii) any  withholding  taxes or  other taxes  based on
            gross income imposed  by the  United States  of America  (other
            than  withholding  taxes  and  taxes  based  on  gross   income
            resulting from or attributable to any  change in any law,  rule
            or  regulation  or   any  change  in   the  interpretation   or
            administration  of  any   law,  rule  or   regulation  by   any
            Governmental  Agency) or  (iii) any withholding taxes  or other
            taxes based on  gross income imposed  by the  United States  of
            America for any period with respect  to which it has failed  to
            provide Borrower with the appropriate form or forms required by
            Section 11.21, to the  extent such forms  are then required  by
            applicable Laws (all  such non-excluded  taxes, assessments  or
            other charges being  hereinafter referred to  as "Taxes").   To
            the extent that  Borrower is  obligated by  applicable Laws  to
            make any deduction or withholding on account of Taxes from  any
            amount payable to any Bank under this Agreement, Borrower shall
            (i) make such deduction or withholding and pay the same to  the
            relevant  Governmental  Agency  and  (ii) pay  such  additional
            amount to that Bank  as is necessary to  result in that  Bank's
            receiving a  net after-Tax amount equal to the  amount to which
            that Bank would have been entitled under this Agreement  absent
            such deduction or  withholding.  If  and when  receipt of  such
            payment results in an excess payment or credit to that Bank  on
            account of such  Taxes, that  Bank shall  promptly refund  such
            excess to Borrower.

                                    -56-
<PAGE>
                 3.13 Funding Sources.  Nothing in this Agreement shall  be
          deemed to obligate any Bank to  obtain the funds for any Loan  or
          Advance in  any  particular  place or  manner or  to constitute a
          representation by any Bank  that it has  obtained or will  obtain
          the funds for  any Loan  or Advance  in any  particular place  or
          manner.

                 3.14 Failure to Charge Not  Subsequent Waiver.  Any  deci-
          sion by  the Administrative  Agent or  any  Bank not  to  require
          payment  of  any  interest  (including  interest  arising   under
          Section 3.9), fee, cost  or other amount  payable under any  Loan
          Document, or  to calculate  any amount  payable by  a  particular
          method, on any  occasion shall  in no way  limit or  be deemed  a
          waiver of  the Administrative  Agent's or  such Bank's  right  to
          require full payment of any interest (including interest  arising
          under Section 3.9),  fee, cost or other  amount payable under any
          Loan Document,  or  to calculate  an  amount payable  by  another
          method that is not inconsistent with this Agreement, on any other
          or subsequent occasion.

                 3.15 Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments  Will
          be Made by Borrower.  Unless the Administrative Agent shall  have
          been notified by Borrower prior to the date on which any  payment
          to be made by  Borrower hereunder is due  that Borrower does  not
          intend to remit  such payment, the  Administrative Agent may,  in
          its discretion, assume  that Borrower has  remitted such  payment
          when so due and the Administrative  Agent may, in its  discretion
          and in reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Bank
          on such payment date an amount equal to such Bank's share of such
          assumed payment.  If Borrower has not in fact remitted such  pay-
          ment to the  Administrative Agent, each  Bank shall forthwith  on
          demand repay  to  the Administrative  Agent  the amount  of  such
          assumed payment  made  available  to  such  Bank,  together  with
          interest thereon in respect  of each day  from and including  the
          date such amount was made  available by the Administrative  Agent
          to  such  Bank  to  the  date  such  amount  is  repaid  to   the
          Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Rate.

                 3.16 Fee Determination Detail.  The Administrative  Agent,
          and  any  Bank,  shall  provide  reasonable  detail  to  Borrower
          regarding the manner in  which the amount of  any payment to  the
          Administrative Agent and the Banks, or that Bank, under Article 3
          has been determined, concurrently with demand for such payment.

                 3.17 Survivability.  All  of Borrower's obligations  under
          Sections 3.7 and 3.8 shall survive for ninety (90) days following
          the date  on  which  the  Commitment  is  terminated,  all  Loans
          hereunder are fully paid and all Letters of Credit have expired.
                            
                                    -57-
<PAGE>
                                  Article 4
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                        ------------------------------

                 Borrower represents and warrants to  the Banks, as of  the
          date hereof and as of the Closing Date, that:

                 4.1  Existence; Power.   Borrower  is a  corporation  duly
          incorporated, validly  existing and  in good  standing under  the
          Laws of  Nevada, and  has all  corporate power  and all  material
          governmental licenses,  authorizations,  consents  and  approvals
          required to carry on its business as now conducted.

                 4.2  Authority;  Compliance  With  Other  Agreements   and
          Instruments and Government Regulations.  The execution,  delivery
          and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it  is
          a Party  have been  duly authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
          action, and do not and will not:

                      (a)  Require any consent  or approval not  heretofore
            obtained of any partner, director, stockholder, security holder
            or creditor of Borrower;

                      (b)  Violate  or  conflict  with  any  provision   of
            Borrower's articles of incorporation or bylaws;

                      (c)  Result in or require the creation or  imposition
            of any Lien  or Right  of Others upon  or with  respect to  any
            Property now owned or leased or hereafter acquired by  Borrower
            or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

                      (d)  Violate any  Requirement  of Law  applicable  to
            Borrower or its Significant Subsidiaries; or

                      (e)  Result in a  breach of or  constitute a  default
            under, or cause  or permit the  acceleration of any  obligation
            owed under, any indenture  or loan or  credit agreement  or any
            other Contractual Obligation to which Borrower is a party or by
            which any of Borrower's Property is bound or affected.

                 4.3  No Governmental Approvals Required. No authorization,
          consent, approval,  order, license  or  permit from,  or  filing,
          registration or qualification with, any Governmental Agency is or
          will be required to authorize or permit under applicable Laws the
          execution, delivery  and performance  by  Borrower or  any  other
          Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a Party, except to the
          extent that the same have been previously obtained or made.
                 
                 4.4  Significant Subsidiaries.
                      ------------------------
                      (a)  Schedule 4.4 hereto correctly  sets forth as  of
            the Closing Date the name,  form of legal entity,  jurisdiction
            of incorporation  and  direct  ownership  of  each  Significant
            Subsidiary.

                                    -58-
<PAGE>
                      (b)  Each Significant  Subsidiary  is  a  corporation
            duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing  under
            the Laws  of its  jurisdiction of  incorporation, and  has  all
            corporate  powers  and  all  material  governmental   licenses,
            authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its
            business as now conducted.

                 4.5  Financial Statements.  Borrower has furnished to  the
          Banks  (a) the  audited   consolidated  financial  statements  of
          Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries   for  the  Fiscal  Year   ended
          December 31, 1995  and  (b)  the unaudited  consolidated  balance
          sheet  and   statement  of   operations  of   Borrower  and   its
          Subsidiaries for the nine month fiscal period ended September 30,
          1996.  The  financial statements  described in clause  (a) fairly
          present in  all  material  respects  the  consolidated  financial
          condition, results of operations  and cash flows, and the balance
          sheet and statement of operations  described in clause (b) fairly
          present in  all  material  respects  the  consolidated  financial
          condition  and  results  of  operations,  of  Borrower  and   its
          Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in  conformity
          with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles,   consistently
          applied.

                 4.6  No Other Liabilities.  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
          do  not  have  any  material  liability  or  material  contingent
          liability  not  reflected  or  disclosed  in  the  balance  sheet
          described in  Section 4.5(b), other  than (i)  the Senior  Notes,
          (ii) Commercial  Paper Outstandings  incurred since  the date  of
          such  financial  statements,  and  (iii)  other  liabilities  and
          contingent liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business
          since the date of such financial  statements.  As of the  Closing
          Date, no circumstance or event  has occurred since September  30,
          1996, that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.

                 4.7  Title to Property.  As of the Closing Date,  Borrower
          and the Restricted Subsidiaries have valid title to the  Property
          reflected in the balance sheet described in Section 4.5(b), other
          than items of Property which are  immaterial to Borrower and  its
          Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and Property subsequently sold or
          disposed of in the ordinary course of business, free and clear of
          all Liens and  Rights of Others,  other than Liens  or Rights  of
          Others described in Schedule 4.7 or  permitted by  Section 6.5 or
          Permitted Rights of Others.   Borrower owns or  has the right  to
          occupy and use, directly or indirectly,  100% of the Core  Assets
          and such Core Assets are free  and clear of all Liens and  Rights
          of Others,  other than  Liens or  Rights of  Others described  in
          Schedule 4.7 or permitted by  Section 6.5 or Permitted Rights  of
          Others.

                                    -59-
<PAGE>
                 4.8  Intangible Assets.  As of the Closing Date,  Borrower
          and the Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to  use
          to the  extent  necessary  in their  respective  businesses,  all
          material trademarks, trade  names,   copyrights, patents,  patent
          rights, licenses and other Intangible Assets that are used in the
          conduct  of  their  businesses  as  now  operated,  and  no  such
          Intangible Asset, to  the best knowledge  of Borrower,  conflicts
          with the valid trademark,  trade name, copyright, patent,  patent
          right or Intangible Asset of any other Person to the extent  that
          such conflict constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.

                 4.9  Litigation.  Except for (a) any matter fully  covered
          as  to  subject   matter  and  amount   (subject  to   applicable
          deductibles and retentions) by insurance for which the  insurance
          carrier has  not  asserted lack  of  subject matter  coverage  or
          reserved its right to do so, (b) any matter, or series of related
          matters, involving a claim or charge  against Borrower or any  of
          the Restricted  Subsidiaries of  less than  $10,000,000 or  which
          otherwise may not reasonably be expected to result in a  Material
          Adverse Effect, (c) matters of an  administrative  or  regulatory
          nature not involving a claim or charge against Borrower or any of
          the Restricted Subsidiaries and  (d) matters set forth in  Sched-
          ule 4.9, there  are no  actions, suits,  proceedings or  investi-
          gations pending as  to which Borrower  or any  of the  Restricted
          Subsidiaries have been served or have received notice or, to  the
          best knowledge of  Borrower,  threatened  against   or  affecting
          Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Property of
          any of them before any Governmental Agency.

                 4.10 Binding Obligations.  Each  of the Loan Documents  to
          which Borrower is a party will, when executed and delivered, con-
          stitute the  legal, valid  and  binding obligation  of  Borrower,
          enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except
          as enforcement may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, Gaming  Laws
          or equitable  principles relating  to  the granting  of  specific
          performance and other equitable remedies as a matter of  judicial
          discretion.

                 4.11 No Default.  No event has occurred and is  continuing
          that is a Default or Event of Default.
                       
                 4.12 ERISA.
                      -----
                      (a)  With respect to each Pension Plan:

                           (i)  such Pension Plan complies in all  material
                      respects with ERISA and any other applicable Laws  to
                      the extent  that  noncompliance could  reasonably  be
                      expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (ii)  such  Pension Plan  has not  incurred  any
                      "accumulated  funding  deficiency"  (as  defined   in
                      Section 302  of  ERISA)  that  could  reasonably   be
                      expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                                    -60-
<PAGE>
                           (iii)     no "reportable event"  (as defined  in
                      Section 4043  of  ERISA)  has  occurred  that   could
                      reasonably be  expected to  have a  Material  Adverse
                      Effect; and

                           (iv) neither  Borrower  nor  any  of  its  ERISA
                      Affiliates has engaged in  any non-exempt "prohibited
                      transaction" (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code)
                      that could reasonably be expected to have a  Material
                      Adverse Effect.

                      (b)   Neither  Borrower   nor   any   of  its   ERISA
                 Affiliates has incurred or expects to incur any withdrawal
                 liability to any Multiemployer Plan that could  reasonably
                 be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      4.13 Regulations G, T,  U and  X; Investment  Company
            Act.  No  part of the  proceeds of any  Loan hereunder will  be
            used to purchase or  carry, or to extend  credit to others  for
            the purpose  of purchasing  or carrying,  any Margin  Stock  in
            violation of Regulations G, T, U and X.  Borrower is not and is
            not required to be registered as  an "investment company" under
            the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
                  
                      4.14 Disclosure.   No  written statement  made  by  a
            Senior Officer to  the Agents or  any  Bank  in connection with
            this Agreement, or in connection with any Loan, as of the  date
            thereof contained any  untrue statement of  a material fact  or
            omitted a material fact necessary  to  make the  statement made
            not misleading in  light of all  the circumstances existing  at
            the date the statement was made.

                      4.15 Tax Liability.    Borrower  and  the  Restricted
            Subsidiaries have filed  all United States  federal income  tax
            returns and all other material  tax returns which are  required
            to be filed by them, and  have paid, or made provision for  the
            payment of, all taxes  with respect to  the periods covered  by
            said  returns,  or  pursuant  to  any  assessment  received  by
            Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, except (a) such
            taxes, if  any,  as  are  being  contested  in  good  faith  by
            appropriate proceedings and  as  to  which  reserves have  been
            established and maintained in amounts which are adequate in the
            opinion of Borrower,  and (b)  immaterial taxes so  long as  no
            material item or portion of Property of Borrower or any of  the
            Restricted Subsidiaries is in jeopardy of being seized,  levied
            upon or forfeited.

                      4.16 Projections.   As of  the Closing  Date, to  the
            best knowledge of Borrower,  the  assumptions set  forth in the
            Projections are reasonable and  consistent with each other  and
            with all  facts  known to  Borrower,  and the  Projections  are
            reasonably based on  such assumptions.   Nothing  in this  Sec-
            tion shall be construed  as a  representation  or covenant that
            the Projections or any specific financial results in fact  will
            be achieved.

                                    -61-
<PAGE>
                      4.17 Hazardous  Materials   Laws.      Borrower   has
            reasonably concluded that Hazardous Materials Laws are unlikely
            to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                      4.18 Developed Properties.  As  of the Closing  Date,
            the facilities described on  Schedule 4.18 comprise all of  the
            Developed Properties  owned  by  Borrower  and  the  Restricted
            Subsidiaries.

                      4.19 Gaming  Laws.    Borrower  and  the  Significant
            Subsidiaries are in  compliance with all  Gaming Laws that  are
            applicable to  them, non-compliance  with which  is  reasonably
            likely to constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

                                    -62-
<PAGE>
                                       Article 5
                                 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                                 ---------------------
                              (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND
                              ---------------------------
                                REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)
                                -----------------------

                      Borrower covenants and  agrees that, so  long as  any
            Advance remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains  unpaid
            or unperformed, or  any portion  of the  Commitment remains  in
            force,  unless  the  Administrative  Agent  (with  the  written
            approval of the Requisite Banks) otherwise consents:

                      5.1  Preservation of Existence.  Borrower shall,  and
            shall  cause  each  Significant  Subsidiary  to,  preserve  and
            maintain their  respective existences  in the  jurisdiction  of
            their   formation  and  all  material  authorizations,  rights,
            franchises, privileges, consents, approvals, orders,  licenses,
            permits, or registrations from any Governmental Agency that are
            necessary for  the transaction  of their  respective  business,
            except where  the  failure  to so  preserve  and  maintain  the
            existence of any Significant Subsidiary and such authorizations
            would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect and except  that
            a merger  permitted by Section 6.2 shall not con stitute a vio-
            lation of this  covenant; and qualify  and remain qualified  to
            transact business  in each  jurisdiction  in which  such  qual-
            ification is necessary in view of their respective business  or
            the ownership or leasing of their respective Properties, except
            where the failure to so qualify  or remain qualified would  not
            constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

                      5.2  Maintenance of Properties.  Borrower shall,  and
            shall cause each Significant Subsidiary to, maintain,  preserve
            and protect all of  their respective depreciable Properties  in
            good  order  and condition, subject  to wear  and tear  in  the
            ordinary  course of business, and not permit any waste of their
            respective  Properties,  except that  the failure  to maintain,
            preserve and protect a particular item of depreciable  Property
            that is not  of significant value,  either intrinsically or  to
            the operations  of  Borrower and  its Subsidiaries, taken  as a
            whole, shall not constitute a violation of this covenant.

                      5.3  Maintenance of Insurance.   Borrower shall,  and
            shall cause each Significant Subsidiary to, maintain liability,
            casualty and other insurance (subject to customary  deductibles
            and retentions) with  responsible insurance  companies in  such
            amounts and against  such risks  as is  carried by  responsible
            companies engaged  in  similar businesses  and  owning  similar
            assets  in  the  general  areas  in  which  Borrower  and   the
            Significant   Subsidiaries  operate;  provided,  however,  that
            Borrower may self-insure  with respect  to such  risks as  such
            responsible companies would self-insure.

                                    -63-
<PAGE>
                      5.4  Compliance With Laws.  Borrower shall, and shall
            cause each Significant Subsidiary  to, comply, within the  time
            period, if  any,  given for  such  compliance by  the  relevant
            Governmental Agency  or  Agencies with  enforcement  authority,
            with all Requirements of Law (including all Hazardous Materials
            Laws  and   ERISA),  noncompliance  with  which  constitutes  a
            Material  Adverse  Effect,   except  that   Borrower  and   the
            Significant  Subsidiaries need not comply with a Requirement of
            Law then  being contested  by  any of  them  in good  faith  by
            appropriate proceedings.

                      5.5  Inspection Rights.   Borrower  shall, and  shall
            cause each of its Subsidiaries  to, upon reasonable notice,  at
            any  time  during  regular  business  hours  and  as  often  as
            requested (but  not  so as  to  materially interfere  with  the
            business  of  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  or  the
            performance by  any officer  of his  or her  responsibilities),
            permit the Administrative Agent or any Bank, or any  authorized
            employee, agent or  representative thereof,  to examine,  audit
            and make copies  and abstracts from  the records  and books  of
            account  of,  and  to  visit  and  inspect  the  Properties of,
            Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  and to  discuss the  affairs,
            finances  and   accounts  of   Borrower  and   the   Restricted
            Subsidiaries with  any  of  their officers,  key  employees  or
            accountants.  The  rights of the  Administrative Agent and  the
            Banks under this Section shall be exercised at the sole expense
            of the Administrative Agent and the  Banks, unless an Event  of
            Default has occurred and remains continuing (in which case such
            expenses shall be  for the  account of  Borrower in  accordance
            with Section 11.3).

                      5.6   Keeping   of  Records  and  Books  of  Account.  
            Borrower shall, and  shall cause each  of its Subsidiaries  to,
            keep  proper  records  and  books  of  account  reflecting  all
            financial transactions  in conformity  with Generally  Accepted
            Accounting Principles,  consistently applied,  and in  material
            conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental
            Agency having regulatory jurisdiction  over Borrower or any  of
            its Subsidiaries.

                      5.7  Use  of  Proceeds.    Borrower  shall  use   the
            proceeds of  Loans for  working capital  and general  corporate
            purposes of Borrower  and its Subsidiaries,  including but  not
            limited to  (a) refinancing all  outstanding obligations  under
            the Existing Loan   Agreement, (b) support for the  issuance of
            commercial paper by Borrower,  (c) funding the development  and
            construction of  Bellagio  and Beau Rivage,  (d) funding of New
            Ventures, and (e) funding of Investments and Acquisitions.

                                    
                                    -64-
<PAGE>
                                       Article 6
                                  NEGATIVE COVENANTS
                                  ------------------

                 So long  as  any  Advance remains  unpaid,  or  any  other
          Obligation remains unpaid or unperformed,  or any portion of  the
          Commitment remains in  force, Borrower shall  not, and shall  not
          permit  any  of  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  unless   the
          Administrative Agent (with the written approval of the  Requisite
          Banks or,  if required  by Section 11.2, of  all  of  the  Banks)
          otherwise consents:

                 6.1  Disposition of Core Assets.  Make any sale,  transfer
          or other  disposition of  any Core  Asset, whether  now owned  or
          hereafter acquired, provided,  however, that  this Section  shall
          not apply to prohibit such a disposition to the extent  necessary
          to prevent a  License Revocation if  (a) no  Default or  Event of
          Default then exists which is not  curable by such disposition  or
          results from any such disposition, (b) Borrower  has notified the
          Administrative Agent in writing of  the necessity to invoke  this
          proviso at least ten (10) Banking Days (or such shorter period as
          may be necessary in order to comply with a regulation or order of
          the relevant  Gaming  Board)  in advance  and  (c) the  Net  Cash
          Proceeds from  such disposition  are paid  to the  Administrative
          Agent for the  account of the  Banks promptly  after receipt  and
          applied to reduce the  principal outstanding under the  Committed
          Advance Notes (first, to Alternate Base Rate Loans and thereafter
          to Eurodollar Rate Loans, shortest Eurodollar Periods first), and
          provided further  that nothing  in this  Section shall  apply  to
          restrict the disposition of any of  the equity securities of  any
          Person that  holds,  directly  or indirectly  through  a  holding
          company or  otherwise, a  license under  any  Gaming Law  to  the
          extent such restriction is unlawful under that Gaming Law.

                 6.2  Mergers.  Merge or consolidate Borrower with or  into
          any Person,  except where  either (a) Borrower is  the  surviving
          entity or  (b) the surviving  entity is  a corporation  organized
          under the Laws of a State of the United States  of America or the
          District of  Columbia and,  as  of the  date  of such  merger  or
          consolidation, expressly assumes,  by an appropriate  instrument,
          the Obligations  of Borrower;  provided  that  (i)  giving effect
          thereto on  a pro-forma  basis, no  Default or  Event of  Default
          exists or would result therefrom and (ii) as a result thereof, no
          Change in Control has occurred.

                 6.3  ERISA.  (a) At any time,  permit any Pension Plan to:
            (i) engage  in  any  non-exempt  "prohibited  transaction"  (as
          defined in Section 4975 of the  Code); (ii)  fail to comply  with
          ERISA  or  any other  applicable  Laws; (iii) incur any  material
          "accumulated  funding deficiency"  (as defined  in Section 302 of
          ERISA); or (iv)  terminate in any manner, which,  with respect to
          each event listed above, could  reasonably be expected to  result
          in  a  Material Adverse  Effect,  or (b) withdraw, completely  or
          partially,  from  any  Multiemployer  Plan  if  to  do  so  could
          reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                                    -65-
<PAGE>
                 6.4  Change in  Nature of  Business.   Make  any  material
          change in the general nature of the business of Borrower and  its
          Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole; provided that the acquisition of
          an ownership interest in  one or more New  Ventures shall not  be
          construed to violate this covenant.

                 6.5  Liens and Negative Pledges.  Create, incur, assume or
          suffer to exist any Lien or Negative Pledge of any nature upon or
          with respect to any of their respective Properties, or engage  in
          any sale and leaseback transaction with  respect to any of  their
          respective Properties, whether now  owned or hereafter  acquired,
          except:

                      (a)  Permitted Encumbrances;

                      (b)  Liens  and  Negative  Pledges  under  the   Loan
                 Documents;

                      (c)  Liens  and  Negative  Pledges  existing  on  the
                 Closing Date and disclosed in Schedule 4.7;

                      (d)  any Lien  or Negative  Pledge on  shares of  any
               equity security  or any  warrant or  option to  purchase  an
               equity security or any  security which is convertible  into,
               or exchangeable for,  an equity security issued by  Borrower
               or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  that  holds,  directly   or
               indirectly through a holding company or otherwise, a license
               under any  Gaming Law  provided that  this  clause (d) shall
               apply only  so long  as such  Gaming Law  provides that  the
               creation of any  restriction on  the disposition  of any  of
               such securities  shall  not be  effective  or shall  not  be
               effective without the approval of the relevant Gaming  Board
               and, if such Gaming  Law at any time  ceases to so  provide,
               then this  clause (d) shall  be of  no further  effect;  and
               provided further that  if at  any time  Borrower creates  or
               suffers to exist  a Lien  or Negative  Pledge covering  such
               securities in favor of the holder of any other Indebtedness,
               it will (subject to  any approval required under  applicable
               Gaming  Laws)  concurrently  grant  a  pari  passu  Lien  or
               Negative Pledge likewise covering  such securities in  favor
               of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Banks;

                      (e)  Liens and Negative Pledges on Property  acquired
               by Borrower or any  of the Restricted Subsidiaries  (whether
               the acquisition  was  of  the  Property  itself  or  of  the
               securities of the Person which owns the Property) that  were
               in existence at the time of the acquisition of such Property
               and were not created in contemplation of such acquisition;

                                    -66-
<PAGE>
                      (f)  Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to  finance
               the acquisition or construction  of capital assets that  are
               limited  to  the  capital  assets  acquired  or  constructed
               (whether such Indebtedness was incurred  prior to or at  the
               time of such acquisition  or construction, or within  twelve
               months thereafter);

                      (g)  Liens  and  Negative   Pledges  created  by   an
               agreement or  instrument  entered  into  by  Borrower  or  a
               Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business
               which  consists  of  a  restriction  on  the  assignability,
               transfer or hypothecation of such agreement or instrument;

                      (h)  Liens and  Negative  Pledges on  any  direct  or
               indirect ownership interest  of Borrower  or any  Restricted
               Subsidiary in Victoria Partners or Monte Carlo;

                      (i)  Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
               of Borrower  and the  Restricted  Subsidiaries that  do  not
               (i) secure  Indebtedness  of  Borrower  or  any   Restricted
               Subsidiary, (ii) secure any single obligation of Borrower or
               a  Restricted  Subsidiary  in  excess  of  $50,000,000   and
               (iii) when aggregated with all other Liens permitted by this
               Section 6.5(i), materially impair  the value  of the  assets
               subject to such  Liens or the  ability of  Borrower and  the
               Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct their businesses;

                      (j)  Negative Pledges benefiting  debt securities  of
               Borrower or any of the  Restricted Subsidiaries that are  in
               substance the same in all material respects as the  Negative
               Pledge benefiting  the  Senior  Notes,  or  which  are  less
               beneficial to such debt securities than the Negative  Pledge
               benefiting the Senior Notes;

                      (k)  Negative Pledges benefiting  debt securities  of
               Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are more
               beneficial to such debt securities than the Negative  Pledge
               benefiting the Senior Notes, provided that concurrently with
               the granting of any such Negative Pledge, Borrower shall  be
               deemed to have granted  a co-extensive and ratable  Negative
               Pledge to the  Administrative Agent  and the  Banks for  the
               benefit  of  the  Obligations  (without  derogation  of  the
               Negative Pledge contained in this Section 6.5), and Borrower
               and  any  affected  Restricted  Subsidiary  shall   promptly
               execute and deliver any instruments, documents or agreements
               reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to  confirm
               the granting  of such  a  coextensive and  ratable  Negative
               Pledge;

                                    -67-
<PAGE>
                      (l)  Liens and  Negative  Pledges  not  described  in
               clauses  (a)  through  (k)  above  that  secure  or  benefit
               Indebtedness of Borrower or  any Restricted Subsidiary,  and
               sale and leaseback transactions entered into by Borrower  or
               the  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  which,  when  added  to  all
               outstanding  Indebtedness  so   secured  or  benefitted   as
               permitted by  this Section 6.5(l), does not exceed an amount
               equal to ten percent (10%) of  Tangible Net Worth as of  the
               last day  of the  Fiscal Quarter  immediately preceding  the
               incurrence of the  most recent such  Indebtedness (with  the
               understanding that, solely  for the  purpose of  determining
               compliance with this clause  (l), the Attributable Value  of
               each such sale and leaseback transaction shall be treated as
               Indebtedness); and

                      (m)  Liens securing,  Negative Pledges  relating  to,
               and sale  and leaseback  transactions which  are,  renewals,
               extensions,  refinancings  or  amendments  of   transactions
               described in clauses  (a) through (l)  above; provided  that
               (i) the  obligations secured  or benefited  thereby are  not
               increased (other  than  to  cover  associated  transactional
               expenses), and  (ii) the  Property affected  thereby is  not
               increased;

          provided, that  this  Section shall  not  apply to  prohibit  the
          creation of a Lien or Negative Pledge to the extent necessary  to
          prevent a  License  Revocation if  (A)  no Default  or  Event  of
          Default then exists which is not curable by creation of the  Lien
          or  Negative   Pledge  and   (B)   Borrower  has   notified   the
          Administrative Agent in writing of  the necessity to invoke  this
          proviso at least ten (10) Banking Days (or such shorter period as
          may be necessary in order to comply with a regulation or order of
          the relevant Gaming Board) in advance.
                 
                 6.6  Leverage Ratio.  Permit the Leverage Ratio, as of the
          last day of any Fiscal Quarter  ending during a period  described
          below, to  be greater  than the  ratio  set forth  opposite  that
          period:

                           Period                               Ratio
            --------------------------------------         -------------

            Closing Date through December 31, 1997         4.00 to  1.00
            January 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998      5.00 to  1.00
            January 1, 1999 and thereafter                 4.00 to  1.00

                 6.7  Restricted  Expenditures.    Prior  to  the  Bellagio
          Opening Date, make any Restricted Expenditure  if to do so  would
          result in the aggregate Restricted Expenditures made on and after
          January 1, 1997 exceeding the Restricted Expenditure Basket.

                 6.8  Commercial  Paper.    Permit  the  Commercial   Paper
          Outstandings to exceed $1,000,000,000 at any time.

                                    -68-

<PAGE>
                                       Article 7
                        INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                        --------------------------------------

                 7.1  Financial and Business Information.   So long as  any
          Advance remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid or
          unperformed, or any portion of  the Commitment remains in  force,
          Borrower shall, unless the Administrative Agent (with the written
          approval  of  the   Requisite  Banks)   otherwise  consents,   at
          Borrower's sole expense, deliver to the Administrative Agent  for
          distribution  by it to the Banks one (1) copy (or, in the case of
          any  document  which  is   commercially  printed  and  bound,   a
          sufficient number  of  copies  for  all  of  the  Banks)  of  the
          following:

                      (a)  As soon as practicable, and in any event  within
               60 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter (other than the
               fourth Fiscal Quarter in  any Fiscal Year) the  consolidated
               balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end
               of  such  Fiscal  Quarter,  the  consolidated  statement  of
               operations for  such Fiscal  Quarter, and  its statement  of
               cash flows for  the portion of  the Fiscal  Year ended  with
               such  Fiscal  Quarter,  all  in  reasonable  detail.    Such
               financial statements shall be certified by a Senior  Officer
               of Borrower as  fairly presenting  the financial  condition,
               results  of operations and cash  flows of  Borrower and  its
               Subsidiaries   in   accordance   with   Generally   Accepted
               Accounting Principles  (other  than  footnote  disclosures),
               consistently applied, as at such date and for such  periods,
               subject  only  to   normal  year-end   accruals  and   audit
               adjustments;

                      (b)  As soon as practicable, and in any event  within
               105 days after the end of each Fiscal Year the  consolidated
               balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end
               of  such  Fiscal  Year  and the  consolidated statements  of
               operations, stockholders'  equity and  cash flows,  in  each
               case of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal  Year.
               Such financial  statements  shall be prepared in  accordance
               with  Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently
               applied, and such  consolidated balance  sheet and  consoli-
               dated  statements  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  report  of
               independent  public   accountants   of  recognized  standing
               selected by  Borrower  and reasonably  satisfactory  to  the
               Requisite  Banks,  which   report  shall   be  prepared   in
               accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as  at
               such date, and shall not be subject to any qualifications or
               exceptions as to  the scope of  the audit nor  to any  other
               qualification or exception determined by the Requisite Banks
               in their good faith business judgment  to be adverse to  the
               interests of the Banks.   Such accountants' report shall  be
               accompanied by  a certificate  stating that,  in making  the
               examination  pursuant  to   generally    accepted   auditing
               standards necessary for the certification  of such financial

                                    -69-
<PAGE>
               statements and such report,  such  accountants have obtained
               no knowledge of any Default or,  if, in the opinion of  such
               accountants, any  such  Default  shall  exist,  stating  the
               nature and status  of such  Default, and  stating that  such
               accountants have reviewed Borrower's financial  calculations
               as at the  end of such  Fiscal Year  (which shall  accompany
               such certificate) under Sections 6.6 and 6.7, have read such
               Sections (including  the definitions  of all  defined  terms
               used therein) and that nothing has come to the attention  of
               such accountants  in the  course  of such  examination  that
               would  cause  them  to  believe  that  the  same  were   not
               calculated by  Borrower in  the  manner prescribed  by  this
               Agreement;

                      (c)  Promptly after the same are available, copies of
               each annual report,  proxy or financial  statement or  other
               report or communication sent to the stockholders of Borrower
               generally, and copies  of all annual,  periodic and  special
               reports and registration statements (other than the exhibits
               thereto) which Borrower may file or be required to file with
               the Securities and  Exchange  Commission  under  Section  13
               or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
               and not  otherwise required  to be  delivered to  the  Banks
               pursuant to other provisions of this Section 7.1;

                      (d)  Promptly after  request  by  the  Administrative
               Agent or  any Bank,  copies of  any  other report  or  other
               document that was filed by Borrower or any of the Restricted
               Subsidiaries with any Governmental Agency;

                      (e)  Promptly upon a  Senior Officer becoming  aware,
               and in any event within ten (10) Banking Days after becoming
               aware, of the occurrence  of any  (i) "reportable event" (as
               such  term  is   defined  in   Section 4043  of  ERISA)   or
               (ii) "prohibited transaction" (as  such term  is defined  in
               Section 406  of  ERISA  or  Section 4975  of  the  Code)  in
               connection with  any  Pension  Plan  or  any  trust  created
               thereunder, telephonic notice specifying the nature thereof,
               and,  no  more  than   five  (5)  Banking  Days  after  such
               telephonic  notice,  written  notice  again  specifying  the
               nature thereof and specifying what action Borrower or any of
               the Restricted Subsidiaries  is taking or  proposes to  take
               with respect thereto, and, when  known, any action taken  by
               the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto;
                                                 
                      (f)  As soon as practicable, and in any event  within
               three (3) Banking Days after a Senior Officer becomes  aware
               of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes
               a Default,  telephonic  notice  specifying  the  nature  and
               period   of   existence   thereof,   and,   no   more   than
               two (2) Banking Days after  such telephonic notice,  written
               notice again specifying the  nature and period of  existence
               thereof and specifying  what action Borrower  or any of  its
               Restricted Subsidiaries are taking  or propose to take  with
               respect thereto;

                                    -70-
<PAGE>
                      (g)  On  each   day   upon  which   Borrower   issues
               commercial paper, a Certificate  of a Responsible  Official,
               in a  form  and  in  detail  reasonably  acceptable  to  the
               Administrative Agent, setting forth the amount of commercial
               paper so issued  and the maturity  date thereof and,  giving
               effect  thereto,  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
               Commercial Paper Outstandings;

                      (h)  Within  three   Banking   Days   of   Borrower's
               receiving notice of  any change in  the Senior Debt  Rating,
               written notice of such change;

                      (i)  Prior to March 1 of each year, a calculation  of
               the Leverage Ratio  as of the  last day  of the  immediately
               preceding Fiscal  Year,  and of  any  resulting  Incremental
               Margin, certified as true and correct by a Senior Officer of
               Borrower; and

                      (j)  Such other information as from time to time  may
               be reasonably  requested by  the Administrative  Agent,  any
               Bank (through  the Administrative  Agent) or  the  Requisite
               Banks.

                 7.2  Compliance Certificates.    So long  as  any  Advance
          remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid or  unper-
          formed, or  any portion  of the  Commitment remains  outstanding,
          Borrower shall,  at  Borrower's  sole  expense,  deliver  to  the
          Administrative Agent for  distribution by  it to  the Banks  con-
          currently with  the  financial statements  required  pursuant  to
          Sections 7.1(a)   and 7.1(b),   one  (1)   original    Compliance
          Certificate signed by a Senior Officer.

                                    -71-
<PAGE>
                                       Article 8
                          CONDITIONS; EFFECT OF CLOSING DATE
                          ----------------------------------
                                                            
                 8.1  Initial Advances, Etc..  The obligation of each  Bank
          to make the initial Advance to  be made by it, or the  obligation
          of the Issuing  Bank to issue  the initial Letter  of Credit  (as
          applicable), is subject  to the  following conditions  precedent,
          each of  which shall  be satisfied prior  to  the  making of  the
          initial Advances  or issuance  of the  initial Letter  of  Credit
          (unless all of the Banks, in their sole and absolute  discretion,
          shall agree otherwise):

                      (a)  The Documentation Agent shall have received  all
               of the following, each of  which shall  be  originals unless
               otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible
               Official of each party thereto, each dated as of the Closing
               Date and  each in  form and  substance satisfactory  to  the
               Documentation Agent and its legal counsel (unless  otherwise
               specified or,  in  the  case  of the  date  of  any  of  the
               following, unless the  Documentation Agent otherwise  agrees
               or directs):

                           (1)  at least  one (1)  executed  counterpart of
                         this Agreement, together with arrangements  satis-
                         factory to the Documentation Agent for  additional
                         executed counterparts,  sufficient in  number  for
                         distribution to the Banks and Borrower;

                           (2)  Committed   Advance   Notes   executed   by
                         Borrower  in  favor  of  each  Bank,  each  in   a
                         principal amount  equal to  that Bank's  Pro  Rata
                         Share of the Commitment;

                           (3)  Competitive  Advance   Notes  executed   by
                         Borrower in  favor  of  each  Bank,  each  in  the
                         principal amount of $750,000,000;

                           (4)  Such  documentation  as  the  Documentation
                         Agent may require to  establish the due  organiza-
                         tion,  valid  existence   and  good  standing   of
                         Borrower, its qualification to engage in  business
                         in each  material   jurisdiction in  which  it  is
                         engaged  in  business   or  required   to  be   so
                         qualified, its authority  to execute, deliver  and
                         perform  the   Loan   Documents,   the   identity,
                         authority  and   capacity  of   each   Responsible
                         Official thereof authorized to act on its  behalf,
                         including certified  copies  of  its  articles  of
                         incorporation and amendments  thereto, bylaws  and
                         amendments thereto, certificates of good  standing
                         and/or   qualification  to  engage   in  business,
                         certificates  of corporate resolutions, incumbency
                         certificates,    Certificates    of    Responsible
                         Officials, and the like;

                                    -72-
<PAGE>
                           (5)  the Opinions of Counsel;

                           (6)  the executed Termination Agreement;

                           (7)  the executed Exit Agreement; 

                           (8)  the executed  Negative  Pledge  Termination
                         Agreement;

                           (9)  a Certificate  of  a  Responsible  Official
                         signed by a Senior Officer of Borrower  certifying
                         that the conditions  specified in  Sections 8.1(g)
                         and 8.1(h) have been satisfied; and

                           (10) such other assurances, certificates,  docu-
                         ments, consents or  opinions as the  Documentation
                         Agent reasonably may require.

                      (b)  The  arrangement   fees  payable   pursuant   to
                         Section 3.2 shall have been paid.

                      (c)  The   participation/extension    fees    payable
               pursuant to Section 3.3 shall have been paid.

                      (d)  The agency  fees  payable on  the  Closing  Date
               pursuant to Section 3.6 shall have been paid.
                      
                      (e)  All  amounts  (principal,  interest  and   fees)
               payable to the Banks under the Existing Loan Agreement shall
               have been paid.

                      (f)  The reasonable costs and expenses of the  Agents
               in connection  with the  preparation of  the Loan  Documents
               payable pursuant to Section  11.3, and invoiced to  Borrower
               prior to the Closing Date, shall have been paid.

                      (g)  The representations and  warranties of  Borrower
               contained in Article 4 shall be true and correct.

                      (h)  Borrower shall  be in  compliance with  all  the
               terms and  provisions  of  the Loan  Documents,  and  giving
               effect to the initial Advances (or initial Letter of Credit,
               as applicable) no  Default or  Event of  Default shall  have
               occurred and be continuing.

                      (i)  All legal matters relating to the Loan Documents
               shall  be  satisfactory  to  Sheppard,   Mullin,  Richter  &
               Hampton, LLP, special  counsel to  the Administrative  Agent
               and the Documentation Agent.
                                     
                                    -73-
<PAGE>
                 8.2  Any Increasing Advance, Etc.  The obligation of  each
          Bank to  make  any Advance  which  would increase  the  principal
          amount outstanding under  the Notes,  and the  obligation of  the
          Issuing Bank  to issue  a Letter  of Credit,  is subject  to  the
          following conditions precedent:

                      (a)  except (i)  for representations  and  warranties
               which expressly  speak as  of a  particular date  or are  no
               longer true and  correct as a  result of a  change which  is
               permitted by this Agreement or (ii) as disclosed by Borrower
               and  approved  in  writing  by  the  Requisite  Banks,   the
               representations and warranties contained in Article 4 (other
               than Sections  4.4, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.16 and 4.18) shall
               be true and correct on and as of the date of the Advance  as
               though made on that date;

                      (b)  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have   timely
               received a Request for Loan in compliance with Article 2 (or
               telephonic or  other request  for Loan  referred to  in  the
               second sentence  of Section  2.1(b), if  applicable) or  the
               Issuing Bank shall  have received  a Request  for Letter  of
               Credit, as the  case may be,  in compliance with  Article 2;
               and

                      (c)  the Administrative Agent shall have received, in
               form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
               such other assurances,  certificates, documents or  consents
               related to  the foregoing  as  the Administrative  Agent  or
               Requisite Banks reasonably may require.
                              
                 8.3  Any Advance.  The obligation of each Bank to make any
          Advance (other than an Alternate  Base Rate Advance with  respect
          to an Alternate Base Rate Loan which, if made, would not increase
          the outstanding principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes) is
          subject to  the conditions precedent that (a) the representations
          and warranties  contained  in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3,  4.10, 4.11
          (but only with respect  to Events of Default)  and 4.13 shall  be
          true and correct  in all material  respects on the  date of  such
          Advance as  though  made on  that  date except  as  disclosed  by
          Borrower and  approved in  writing by  the Requisite  Banks,  and
          (b) except  as provided for in Section 2.1(g), the Administrative
          Agent shall have timely received a Request for Loan in compliance
          with  Article 2 (or telephonic or other request for Loan referred
          to in the second sentence of Section 2.1(b), if applicable).

                 8.4  Effect of the Closing Date.  The Exit Agreement shall
          be deemed to be effective concurrently with the Closing Date, and
          upon such effectiveness,  each Exiting  Bank shall  no longer  be
          deemed to be a party to the Existing Loan Agreement and the other
          Loan Documents  thereunder  for  any purpose.    Each  Bank,  the
          Administrative Agent  and Borrower  shall, on  the Closing  Date,
          make such  payments  through  the  Administrative  Agent  as  are
          necessary (giving effect to any Loan requested by Borrower on the
          Closing Date) to result in each Bank having the Pro Rata Share of

                                    -74-
<PAGE>
          any outstanding Indebtedness under this Agreement as is set forth
          on  Schedule 1.1 hereto.  On the Closing  Date, the Notes and the
          Subsidiary Guaranty under  the Existing Loan  Agreement shall  be
          cancelled and terminated, and each Bank shall promptly thereafter
          return its Notes  under the Existing  Loan Agreement to  Borrower
          marked "cancelled".
              
                                    -75-
<PAGE>
                                       Article 9
                 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
                 ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                     
                 9.1  Events of Default.   The existence  or occurrence  of
          any one  or more  of the  following events,  whatever the  reason
          therefor and under any circumstances whatsoever, shall constitute
          an Event of Default:

                      (a)  Borrower fails to  pay any principal  on any  of
               the Notes, or any portion thereof, on the date  when due; or

                      (b)  Borrower fails to pay any interest on any of the
               Notes, or any fees  under Sections 3.4, 3.5  or  3.6, or any
               portion thereof, within five (5) Banking Days after the date
               when due; or fails to pay any other fee or amount payable to
               the Banks under any Loan  Document,  or any portion thereof,
               within five (5) Banking Days after demand therefor; or

                      (c)  Borrower  fails  to  comply  with  any  of   the
               covenants contained in  Article 6 (other than  Sections  6.3
               and 6.4); or

                      (d)  Borrower fails to comply with Section  7.1(f) in
               any respect that is materially  adverse to the interests  of
               the Banks; or

                      (e)  Borrower or any other Party fails to perform  or
               observe any other  covenant or agreement  (not specified  in
               clause (a), (b), (c)  or (d)  above) contained  in any  Loan
               Document on  its part  to be  performed or  observed  within
               ten (10) Banking  Days after  the giving  of notice  by  the
               Administrative Agent  on behalf  of the  Requisite Banks  of
               such Default; or

                      (f)  Any representation  or warranty  of  Borrower or
               any other  Party  made  in any  Loan  Document,  or  in  any
               certificate or other writing  delivered by Borrower or  such
               other Party pursuant  to any Loan  Document, proves to  have
               been incorrect when made or  reaffirmed in any respect  that
               is materially adverse to the interests of the Banks; or

                      (g)  Borrower or any  of the Restricted  Subsidiaries
               (i) fails  to   pay   the  principal,   or   any   principal
               installment, of  any  present  or  future  Indebtedness  for
               borrowed money of  $50,000,000 or more,  or any guaranty  of
               present  or  future  Indebtedness  for  borrowed  money   of
               $50,000,000 or more, on  its part to be  paid, when due  (or
               within any  stated  grace  period), whether  at  the  stated
               maturity,  upon   acceleration,   by  reason   of   required
               prepayment or otherwise or (ii) fails to  perform or observe
               any other  term, covenant  or agreement  on its  part to  be
               performed or observed,  or suffers  any event  to occur,  in
               connection with any present or  future Indebtedness for bor-

                                    -76-
          <PAGE>
               rowed money of $50,000,000  or more, or  of any guaranty  of
               present  or  future  Indebtedness  for  borrowed  money   of
               $50,000,000 or  more, if  as a  result  of such  failure  or
               sufferance any holder  or holders  thereof (or  an agent  or
               trustee on its or their behalf)  has the immediate right  to
               declare such Indebtedness  due before the  date on which  it
               otherwise would become due; or

                      (h)  A final judgment against Borrower or any of  the
               Restricted Subsidiaries is entered for the payment of  money
               in excess of $50,000,000 and,  absent procurement of a  stay
               of execution, such judgment  remains unsatisfied for  thirty
               (30) calendar days after the date  of entry of judgment,  or
               in any event later than five (5) calendar days prior to  the
               date of any proposed sale thereunder; or any writ or warrant
               of attachment or execution or  similar process is issued  or
               levied against all or any material  part of the Property  of
               any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded
               within thirty (30) calendar days after its issue or levy; or

                      (i)  Borrower or any of the Significant  Subsidiaries
               institutes or consents to the institution of any  proceeding
               under a Debtor Relief  Law relating to it  or to all or  any
               material part of  its Property, or  is unable  or admits  in
               writing its inability to  pay its debts  as they mature,  or
               makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies
               for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee,
               custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar
               officer for  it or  for  all or  any  material part  of  its
               Property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian,  conservator,
               liquidator, rehabilitator or  similar  officer is  appointed
               without  the application or consent  of that Person  and the
               appointment  continues undischarged  or  unstayed for  sixty
               (60) calendar  days; or any proceeding under a Debtor Relief
               Law relating to any such Person or to all or any part of its
               Property is  instituted without the  consent of that  Person
               and  continues  undismissed  or  unstayed  for  sixty   (60)
               calendar days; or
                            
                      (j)  The occurrence of an  Event of Default (as  such
               term is  or may  hereafter be  specifically defined  in  any
               other Loan Document) under any other Loan Document; or

                      (k)  Any Pension Plan maintained  by Borrower or  any
               of its ERISA  Affiliates is  determined to  have a  material
               "accumulated funding deficiency" as that term is defined  in
               Section 302 of ERISA  and the result  is a Material  Adverse
               Effect; or

                      (l)  The occurrence  of  a  License  Revocation  that
               continues for  thirty (30)  consecutive calendar  days  with
               respect  to  gaming  operations   at  any  gaming   facility
               accounting for five percent (5%) or more of the consolidated
               total assets or consolidated gross revenues of Borrower  and
               its Subsidiaries.

                                    -77-
<PAGE>
                 9.2  Remedies Upon Event of Default.  Without limiting any
          other rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Banks
          provided for  elsewhere  in this  Agreement,  or the  other  Loan
          Documents, or by applicable Law, or in equity, or otherwise:

                      (a)  Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance,
               of any  Event of  Default other  than  an Event  of  Default
               described in Section 9.1(i):

                           (1)  the  Commitment  to   make  Advances,   the
                         obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of
                         Credit  and   all   other   obligations   of   the
                         Administrative Agent or the  Banks and all  rights
                         of Borrower and any  other Parties under the  Loan
                         Documents shall be suspended without notice to  or
                         demand upon Borrower,  which are expressly  waived
                         by Borrower, except that all  of the Banks or  the
                         Requisite Banks (as the case may be, in accordance
                         with Section 11.2) may  waive an Event of  Default
                         or, without  waiving,  determine, upon  terms  and
                         conditions satisfactory to the Banks or  Requisite
                         Banks, as  the  case  may  be,  to  reinstate  the
                         Commitment and make further Advances, which waiver
                         or determination shall apply equally to, and shall
                         be binding upon, all the Banks;

                           (2)  the Issuing Bank may, with the approval  of
                         the  Administrative   Agent  on   behalf  of   the
                         Requisite  Banks,  demand  immediate  payment   by
                         Borrower of  an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate
                         amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, to be
                         held by the  Issuing Bank  in an  interest-bearing
                         cash collateral account  as collateral  hereunder;
                         and

                           (3)  the  Requisite   Banks  may   request   the
                         Administrative Agent  to, and  the  Administrative
                         Agent thereupon  shall, terminate  the  Commitment
                         and/or declare  all  or  any part  of  the  unpaid
                         principal of all Notes,  all interest accrued  and
                         unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under
                         the  Loan  Documents  to  be  forthwith  due   and
                         payable, whereupon the  same shall  become and  be
                         forthwith  due  and   payable,  without   protest,
                         presentment, notice of dishonor, demand or further
                         notice of  any kind,  all of  which are  expressly
                         waived by Borrower.

                      (b)  Upon the  occurrence  of any  Event  of  Default
               described in Section 9.1(i):

                           (1)  the  Commitment  to   make  Advances,   the
                         obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of
                         Credit  and   all   other   obligations   of   the

                                    -78-
<PAGE>
                         Administrative Agent or the  Banks and all  rights
                         of Borrower and any  other Parties under the  Loan
                         Documents shall  terminate  without notice  to  or
                         demand upon Borrower,  which are expressly  waived
                         by Borrower, except that  all the Banks may  waive
                         the  Event   of  Default   or,  without   waiving,
                         determine, upon  terms and conditions satisfactory
                         to all the Banks, to reinstate the Commitment  and
                         make  further Advances,  which determination shall
                         apply  equally to, and  shall be binding upon, all
                         the Banks;

                           (2)  an amount equal to the aggregate amount  of
                         all  outstanding  Letters   of  Credit  shall   be
                         immediately due and  payable to  the Issuing  Bank
                         without notice to or  demand upon Borrower,  which
                         are expressly waived  by Borrower, to  be held  by
                         the  Issuing  Bank  in  an  interest-bearing  cash
                         collateral account as collateral hereunder; and
                               
                           (3)  the unpaid  principal  of  all  Notes,  all
                         interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all  other
                         amounts payable under the Loan Documents shall  be
                         forthwith  due  and   payable,  without   protest,
                         presentment, notice of dishonor, demand or further
                         notice of  any kind,  all of  which are  expressly
                         waived by Borrower.

                      (c)  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the
               Banks and the Administrative Agent, or any of them,  without
               notice to  (except as  expressly provided  for in  any  Loan
               Document) or  demand  upon  Borrower,  which  are  expressly
               waived by Borrower (except as to notices expressly  provided
               for in any Loan  Document), may proceed  (but only with  the
               consent of  the Requisite  Banks) to  protect, exercise  and
               enforce their rights and  remedies under the Loan  Documents
               against Borrower and any other  Party and such other  rights
               and remedies as are provided by Law or equity.

                      (d)  The order and manner in which the Banks'  rights
               and remedies  are to be exercised shall be determined by the
               Requisite Banks in their  sole discretion, and all  payments
               received by the Administrative Agent  and the Banks, or  any
               of them, shall be  applied first to  the costs and  expenses
               (including  reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and
               the reasonably allocated costs of attorneys employed by  the
               Administrative Agent or by  any Bank) of the  Administrative
               Agent and of the Banks, and thereafter paid pro rata to  the
               Banks in the same proportions that the aggregate Obligations
               owed to  each  Bank  under the  Loan  Documents bear  to the
               aggregate Obligations  owed under the  Loan Documents to all
               the Banks,  without  priority or preference among the Banks.  
               Regardless of  how  each Bank  may  treat payments  for  the

                                    -79-
<PAGE>
               purpose of its own accounting, for the purpose of  computing
               Borrower's  Obligations  hereunder  and   under  the  Notes,
               payments shall be applied first,  to the costs and  expenses
               of the  Administrative Agent  and the  Banks, as  set  forth
               above, second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest
               due under any Loan  Documents to and  including the date  of
               such  application  (ratably,   and    without   duplication,
               according to the accrued and unpaid interest due under  each
               of the Loan  Documents), and third,  to the  payment of  all
               other amounts (including principal and  fees)  then owing to
               the  Administrative  Agent  or  the  Banks  under  the  Loan
               Documents.  No application of payments  will  cure any Event
               of Default,  or prevent acceleration,  or  continued  accel-
               eration, of  amounts payable  under the  Loan Documents,  or
               prevent the exercise, or continued  exercise,  of rights  or
               remedies of the Banks hereunder or  thereunder or at Law  or
               in equity.                                     

                                    -80-
               <PAGE>
                                      Article  10
                                      THE  AGENTS
                                      -----------

                 10.1 Appointment and  Authorization.   Subject to  Section
          10.8, each Bank  hereby irrevocably appoints  and authorizes  the
          Administrative Agent to take such action  as agent on its  behalf
          and to  exercise such  powers under  the  Loan Documents  as  are
          delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof or are
          reasonably incidental, as determined by the Administrative Agent,
          thereto.  This appointment  and authorization is intended  solely
          for the purpose of  facilitating the  servicing of the  Loans and
          does not constitute  appointment of the  Administrative Agent  as
          trustee for any  Bank or as  representative of any  Bank for  any
          other purpose and, except as specifically  set forth in the  Loan
          Documents to the  contrary, the Administrative  Agent shall  take
          such action and  exercise such powers  only in an  administrative
          and ministerial capacity.

                 10.2 Agents and their  Affiliates.  Bank  of America  (and
          each successor  Administrative  Agent) and  Morgan  Guaranty  (as
          Documentation Agent) have  the same rights  and powers under  the
          Loan Documents as any  other Banks and may  exercise the same  as
          though  they   were  not   the  Administrative   Agent  and   the
          Documentation Agent.  The term "Bank" or "Banks" includes Bank of
          America and Morgan Guaranty in their individual capacities.  Bank
          of America  (and  each successor  Administrative  Agent),  Morgan
          Guaranty, and  their Affiliates  may accept  deposits from,  lend
          money to and generally engage in any  kind  of banking, trust  or
          other business  with Borrower,  any  Subsidiary thereof,  or  any
          Affiliate of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, as if they  were
          not the  Administrative Agent  and  the Documentation  Agent  and
          without any  duty to  account therefor to  the  Banks.   Bank  of
          America (and  each  successor Administrative  Agent)  and  Morgan
          Guaranty need not account to any other Bank for any monies  which
          they receive for  reimbursement of  their costs  and expenses  as
          Administrative Agent and  Documentation Agent  hereunder, or  for
          any  monies  received  by  them  in  their  capacity  as  a  Bank
          hereunder.  Neither  Agent shall be  deemed to  hold a  fiduciary
          relationship with any Bank  and no implied  covenants, functions,
          responsibilities, duties,  obligations  or  liabilities  shall be
          read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agents.

                 10.3  Proportionate  Interest  in  any  Collateral.    The
          Administrative Agent shall  hold any items  of any collateral  or
          interests therein received or held by the Administrative Agent on
          behalf of all the  Banks  in  accordance with the Loan Documents.  
          Subject to the Agents' and the Banks' rights to reimbursement for
          their  costs   and  expenses   hereunder  (including   reasonable
          attorneys' fees and disbursements and other professional services
          and the reasonably allocated costs  of attorneys employed by  the
          Agents or a Bank) and subject  to the application of payments  in

                                    -81-
<PAGE>
          accordance with Section  9.2(d), each Bank shall have an interest
          in the  Banks'  interest  in any  such  collateral  or  interests
          therein in  the same  proportion that  the aggregate  Obligations
          owed such Bank under  the Loan Documents  bears to the  aggregate
          Obligations owed  under  the Loan  Documents  to all  the  Banks,
          without priority or preference among the Banks.

                 10.4 Banks' Credit Decisions.   Each Bank  agrees that  it
          has,  independently  and without  reliance  upon the  Agents, any
          other Bank  or  the  directors, officers,  agents,  employees  or
          attorneys of the  Agents or  of any  other Bank,  and instead  in
          reliance upon  information supplied  to it  by  or on  behalf  of
          Borrower and  upon  such  other  information  as  it  has  deemed
          appropriate,   made  its  own  independent  credit  analysis  and
          decision to enter  into this Agreement.   Each  Bank also  agrees
          that it  shall,  independently  and  without  reliance  upon  the
          Agents, any  other  Bank  or  the  directors,  officers,  agents,
          employees or attorneys of the Agents  or of any other Bank,  con-
          tinue to make its own  independent credit analyses and  decisions
          in acting or not acting under the Loan Documents.

                 10.5 Action by Administrative Agent.
                      ------------------------------
                      (a)  Absent actual  knowledge of  the  Administrative
               Agent of  the existence  of  a Default,  the  Administrative
               Agent may  assume  that  no  Default  has  occurred  and  is
               continuing, unless  the  Administrative Agent  has  received
               notice from Borrower  stating the nature  of the Default  or
               has received notice from  a Bank stating  the nature of  the
               Default and that  such Bank  considers the  Default to  have
               occurred and to be continuing.

                      (b)  The  Administrative   Agent   has   only   those
               obligations under the  Loan Documents as  are expressly  set
               forth therein.

                      (c)  Except for any obligation expressly set forth in
               the Loan Documents and as  long as the Administrative  Agent
               may assume that no Default  has occurred and is  continuing,
               the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required  to,
               exercise its discretion to act or  not act, except that  the
               Administrative Agent shall  be required  to act  or not  act
               upon the instructions of the Requisite Banks (or of all  the
               Banks, to  the extent  required by  Section 11.2) and  those
               instructions shall be binding upon the Administrative  Agent
               and all the  Banks, provided that  the Administrative  Agent
               shall not be required to act or not act if to do so would be
               contrary to any Loan Document or to applicable Law or  would
               result, in  the reasonable  judgment of  the  Administrative
               Agent,   in   substantial   risk   of   liability   to   the
               Administrative Agent.

                                    -82-
<PAGE>
                      (d)  If  the  Administrative  Agent  has  received  a
               notice specified  in clause  (a), the  Administrative  Agent
               shall immediately give notice thereof to the Banks and shall
               act or not act upon the instructions of the Requisite  Banks
               (or  of  all   the  Banks,   to  the   extent  required   by
               Section 11.2), provided that the Administrative Agent  shall
               not be required  to act  or not  act if  to do  so would  be
               contrary to any Loan Document or to applicable Law or  would
               result, in  the reasonable  judgment of  the  Administrative
               Agent,   in   substantial   risk   of   liability   to   the
               Administrative Agent, and except that if the Requisite Banks
               (or all the Banks, if required under Section 11.2) fail, for
               five (5) Banking Days after the  receipt of notice from  the
               Administrative Agent, to instruct the Administrative  Agent,
               then the Administrative Agent,  in its sole discretion,  may
               act or not act as it  deems advisable for the protection  of
               the interests of the Banks.

                      (e)  The Administrative Agent shall have no liability
               to any Bank for acting, or not acting, as instructed by  the
               Requisite  Banks  (or  all  the  Banks,  if  required  under
               Section 11.2), notwithstanding any other provision hereof.

                 10.6 Liability of Agents  Neither of the Agents nor any of
          their directors, officers, agents,  employees or attorneys  shall
          be liable for any action taken or  not taken by them under or  in
          connection with the  Loan Documents, except  for their own  gross
          negligence or  willful misconduct.    Without limitation  on  the
          foregoing, the  Agents  and their  directors,  officers,  agents,
          employees and attorneys:

                      (a)  May treat the  payee of any  Note as the  holder
               thereof until the  Administrative Agent  receives notice  of
               the assignment or transfer thereof, in form satisfactory  to
               the Administrative  Agent,  signed  by the  payee,  and  the
               $2,500 fee referred to in  Section 11.8, and may treat  each
               Bank as the owner of that Bank's interest in the Obligations
               for  all purposes of this Agreement until the Administrative
               Agent receives notice of the assignment or transfer thereof,
               in  form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, signed by
               that Bank.

                      (b)  May  consult  with legal  counsel (including in-
               house  legal  counsel),   accountants  (including   in-house
               accountants) and other professionals or experts selected  by
               it, or  with legal  counsel,  accountants or  other  profes-
               sionals or experts for  Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries  or
               the Banks, and shall not be  liable for any action taken  or
               not taken by it in good faith in accordance with any  advice
               of such legal counsel, accountants or other professionals or
               experts.

                                    -83-
<PAGE>
                      (c)  Shall not  be responsible  to any  Bank for  any
               statement, warranty  or representation  made in  any of  the
               Loan  Documents  or  in  any  notice,  certificate,  report,
               request or other statement (written  or oral) given or  made
               in connection with any of the Loan Documents.
                                
                      (d)  Except to the extent expressly set forth in  the
               Loan Documents, shall have no duty  to ask or inquire as  to
               the  performance   or   observance  by   Borrower   or   its
               Subsidiaries of any of the terms, conditions or covenants of
               any of the Loan Documents or  to inspect any collateral  for
               the Obligations,  or  the  Property,  books  or  records  of
               Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

                      (e)  Will  not be responsible to any Bank for the due
               execution, legality, validity, enforceability,  genuineness,
               effectiveness, sufficiency or  value of  any Loan  Document,
               any other instrument  or  writing furnished pursuant thereto
               or in  connection  therewith,  or  any  collateral  for  the
               Obligations.

                      (f)  Will not incur  any liability by  acting or  not
               acting in reliance upon any Loan Document, notice,  consent,
               certificate,  statement,  request  or  other  instrument  or
               writing believed by it to be  genuine and signed or sent  by
               the proper party or parties.

                      (g)  Will not incur any liability for any  arithmeti-
               cal error in  computing any amount  paid or  payable by  the
               Borrower or any Subsidiary or  Affiliate thereof or paid  or
               payable to or received or receivable from any Bank under any
               Loan Document,  including,  without  limitation,  principal,
               interest,  commitment  fees,  Advances  and  other  amounts;
               provided that, promptly upon discovery  of such an error  in
               computation, the Administrative Agent, the Banks and (to the
               extent  applicable)  Borrower  and/or  its  Subsidiaries  or
               Affiliates  shall make such  adjustments as are necessary to
               correct such  error  and  to  restore  the  parties  to  the
               position that they  would have  occupied had  the error  not
               occurred.

                 10.7 Indemnification.  Each Bank shall, ratably in  accor-
          dance  with  its  Pro  Rata  Share  of  the  Commitment  (if  the
          Commitment  is  then  in  effect)  or  in  accordance  with   its
          proportion of the  aggregate Indebtedness then  evidenced by  the
          Notes (if the Commitment has then been terminated or  suspended),
          indemnify and  hold the  Agents and  their respective  directors,
          officers, agents, employees  and attorneys  harmless against  any
          and all  liabilities,  obligations, losses,  damages,  penalties,
          actions,  judgments, suits, costs,  expenses or  disbursements of
          any kind  or  nature  whatsoever (including, without  limitation,
          attorneys'   fees  and  disbursements  and  allocated  costs   of
          attorneys employed  by  the  Agents)  that  may  be  imposed  on,
          incurred by or asserted against it or them in any way relating to
          or arising out of the Loan Documents (other than losses  incurred

                                    -84-
<PAGE>
          by reason  of the  failure of  Borrower to  pay the  Indebtedness
          represented by the  Notes) or any  action taken or  not taken  by
          either of them as Agents thereunder,  except such as result  from
          their own gross  negligence or willful misconduct,  provided that
          the indemnification  provided to  the Documentation  Agent  under
          this Section  shall not  extend to  any  of the  foregoing  which
          relate  to  transactions  which  occur  after  the Closing  Date.  
          Without limitation on  the  foregoing, each Bank  shall reimburse
          the Agents upon  demand for  that Bank's  Pro Rata  Share of  any
          out-of-pocket cost or expense  incurred by (a) the  Documentation
          Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation,  execution
          and delivery of the Loan Documents executed on the Closing  Date,
          and  (b)  the  Administrative   Agent  in  connection  with   the
          negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, amendment, waiver,
          restructuring,    reorganization    (including    a    bankruptcy
          reorganization), enforcement or attempted enforcement of the Loan
          Documents,  to   the  extent   that  Borrower   is  required   by
          Section 11.3 to pay that cost or expense but fails to do so  upon
          demand.  Nothing in this Section 10.7 shall entitle the Agents to
          recover any amount  from the Banks  which is  duplicative of  any
          amount  which  is   recovered  from  Borrower   or  any  of   its
          Subsidiaries.

                 10.8 Successor Administrative Agent.   The  Administrative
          Agent may, and at the request of Borrower or the Requisite  Banks
          shall, resign  as  Administrative Agent  upon  thirty  (30) days'
          notice to the Banks  and Borrower.   If the Administrative  Agent
          resigns as  Administrative Agent  either  voluntarily or  at  the
          request of the Requisite Banks, the Requisite Banks shall appoint
          from among the  Banks a  successor Administrative  Agent for  the
          Banks, which successor Administrative Agent shall be approved  by
          Borrower (and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
          delayed).  If the Administrative Agent resigns at the request  of
          Borrower,  Borrower  shall  appoint  Morgan  Guaranty,   Canadian
          Imperial Bank  of  Commerce  or  Societe  Generale  as  successor
          Administrative Agent.   If no successor  Administrative Agent  is
          appointed prior to the effective date  of the resignation of  the
          Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after
          consulting  with  the  Banks   and  the  Borrower,  a   successor
          Administrative Agent from among the  Banks.  Upon the  acceptance
          of its appointment as  successor Administrative Agent  hereunder,
          such successor  Administrative Agent  shall  succeed to  all  the
          rights, powers and  duties of the  retiring Administrative  Agent
          and the  term "Administrative  Agent" shall  mean such  successor
          Administrative Agent  and  the  retiring  Administrative  Agent's
          appointment, powers and duties  (except for liabilities  incurred
          prior thereto)  as  Administrative  Agent  shall  be  terminated.  
          After any retiring  Administrative Agent's resignation  hereunder
          as Administrative Agent, the  provisions of this  Article 10, and
          Sections 11.3, 11.11 and 11.22, shall inure to  its benefit as to
          any actions  taken or  omitted to  be taken  by it  while it  was
          Administrative  Agent   under  this   Agreement.     If   (a) the
          Administrative Agent  has not  been paid  its agency  fees  under
          Section 3.6  or  has   not  been  reimbursed   for  any   expense

                                    -85-
<PAGE>
          reimbursable to  it  under Section 11.3, in  either  case  for  a
          period  of   at  least   one  (1)  year   and   (b) no  successor
          Administrative Agent has  accepted appointment as  Administrative
          Agent by the date which is  thirty (30) days following a retiring
          Administrative  Agent's  notice  of  resignation,  the   retiring
          Administrative Agent's resignation  shall nevertheless  thereupon
          become effective and the Banks shall perform all of the duties of
          the Administrative Agent  hereunder until such  time, if any,  as
          the Requisite Banks appoint  a successor Administrative Agent  as
          provided for above.

                 10.9 No Obligations  of Borrower.   Nothing  contained  in
          this  Article 10 shall  be  deemed to  impose  upon Borrower  any
          obligation in respect of the due and punctual performance by  the
          Agents of their obligations to the  Banks under any provision  of
          this Agreement,  and  Borrower shall  have  no liability  to  the
          Agents or  any of  the Banks  in respect  of any  failure by  the
          Agents or any  Bank to perform  any of their  obligations to  the
          Agents or the Banks under this  Agreement.  Without limiting  the
          generality  of  the  foregoing,  where  any  provision  of   this
          Agreement relating to the  payment of any  amounts due and  owing
          under the Loan  Documents provides  that such  payments shall  be
          made by Borrower to the Administrative  Agent for the account  of
          the Banks, Borrower's obligations to the Banks in respect of such
          payments shall be deemed to be satisfied upon the making of  such
          payments to the  Administrative Agent in  the manner provided  by
          this Agreement.
                
                                    -86-
<PAGE>                     
                                      Article 11
                                     MISCELLANEOUS
                                     -------------
                 11.1 Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver.  The rights,  powers,
          privileges and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Banks
          provided herein  or  in  any Note  or  other  Loan  Document  are
          cumulative and not  exclusive of any  right, power, privilege  or
          remedy provided by  Law or equity.   No failure  or delay on  the
          part of the Administrative  Agent or any  Bank in exercising  any
          right, power, privilege or remedy may be, or may be deemed to be,
          a waiver thereof; nor may any  single or partial exercise of  any
          right, power, privilege or remedy  preclude any other or  further
          exercise of  the same  or any  other right,  power, privilege  or
          remedy.   The  terms  and   conditions  of  Article 8 hereof  are
          inserted for the sole benefit of the Administrative Agent and the
          Banks; the  same may  be waived  in  whole or  in part,  with  or
          without terms or conditions, in respect of any Loan or Letter  of
          Credit without  prejudicing  the Administrative  Agent's  or  the
          Banks' rights to assert  them in whole or  in part in respect  of
          any other Loan.

                 11.2 Amendments; Consents.   No  amendment,  modification,
          supplement, extension, termination or waiver of any provision  of
          this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent
          thereunder, and no consent  to any departure  by the Borrower  or
          any other Party therefrom, may in  any event be effective  unless
          in writing signed  by the Administrative  Agent with the  written
          approval of Requisite Banks (and, in  the case of any  amendment,
          modification or supplement of  or to any  Loan Document to  which
          Borrower is a Party, signed by  Borrower and, in the case of  any
          amendment, modification  or  supplement to  Article 10, signed by
          the Administrative Agent), and then only in the specific instance
          and for the specific purpose given; and, without the approval  in
          writing of all the Banks, no amendment, modification, supplement,
          termination, waiver or consent may be effective:

                      (a)  Except as contemplated by Section 2.6,  to amend
               or modify  the principal  of, or  the amount  of  principal,
               principal prepayments or  the rate of  interest payable  on,
               any Note, or the  amount of the Commitment  or the Pro  Rata
               Share of  any Bank  or the  amount  of any  commitment  fees
               payable to any Bank, or the  rate at which any other fee  or
               amount is payable to any Bank under the Loan Documents or to
               waive an  Event  of Default  consisting  of the  failure  of
               Borrower  to  pay  when  due  principal,  interest  or   any
               commitment fee;

                      (b)  To postpone any  date fixed for  any payment  of
               principal of, prepayment of principal of or any  installment
               of  interest  on,  any  Note  or  any  installment  of   any
               commitment fee,  or to  extend the  term of  the  Commitment
               (except as contemplated by Section 2.9);
                                                                   
                                    -87-
<PAGE>
                      (c)  To amend  the  provisions  of the  definition of
               "Requisite Banks", Articles  8 or 9 or this Section 11.2; or

                      (d)  To amend  any  provision of  this Agreement that
               expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Banks.

          Any amendment, modification,  supplement, termination, waiver  or
          consent pursuant to this Section 11.2 shall apply equally to, and
          shall be binding upon, all the Banks and the Agents.

                 11.3 Costs, Expenses and Taxes.  Borrower shall pay within
          five (5) Banking  Days after  demand, accompanied  by an  invoice
          therefor, the reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative
          Agent  and  the  Documentation  Agent  in   connection  with  the
          negotiation, preparation, syndication, execution  and delivery of
          the Loan  Documents  which  are executed  and  delivered  on  the
          Closing Date.   Borrower  shall likewise  so pay  the  reasonable
          costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with
          the negotiation,  preparation,  execution  and  delivery  of  any
          amendment or waiver with respect to the Loan Documents.  Borrower
          shall also pay on demand, accompanied by an invoice therefor, the
          reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the
          Banks  in   connection  with   the  refinancing,   restructuring,
          reorganization  (including  a   bankruptcy  reorganization)   and
          enforcement or attempted enforcement  of the Loan Documents,  and
          any matter related  thereto.   The foregoing  costs and  expenses
          shall include filing fees, recording fees, title insurance  fees,
          appraisal fees, search fees, and other out-of-pocket expenses and
          the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of any legal coun-
          sel  (including  reasonably  allocated  costs  of  legal  counsel
          employed by the  Administrative Agent or  any Bank),  independent
          public accountants  and other  outside  experts retained  by  the
          Administrative Agent or any Bank, whether  or not such costs  and
          expenses are incurred or suffered by the Administrative Agent  or
          any Bank in  connection with or  during the course  of any  bank-
          ruptcy or insolvency  proceedings of Borrower  or any  Subsidiary
          thereof.  Such costs and expenses shall also include, in the case
          of any  amendment or  waiver of  any Loan  Document requested  by
          Borrower, the administrative  costs of  the Administrative  Agent
          reasonably attributable thereto.  Borrower shall pay any and  all
          documentary and other taxes, excluding, in the case of each Bank,
          the Agents  and  each Eligible  Assignee,  and any  Affiliate  or
          Eurodollar  Lending  Office  thereof,  (i) taxes  imposed  on  or
          measured in whole  or in part  by its overall  net income,  gross
          income or gross receipts or  capital and franchise taxes  imposed
          on it by (A) any jurisdiction (or political  subdivision thereof)
          in which it  is organized or  maintains its  principal office  or
          Eurodollar Lending Office or  (B) any jurisdiction (or  political
          subdivision thereof) in which it  is "doing business" (unless  it
          would not be  doing business in  such jurisdiction (or  political
          subdivision  thereof)   absent  the   transactions   contemplated
          hereby), (ii) any withholding taxes or other taxes based on gross
          income imposed  by  the  United States  of  America  (other  than
          withholding taxes and taxes based on gross income resulting  from
          or attributable to any change in  any law, rule or regulation  or

                                    -88-
<PAGE>
          any change in  the interpretation or  administration of any  law,
          rule or  regulation  by  any Governmental  Agency)  or  (iii) any
          withholding taxes or other taxes based on gross income imposed by
          the United States of America for any period with respect to which
          it has failed to  provide Borrower with  the appropriate form  or
          forms  required by  Section 11.21, to the  extent such  forms are
          then required by applicable Laws,  and all costs, expenses,  fees
          and charges payable  or determined  to be  payable in  connection
          with the filing or  recording of this  Agreement, any other  Loan
          Document or any other instrument or writing to be delivered here-
          under or thereunder, or in  connection with any transaction  pur-
          suant hereto or thereto,  and shall reimburse, hold  harmless and
          indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Banks from and against
          any and  all  loss, liability  or  legal or  other  expense  with
          respect  to or resulting  from any delay in  paying or failure to
          pay any such  tax, cost, expense,  fee or charge  or that any  of
          them may suffer or incur by reason of the failure of any Party to
          perform any  of  its Obligations.    Any amount  payable  to  the
          Administrative  Agent or  any Bank under  this Section 11.3 shall
          bear interest from the second Banking  Day following the date  of
          demand for payment at the Default Rate.

                 11.4 Nature of Banks' Obligations.  The obligations of the
          Banks  hereunder  are several and not joint or joint and several.  
          Nothing contained in  this Agreement or  any other Loan  Document
          and no action taken by the  Administrative Agent or the Banks  or
          any of them pursuant hereto or thereto may, or may be deemed  to,
          make the Banks a partnership, an association, a joint venture  or
          other entity, either  among themselves  or with  Borrower or  any
          Affiliate of  Borrower.    Each Bank's  obligation  to  make  any
          Advance pursuant  hereto  is several and not  joint or  joint and
          several,  and  in  the  case  of  the  initial  Advance  only  is
          conditioned upon  the performance  by all  other Banks  of  their
          obligations to make initial Advances.  A default by any Bank will
          not increase the Pro Rata Share of the Commitment attributable to
          any other Bank.   Any  Bank not in  default may,  if it  desires,
          assume in such  proportion as the  nondefaulting Banks agree  the
          obligations of any Bank  in default, but is  not obligated to  do
          so.  The Administrative  Agent agrees that it  will use its  best
          efforts  either  to  induce  the   other  Banks  to  assume   the
          obligations of  a Bank  in default  or  to obtain  another  Bank,
          reasonably satisfactory to  Borrower, to replace  such a Bank  in
          default.

                 11.5 Survival of  Representations  and  Warranties.    All
          representations and warranties contained  herein or in any  other
          Loan Document, or in any  certificate or other writing  delivered
          by or on behalf  of any one or  more of the  Parties to any  Loan
          Document, will  survive the making of the Loans hereunder and the
          execution and delivery  of the Notes,  and have been  or will  be
          relied upon by the Administrative  Agent and each Bank,  notwith-
          standing any investigation  made by the  Administrative Agent  or
          any Bank or on their behalf.
                          
                                    -89-
<PAGE>
                 11.6 Notices.  Except as  otherwise expressly provided  in
          the Loan  Documents, all notices,  requests, demands,  directions
          and other  communications provided  for  hereunder or  under  any
          other Loan  Document  must be  in  writing and  must  be  mailed,
          telegraphed, telecopied,  dispatched  by  commercial  courier  or
          delivered to the appropriate  party at the  address set forth  on
          the signature pages  of this Agreement  or other applicable  Loan
          Document or, as to any party  to any Loan Document, at any  other
          address as may be  designated by it in  a written notice sent  to
          all other parties to such Loan  Document in accordance with  this
          Section 11.6.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Loan
          Document, if  any  notice,  request,  demand, direction or  other
          communication required or permitted by any Loan Document is given
          by mail it  will be effective  on the earlier  of receipt or  the
          third calendar day after deposit in  the United States mail  with
          first class or airmail postage prepaid; if given by telegraph  or
          cable, when  delivered  to  the telegraph  company  with  charges
          prepaid; if  given by  telecopier, when  sent; if  dispatched  by
          commercial courier, on the scheduled  delivery date; or if  given
          by personal delivery, when delivered.

                 11.7 Execution   of   Loan   Documents.      Unless    the
          Administrative Agent otherwise specifies with respect to any Loan
          Document, (a) this  Agreement and any other  Loan Document may be
          executed in any number  of counterparts and  any party hereto  or
          thereto may execute any counterpart, each of which when  executed
          and delivered will be deemed to  be an original and all of  which
          counterparts of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the
          case may be, when taken together will be deemed to be but one and
          the same instrument and (b) execution of any such counterpart may
          be evidenced by  a telecopier  transmission of  the signature  of
          such party.  The  execution  of this Agreement or any other  Loan
          Document by any party hereto or thereto will not become effective
          until counterparts hereof or  thereof, as the  case may be,  have
          been executed by all the parties hereto or thereto.
                                       
            11.8 Binding Effect; Assignment.
                 --------------------------
                      (a)  This Agreement and the  other Loan Documents  to
               which Borrower is a Party will be binding upon and inure  to
               the benefit of Borrower, the Agents, each of the Banks,  and
               their respective successors and assigns, except that, except
               as permitted  in Section 6.2,  Borrower  may not  assign its
               rights hereunder  or thereunder  or any  interest herein  or
               therein without the prior written consent of all the  Banks.
                Each Bank  represents that it  is not  acquiring its  Notes
               with a view to the  distribution thereof within the  meaning
               of the Securities Act  of 1933, as  amended (subject to  any
               requirement that disposition  of such Notes  must be  within
               the control of such Bank).  Any Bank may at any time  pledge
               its Notes or any other instrument evidencing its rights as a
               Bank under this Agreement to a Federal Reserve Bank, but  no
               such pledge  shall release  that Bank  from its  obligations
               hereunder or grant to such  Federal Reserve Bank the  rights
               of a Bank hereunder absent foreclosure of such pledge.

                                    -90-
<PAGE>
                      (b)  From time to  time following  the Closing  Date,
               each Bank may assign to one  or more Eligible Assignees  all
               or any  portion of  its Pro  Rata Share  of the  Commitment;
               provided that (i) such Eligible Assignee, if not then a Bank
               or an Affiliate of the assigning Bank, shall be approved  by
               each of the Administrative Agent and (if no Event of Default
               then exists) Borrower (neither  of which approvals shall  be
               unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed),  (ii) such  assignment
               shall  be   evidenced  by   a  Commitment   Assignment   and
               Acceptance, a  copy  of  which shall  be  furnished  to  the
               Administrative Agent as  hereinbelow provided,  (iii) except
               in the  case  of  an  assignment  to  an  Affiliate  of  the
               assigning Bank, to another Bank  or of the entire  remaining
               Commitment of the  assigning  Bank, the assignment shall not
               assign a Pro Rata Share of the Commitment equivalent to less
               than $10,000,000, and  (iv) the effective date  of any  such
               assignment  shall  be   as  specified   in  the   Commitment
               Assignment and  Acceptance, but  not earlier  than the  date
               which  is  five (5)   Banking  Days   after  the  date   the
               Administrative Agent has received the Commitment  Assignment
               and Acceptance.  Upon  the effective date of such Commitment
               Assignment  and  Acceptance,  the  Eligible  Assignee  named
               therein shall be a Bank for all purposes of this  Agreement,
               with the Pro Rata Share of the Commitment therein set  forth
               and, to the  extent of such  Pro Rata  Share, the  assigning
               Bank shall be  released from its  further obligations  under
               this Agreement.  Borrower agrees  that it shall execute  and
               deliver (against delivery by the assigning Bank to  Borrower
               of its Notes) to such  assignee Bank, Notes evidencing  that
               assignee Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, and to the
               assigning Bank, Notes evidencing  the remaining balance  Pro
               Rata Share retained by the assigning Bank.

                      (c)  By  executing   and  delivering   a   Commitment
               Assignment and Acceptance, the Eligible Assignee  thereunder
               acknowledges   and   agrees   that:   (i) other   than   the
               representation  and  warranty  that  it  is  the  legal  and
               beneficial owner of  the Pro  Rata Share  of the  Commitment
               being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse  claim,
               the assigning Bank  has made no  representation or  warranty
               and  assumes   no  responsibility   with  respect   to   any
               statements, warranties  or  representations made  in  or  in
               connection with this Agreement  or the execution,  legality,
               validity, enforceability, genuineness or sufficiency of this
               Agreement  or  any other  Loan Document;  (ii) the assigning
               Bank has made no representation  or warranty and assumes  no
               responsibility with respect  to the  financial condition  of
               Borrower or the performance by Borrower of the  Obligations;
               (iii) it has  received a  copy of  this Agreement,  together
               with  copies  of  the   most  recent  financial   statements
               delivered  pursuant to Section 7.1 and such other  documents
               and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
               credit analysis and decision  to enter into such  Commitment

                                    -91-
<PAGE>
               Assignment and Acceptance;  (iv) it will, independently  and
               without reliance upon the  Administrative Agent or any  Bank
               and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
               appropriate at the  time, continue  to make  its own  credit
               decisions  in  taking  or  not  taking  action  under   this
               Agreement; (v) it appoints and authorizes the Administrative
               Agent to take such action and to exercise such powers  under
               this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative  Agent
               by  this Agreement;  and (vi) it will perform  in accordance
               with their terms all of the  obligations which by the  terms
               of this Agreement are  required to be performed  by it as  a
               Bank.

                      (d)  The Administrative Agent  shall maintain at  the
               Administrative Agent's  Office  a copy  of  each  Commitment
               Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it.  After receipt of
               a completed Commitment Assignment and Acceptance executed by
               any Bank  and  an  Eligible  Assignee,  and  receipt  of  an
               assignment fee of  $2,500 from such  Eligible Assignee,  the
               Administrative Agent shall, promptly following the effective
               date thereof, provide  to Borrower and  the Banks a  revised
               Schedule 1.1 giving effect thereto.
                   
                      (e)  Each  Bank   may  from   time  to   time   grant
               participations to  one  or  more banks  or  other  financial
               institutions (including another  Bank) in a  portion of  its
               Pro  Rata Share  of the Commitment;  provided, however, that
               (i) such  Bank's  obligations  under  this  Agreement  shall
               remain  unchanged,  (ii)  such  Bank  shall   remain  solely
               responsible to the other parties hereto for the  performance
               of such obligations, (iii)  the participating banks or other
               financial institutions shall not be a Bank hereunder for any
               purpose except, if the participation agreement so  provides,
               for the purposes of Sections  3.7, 3.8, 11.11 and  11.22 but
               only to  the  extent  that the  cost  of  such  benefits  to
               Borrower does not exceed the cost which Borrower would  have
               incurred in respect of  such Bank absent the  participation,
               (iv) Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other  Banks
               shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in
               connection with  such Bank's  rights and  obligations  under
               this Agreement,  (v) the participation   interest  shall  be
               expressed as a  percentage of the  granting Bank's Pro  Rata
               Share of  the Commitment  as it  then exists  and shall  not
               restrict an increase in the  Commitment, or in the  granting
               Bank's Pro  Rata Share  of the  Commitment, so  long as  the
               amount of the participation interest is not affected thereby
               and (vi) the consent  of the  holder of  such  participation
               interest shall not be required for  amendments or waivers of
               provisions of  the Loan  Documents  other than  those  which
               (A) extend the  Maturity  Date  (except  as contemplated  by
               Section 2.9) or any  other date  upon which  any payment  of
               money is due to the Banks,  (B) reduce the rate of  interest
               on the Notes, any fee or  any other monetary amount  payable
               to the Banks,  (C) reduce the amount  of any installment  of
               principal due under the  Notes  or (D) change the definition
               of "Requisite Banks".

                                    -92-
<PAGE>
                      (f)  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.8 to
               the contrary, the  rights of the  Banks to make  assignments
               of, and grant  participations in, their  Pro Rata Shares  of
               the Commitment  shall  be subject  to  the approval  of  any
               Gaming Board, to  the extent required  by applicable  Gaming
               Laws, and to compliance with applicable securities laws.

                 11.9 Right of Setoff.  If an Event of Default has occurred
          and is continuing, the Administrative Agent  or any Bank (but  in
          each case  only with  the consent  of  the Requisite  Banks)  may
          exercise its  rights under  Article 9 of  the Uniform  Commercial
          Code and other applicable Laws and,  to  the extent permitted  by
          applicable Laws, apply  any funds  in any  deposit account  main-
          tained with it by Borrower and/or any Property of Borrower in its
          possession against the Obligations.

                 11.10     Sharing of Setoffs.  Each Bank severally  agrees
          that if it, through the exercise of any right of setoff, banker's
          lien or  counterclaim against  Borrower, or  otherwise,  receives
          payment of the Obligations held by  it that is ratably more  than
          any other Bank,  through any means,  receives  in  payment of the
          Obligations held by that Bank, then, subject to applicable  Laws:
          (a)  the Bank exercising the  right of setoff,  banker's  lien or
          counterclaim or otherwise receiving such payment shall  purchase,
          and shall be  deemed to have  simultaneously purchased, from  the
          other Bank a participation in the  Obligations held by the  other
          Bank and  shall pay  to the  other Bank  a purchase  price in  an
          amount so that  the share of  the Obligations held  by  each Bank
          after the  exercise of  the right  of  setoff, banker's  lien  or
          counterclaim  or  receipt  of  payment  shall  be  in  the   same
          proportion that existed  prior to the  exercise of  the right  of
          setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim or receipt of payment;  and
          (b) such other adjustments and purchases of participations  shall
          be made from time  to time as shall  be equitable to ensure  that
          all of the  Banks share any  payment obtained in  respect of  the
          Obligations ratably in accordance with  each Bank's share of  the
          Obligations   immediately  prior  to,  and  without  taking  into
          account, the payment; provided that, if  all or any portion of  a
          disproportionate payment obtained as a result of the exercise  of
          the right of  setoff, banker's lien, counterclaim or otherwise is
          thereafter recovered from the purchasing Bank by Borrower or  any
          Person claiming through or succeeding to the rights of  Borrower,
          the purchase  of  a  participation shall  be  rescinded  and  the
          purchase price thereof  shall be restored  to the  extent of  the
          recovery, but  without  interest.   Each  Bank that  purchases  a
          participation in the Obligations  pursuant to this  Section 11.10
          shall from and  after the  purchase have  the right  to give  all
          notices, requests, demands,  directions and other  communications
          under  this  Agreement   with  respect  to  the  portion  of  the
          Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing
          Bank  were  the  original  owner  of  the Obligations  purchased.  
          Borrower expressly  consents to  the foregoing  arrangements  and
          agrees  that any Bank holding a participation in an Obligation so
          purchased may exercise  any and  all rights  of setoff,  banker's
          lien  or counterclaim with respect  to the participation as fully
          as if  the  Bank  were  the  original  owner  of  the  Obligation
          purchased.
                                    -93-
<PAGE>
                 11.11     Indemnity  by  Borrower.    Borrower  agrees  to
          indemnify, save and hold  harmless the Agents, the  Co-Arrangers,
          and each Bank  and their directors,  officers, agents,  attorneys
          and employees  (collectively the "Indemnitees") from and against:
          (a)  any and  all  claims, demands,  actions or causes  of action
          (except a  claim, demand,  action, or  cause  of action  for  any
          amount   excluded   from   the    definition   of   "Taxes"    in
          Section 3.12(d)) if the claim, demand, action or cause of  action
          arises out of or relates to  any act or omission (or alleged  act
          or omission) of Borrower, its Affiliates or any of its  officers,
          directors or stockholders relating to the Commitment, the use  or
          contemplated use of proceeds of any Loan, or the relationship  of
          Borrower and  the Banks  under this  Agreement; (b) any  adminis-
          trative or investigative  proceeding by  any Governmental  Agency
          arising out of or related to a claim, demand, action or cause  of
          action  described  in  clause (a)  above;  and  (c) any  and  all
          liabilities, losses,  costs  or  expenses  (including  reasonable
          attorneys' fees and the  reasonably allocated costs of  attorneys
          employed by any  Indemnitee and disbursements  of such  attorneys
          and other professional services)  that any Indemnitee suffers  or
          incurs as  a result  of the  assertion  of any  foregoing  claim,
          demand, action or  cause of action;  provided that no  Indemnitee
          shall be entitled to indemnification for  any loss caused by  its
          own gross  negligence  or  willful misconduct  or  for  any  loss
          asserted against it by another Indemnitee.  If any claim, demand,
          action or cause  of action  is asserted  against any  Indemnitee,
          such Indemnitee shall promptly  notify Borrower, but the  failure
          to so  promptly  notify  Borrower  shall  not  affect  Borrower's
          obligations under  this Section  unless such  failure  materially
          prejudices Borrower's right to participate in the contest of such
          claim,  demand,  action  or  cause  of  action,  as   hereinafter
          provided.   Such  Indemnitee  may (and  shall,  if  requested  by
          Borrower in  writing)  contest the  validity,  applicability  and
          amount of such claim, demand, action or cause of action and shall
          permit  Borrower to participate in such contest.   Any Indemnitee
          that proposes to settle or compromise any claim or proceeding for
          which Borrower may be liable  for payment of indemnity  hereunder
          shall give Borrower written notice of the terms of such  proposed
          settlement or  compromise reasonably  in advance  of settling  or
          compromising such claim or proceeding and shall obtain Borrower's
          prior consent  (which  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld  or
          delayed).  In connection with any claim, demand, action or  cause
          of  action covered  by this  Section 11.11 against more  than one
          Indemnitee, all such Indemnitees shall be represented by the same
          legal counsel (which may be a law firm engaged by the Indemnitees
          or  attorneys employed by an  Indemnitee or a  combination of the
          foregoing) selected by the Indemnitees and reasonably  acceptable
          to  Borrower; provided, that if  such legal counsel determines in
          good faith that representing all such Indemnitees would or  could
          result in a conflict of interest under Laws or ethical principles
          applicable to such legal  counsel or that  a defense or  counter-
          claim  is available to an Indemnitee that is not available to all
          such  Indemnitees,  then to  the  extent reasonably necessary  to
          avoid such  a  conflict  of interest  or  to  permit  unqualified
          assertion of  such a  defense  or counterclaim,  each  Indemnitee

                                    -94-
<PAGE>
          shall be  entitled to  separate representation  by legal  counsel
          selected  by  that  Indemnitee   and  reasonably  acceptable   to
          Borrower, with all such legal counsel using reasonable efforts to
          avoid  unnecessary  duplication of  effort  by  counsel  for  all
          Indemnitees; and further provided  that the Administrative  Agent
          (as  an  Indemnitee)   shall  at   all  times   be   entitled  to
          representation by separate legal counsel (which may be a law firm
          or  attorneys  employed   by  the  Administrative   Agent  or   a
          combination of the  foregoing).  Any  obligation or liability  of
          Borrower to any Indemnitee under this Section 11.11 shall survive
          the expiration or termination of this Agreement and the repayment
          of all  Loans  and  the payment  and  performance  of  all  other
          Obligations owed to the Banks.
                                                               
                 11.12     Nonliability of  the Banks.   Borrower  acknowl-
          edges and agrees that:

                      (a)  Any inspections of any Property of Borrower  and
               its Subsidiaries made by or through the Agents or the  Banks
               are for  purposes of  administration of  the Loan  only  and
               Borrower is not entitled to rely  upon the same (whether  or
               not such inspections are at the expense of Borrower);

                      (b)  By accepting or  approving anything required  to
               be observed, performed, fulfilled or given to the Agents  or
               the Banks pursuant to the Loan Documents, neither the Agents
               nor  the  Banks  shall  be  deemed  to  have  warranted   or
               represented  the  sufficiency,  legality,  effectiveness  or
               legal effect  of the  same, or  of  any term,  provision  or
               condition thereof, and such  acceptance or approval  thereof
               shall not constitute a warranty or representation to  anyone
               with respect thereto by the Agents or the Banks;

                      (c)  The relationship between Borrower and the Agents
               and the Banks is, and shall at all times remain, solely that
               of a borrower and lenders; neither the Agents nor the  Banks
               shall under any circumstance be construed to be partners  or
               joint venturers of Borrower  or its Affiliates;  neither the
               Agents nor the Banks shall under any circumstance be  deemed
               to be  in  a  relationship  of  confidence  or  trust  or  a
               fiduciary relationship with Borrower or  its  Affiliates, or
               to owe any  fiduciary duty  to Borrower  or its  Affiliates;
               neither the Agents  nor the  Banks undertake  or assume  any
               responsibility or  duty to  Borrower  or its  Affiliates  to
               select, review, inspect,  supervise, pass  judgment upon  or
               inform Borrower or its Affiliates  of any matter in  connec-
               tion with their  Property or the  operations of Borrower  or
               its Affiliates;  Borrower  and  its  Affiliates  shall  rely
               entirely upon  their  own  judgment  with  respect  to  such
               matters; and any  review, inspection, supervision,  exercise
               of judgment or supply  of information undertaken or  assumed
               by the Agents or the Banks  in connection with such  matters
               is solely for the protection of the Agents and the Banks and
               neither Borrower nor  any other Person  is entitled to  rely
               thereon; and
           
                                    -95-
<PAGE>
                       (d)  The Agents and  the Banks shall not  be respon-
               sible or liable  to any Person  for any  loss, damage,  lia-
               bility or claim of any kind  relating to injury or death  to
               Persons  or  damage  to  Property  caused  by  the  actions,
               inaction or negligence of Borrower and/or its Affiliates and
               Borrower hereby  indemnifies and  holds the  Agents and  the
               Banks harmless  from any  such  loss, damage,  liability  or
               claim.

                 11.13     No Third Parties Benefited.   This Agreement  is
          made for  the  purpose  of defining  and  setting  forth  certain
          obligations, rights and  duties of Borrower,  the Agents and  the
          Banks in connection  with the  Loans, and  is made  for the  sole
          benefit  of  Borrower,  the  Agents  and  the  Banks,  and  their
          respective successors and permitted assigns.  Except as  provided
          in Sections 11.8 and 11.11, no other Person shall have any rights
          of any nature hereunder or by reason hereof.

                 11.14     Confidentiality.  Each Bank  agrees to hold  any
          confidential  information  that  it  may  receive  from  Borrower
          pursuant to this Agreement in confidence, except for  disclosure:
           (a) to other Banks; (b)  to any Affiliate  of that Bank,  (c) to
          legal counsel and  accountants for Borrower  or any Bank;  (d) to
          other professional  advisors to  Borrower or  any Bank,  provided
          that the recipient  has accepted  such information  subject to  a
          confidentiality agreement substantially  similar to this  Section
          11.14; (e) to regulatory officials  having jurisdiction over that
          Bank; (f) to any Gaming Board having regulatory jurisdiction over
          Borrower or its Subsidiaries, provided  that each Bank agrees  to
          use its best efforts  to notify Borrower  of any such  disclosure
          unless prohibited by applicable Laws;  (g) as required by Law  or
          legal process or in connection with any legal proceeding to which
          that Bank and  Borrower are adverse   parties; and (h) to another
          financial  institution  in  connection   with  a  disposition  or
          proposed disposition to that financial institution of all or part
          of that Bank's interests hereunder or a participation interest in
          its  Note,  provided  that   the  recipient  has  accepted   such
          information subject to a confidentiality  agreement substantially
          similar to this  Section 11.14.  For  purposes of the  foregoing,
          "confidential information" shall mean any information  respecting
          Borrower or its Subsidiaries reasonably considered by Borrower to
          be confidential, other than (i) information previously filed with
          any  Governmental   Agency   and   available   to   the   public,
          (ii) information previously published in any public medium from a
          source  other  than,  directly  or  indirectly,  that  Bank,  and
          (iii) information previously disclosed by Borrower to any  Person
          not associated with Borrower which,  in the reasonable belief  of
          that Bank,  was not  subject to  a confidentiality  agreement  or
          obligation substantially similar to this Section 11.14.   Nothing
          in this Section shall be construed to create or give rise to  any
          fiduciary duty on  the part of  the Administrative  Agent or  the
          Banks to Borrower.
          
                 11.15     Further Assurances.  Borrower and the Restricted
          Subsidiaries shall, at their expense  and without expense to  the
          Banks or the Administrative Agent,  do, execute and deliver  such
          further acts  and documents as  any Bank  or  the  Administrative
          Agent from time to time reasonably requires for the assuring  and
          confirming unto  the Banks  or the  Administrative Agent  of  the

                                    -96-
<PAGE>
          rights hereby created or intended now  or  hereafter so to be, or
          for carrying out the intention or facilitating the performance of
          the terms of any Loan Document.

                 11.16     Integration.  This Agreement, together with  the
          other Loan Documents  and the  letter agreements  referred to  in
          Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.6, comprises the complete and  integrated
          agreement of  the  parties  on  the  subject  matter  hereof  and
          supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on the  subject
          matter hereof.    In  the  event  of  any  conflict  between  the
          provisions of this Agreement  and those of  any other Loan  Docu-
          ment, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and  govern;
          provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in
          favor of the Administrative Agent or the Banks in any other  Loan
          Document shall not  be deemed  a  conflict  with  this Agreement. 
          Each Loan Document  was drafted  with  the joint participation of
          the respective  parties  thereto  and shall  be construed neither
          against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance  with
          the fair meaning thereof.

                 11.17     Governing Law.  Except  to the extent  otherwise
          provided therein, each  Loan Document shall  be governed by,  and
          construed and  enforced in  accordance with,  the local  Laws  of
          Nevada.

                 11.18     Severability of  Provisions.   Any provision  in
          any Loan Document that is  held to be inoperative,  unenforceable
          or invalid as to  any party or in  any jurisdiction shall, as  to
          that party  or  jurisdiction, be  inoperative,  unenforceable  or
          invalid  without  affecting  the  remaining  provisions  or   the
          operation, enforceability or validity of that provision as to any
          other party or  in any other  jurisdiction, and to  this end  the
          provisions of all Loan Documents are declared to be severable.

                 11.19     Headings.  Article  and Section headings in this
          Agreement and  the other  Loan Documents  are included  for  con-
          venience of reference only and are not part of this Agreement  or
          the other Loan Documents for any other purpose.
                                               
                 11.20     Time of the Essence.  Time is of the essence  of
          the Loan Documents.

                 11.21     Foreign Banks and Participants.  Each Bank,  and
          each  holder  of  a   participation  interest  herein,  that   is
          incorporated  or  otherwise  organized   under  the  Laws  of   a
          jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State
          thereof or the  District of  Columbia shall  deliver to  Borrower
          (with   a   copy   to    the   Administrative   Agent),    within
          twenty (20) days after the  Closing Date (or  after accepting  an
          assignment or receiving a participation interest herein  pursuant
          to Section 11.8, if applicable) two duly completed copies, signed
          by a Responsible Official, of either  Form 1001 (relating to such
          Person and entitling it to a complete exemption from  withholding
          on all payments to be made to such Person by Borrower pursuant to
          this Agreement) or Form 4224 (relating to all payments to be made
          to such Person by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) of the
          United States  Internal Revenue  Service or  such other  evidence

                                    -97-
<PAGE>
          (including, if  reasonably necessary,  Form W-9) satisfactory  to
          Borrower and the Administrative  Agent that no withholding  under
          the federal  income tax  laws is  required with  respect to  such
          Person.  Thereafter and from time to time, each such Person shall
          (a) promptly  submit   to   Borrower   (with  a   copy   to   the
          Administrative Agent),  such additional duly completed and signed
          copies of one of such  forms (or such successor forms as shall be
          adopted from time to  time by the  relevant United States  taxing
          authorities) as may then be  available under then current  United
          States laws  and regulations  to avoid,  or such  evidence as  is
          satisfactory to  Borrower and  the  Administrative Agent  of  any
          available  exemption  from,  United States  withholding taxes  in
          respect of all  payments to be  made to such  Person by  Borrower
          pursuant to this Agreement and (b) take  such steps as shall  not
          be materially disadvantageous to it, in  the reasonable  judgment
          of such Bank, and as may  be reasonably necessary (including  the
          re-designation of its Eurodollar Lending Office, if any) to avoid
          any  requirement  of  applicable  Laws  that  Borrower  make  any
          deduction or withholding for taxes  from amounts payable to  such
          Person.

                 11.22     Hazardous Material Indemnity.   Borrower  hereby
          agrees  to  indemnify,  hold  harmless  and  defend  (by  counsel
          reasonably  satisfactory   to  the   Administrative  Agent)   the
          Administrative Agent and each of  the Banks and their  respective
          directors, officers,  employees, agents,  successors and  assigns
          from  and   against  any   and  all   claims,  losses,   damages,
          liabilities,  fines,  penalties,   charges,  administrative   and
          judicial  proceedings  and  orders,  judgments,  remedial  action
          requirements, enforcement actions of any kind, and all costs  and
          expenses incurred  in  connection therewith  (including  but  not
          limited  to  reasonable  attorneys'   fees  and  the   reasonably
          allocated costs of attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent
          or any Bank,  and expenses to  the extent that the defense of any
          such action has not been  assumed by Borrower), arising  directly
          or indirectly  out of (i) the presence on, in, under or about any
          Real Property  of any  Hazardous Materials,  or any  releases  or
          discharges of any Hazardous Materials on, under or from any  Real
          Property and (ii) any activity carried on or undertaken on or off
          any Real  Property by  Borrower or  any  of its  predecessors  in
          title, whether prior to or during the term of this Agreement, and
          whether by Borrower or any predecessor in title or any employees,
          agents,  contractors   or  subcontractors  of   Borrower  or  any
          predecessor in title, or any third persons at any time  occupying
          or present on any Real Property, in connection with the handling,
          treatment, removal, storage, decontamination, clean-up, transport
          or disposal of  any Hazardous Materials  at any  time located  or
          present on, in, under or about any Real Property.  The  foregoing
          indemnity shall further apply  to any residual contamination  on,
          in, under or about  any Real Property,  or affecting any  natural
          resources, and to  any contamination of  any Property or  natural
          resources  arising  in  connection  with  the  generation,   use,
          handling, storage, transport  or disposal of  any such  Hazardous
          Materials, and  irrespective of  whether any  of such  activities
          were or will  be undertaken in  accordance with applicable  Laws,
          but  the  foregoing  indemnity  shall  not  apply  to   Hazardous
          Materials on any Real Property, the  presence of which is  caused

                                    -98-
<PAGE>
          by the  Administrative  Agent  or the  Banks.    Borrower  hereby
          acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision
          of this  Agreement or  any of  the other  Loan Documents  to  the
          contrary, the obligations of Borrower under this Section shall be
          unlimited corporate  obligations of  Borrower  and shall  not  be
          secured by any deed of trust or mortgage on any Real Property.

                 11.23     Gaming Boards.    The Administrative  Agent  and
          each of the Banks  agree to cooperate with  all Gaming Boards  in
          connection  with   the   administration   of   their   regulatory
          jurisdiction over Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries, including  the
          provision of  such  documents  or other  information  as  may  be
          requested by any such Gaming Board relating to Borrower or any of
          its Subsidiaries or to the Loan Documents.

                 11.24     The Existing Loan Agreement.  The parties hereto
          agree that the Existing Loan Agreement is amended and restated in
          its entirety by this Agreement.   Borrower shall have no  further
          right to  request  loans,  letters  of  credit  or  other  credit
          accommodations under  the  Existing Loan  Agreement,  but  rather
          shall be entitled to the credit accommodations described  herein,
          subject to the  terms and conditions  of this  Agreement and  the
          other Loan  Documents.    Each party  to  this  Agreement  hereby
          consents to  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  the
          Termination Agreement, the Exit Agreement and the Negative Pledge
          Termination Agreement. 
          
                 11.25     Removal of a Bank.  As provided in Sections 2.9,
          3.7 and 3.8, Borrower shall have the right to remove a Bank as  a
          party to this  Agreement if such  Bank refuses to  consent to  an
          extension of the Maturity Date made pursuant to Section 2.9 or if
          such Bank  is paid  a material  amount  by Borrower  pursuant  to
          Section 3.7 or Section 3.8.  Upon notice from Borrower, such Bank
          shall execute and deliver a Commitment Assignment and  Acceptance
          covering that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Commitment in favor of
          such Eligible  Assignee as  Borrower  may designate,  subject  to
          (i) payment in full by such  Eligible Assignee of all  principal,
          interest and  fees  owing  to  such  Bank  through  the  date  of
          assignment  and (ii) delivery by such  Eligible Assignee of  such
          appropriate assurances and indemnities (which may include letters
          of credit) as such  Bank may reasonably  require with respect  to
          its  participation  interest  in  any  Letters  of  Credit   then
          outstanding  or  any  Swing  Line  Outstandings.   Alternatively,
          Borrower  may reduce the Commitment pursuant to Section 2.7 (and,
          for this  purpose, the  numerical  requirements of  such  Section
          shall not apply) by an amount equal to that Bank's Pro Rata Share
          of the  Commitment, pay  and provide  to such  Bank the  amounts,
          assurances  and indemnities  described in (i) and (ii)  above and
          release such Bank from its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment.

                 11.26     Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.  EACH PARTY TO
          THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
          OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY
          LOAN DOCUMENT  OR  IN  ANY  WAY  CONNECTED  WITH  OR  RELATED  OR
          INCIDENTAL TO THE  DEALINGS OF THE  PARTY HERETO OR  ANY OF  THEM

                                    -99-
<PAGE>
          WITH RESPECT  TO  ANY LOAN DOCUMENT,  OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED
          THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER  ARISING,
          AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR  TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND  EACH
          PARTY HEREBY AGREES  AND CONSENTS  THAT ANY  SUCH CLAIM,  DEMAND,
          ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT
          A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL
          COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS  SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS  WRITTEN
          EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE  SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE  WAIVER
          OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

                 11.27     Purported Oral Amendments.   BORROWER  EXPRESSLY
          ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY
          ONLY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED, OR THE PROVISIONS HEREOF OR  THEREOF
          WAIVED OR SUPPLEMENTED, BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING THAT COMPLIES
          WITH SECTION  11.2.  BORROWER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RELY ON ANY
          COURSE  OF  DEALING, COURSE  OF PERFORMANCE, OR  ORAL OR  WRITTEN
          STATEMENTS BY ANY REPRESENTATIVE  OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT  OR
          ANY  BANK  THAT DOES  NOT COMPLY  WITH SECTION 11.2 TO  EFFECT AN
          AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, WAIVER OR  SUPPLEMENT TO THIS  AGREEMENT
          OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto  have caused  this
          Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED
                                
                                By: DANIEL R. LEE
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Daniel R. Lee, Chief Financial Officer

                                Address for notices:

                                Mirage Resorts, Incorporated
                                3400 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                                Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
                                Attn:  Daniel R. Lee
                                Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

                                Telecopier: (702) 792-7628
                                Telephone:  (702) 791-7126
                                                  
                                with a copy to:

                                Mirage Resorts, Incorporated
                                3400 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                                Las Vegas, Nevada  89109

                                Attn:  Bruce A.Levin, Esq., General Counsel
                                
                                Telecopier: (702) 791-5787
                                Telephone:  (702) 791-7129

                                  -100-  
<PAGE>
                                MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 
                                as Documentation Agent and as a Bank

                                By: DIANA H. IMHOF
                                    ________________________________________
                                    Diana H. Imhof, Vice President

                                Address:            

                                Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
                                60 Wall Street, 22nd Floor
                                New York, New York  10260
                                Attn:  Robert Osieski, Vice President

                                Telecopier: (212) 648-5018
                                Telephone:  (212) 648-7173


                                BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
                                ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

                                By: JANICE HAMMOND
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Janice Hammond, Vice President

                                Address:

                                Bank of America National Trust and Savings 
                                Association
                                555 South Flower Street, #5618
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Janice Hammond

                                Telecopier: (213) 228-2299
                                Telephone:  (213) 228-9861


                                  -101-
<PAGE>
                                BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS 
                                ASSOCIATION, as a Bank

                                By: JON VARNELL
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Jon Varnell, Managing Director

                                Address:

                                Bank of America National Trust and Savings 
                                Association
                                555 South Flower Street, #3283
                                Los Angeles, California  90071
                                Attn:  Jon Varnell, Managing Director

                                Telecopier: (213) 228-2641
                                Telephone:  (213) 228-6181

                                With a copy to:

                                Bank of America National Trust and Savings 
                                Association
                                555 South Flower Street (LA-5777)
                                Los Angeles, California  90071
                                Attn:  William  Newby, Managing Director

                                Telecopier: (213) 228-3145
                                Telephone:  (213) 228-2438


                                SOCIETE GENERALE, as a Co-Arranger and 
                                a Bank

                                By: DONALD L. SHUBERT
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Donald L. Schubert, Vice President

                                Address:

                                Societe Generale
                                2029 Century Park East, Suite 2900
                                Los Angeles, California 90067
                                Attention:  Donald L. Schubert

                                Telecopier: (310) 551-1537
                                Telephone:  (310) 788-7104

                                   -102-
<PAGE>
                                CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, as 
                                a Bank

                                By: PAUL J. CHAKMAK
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Paul J. Chakmak Managing  Director,
                                    CIBC Wood Gundy Securities  Corp.,
                                    AS AGENT

                                Address:

                                Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
                                350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 2600
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Paul J. Chakmak

                                Telecopier: (213) 346-0157
                                Telephone:  (213) 617-6226


                                BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as a Co-Agent and 
                                a Bank

                                By: ANTHONY LOGRIPPO
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Anthony LoGrippo, Vice President

                                Address:

                                Bankers Trust Company
                                130 Liberty Street
                                New York, New York 10066
                                Attn:  Tim Morris

                                Telecopier: (212) 250-7218
                                Telephone:  (212) 250-8617

                                   -103-
<PAGE>
                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as a Co-Agent and 
                                a Bank

                                By: CRAIG J. RETHMEYER
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Craig J.  Rethmeyer, Vice President

                                Address:

                                The Bank of New York
                                10990  Wilshire  Boulevard, Suite 1125
                                Los Angeles, California 90024
                                Attn:  Craig J. Rethmeyer

                                Telecopier: (310) 996-8667
                                Telephone:  (310) 996-8656


                                THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Co-Agent 
                                and a Bank

                                By: ALAN W. PENDERGAST
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    Alan W. Pendergast, Relationship Manager

                                Address:

                                The Bank of Nova Scotia
                                580 California Street, 21st Floor
                                San Francisco, California 94104
                                Attn:  Alan W. Pendergast

                                Telecopier: (415) 397-0791
                                Telephone:  (415) 986-1100


                                COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, LOS ANGELES 
                                BRANCH, as a Co-Agent and Bank

                                By: CHRISTIAN JAGENBERG
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Christian Jagenberg, Senior Vice
                                    President and Manager

                                By: KARLA WIRTH
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Karla Wirth, Assistant Treasurer

                                Address:

                                Commerzbank AG, Los Angeles Branch
                                633 West Fifth Street, Suite 6600
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Werner Schmidbauer

                                Telecopier: (213) 623-0039
                                Telephone:  (213) 683-5413

                                   -104-
<PAGE>
                                CREDIT LYONNAIS LOS ANGELES BRANCH, as a 
                                Co-Agent and Bank

                                By: THIERRY F. VINCENT
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Thierry F. Vincent, Vice President

                                Address:

                                Credit Lyonnais Los Angeles Branch
                                515 S. Flower Street, Suite 2200
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Glenn Harvey  

                                Telecopier: (213) 623-3437
                                Telephone:  (213) 362-5956

                                
                                THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, LTD., 
                                LOS ANGELES  AGENCY, as a Co-Agent and 
                                a Bank

                                By: PAUL B. CLIFFORD
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Paul B. Clifford, Deputy General Manager

                                Address:
                                The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan,
                                Ltd., Los Angeles Agency
                                350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 3000
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Kimberly Gonsalves

                                Telecopier: (213) 626-1067
                                Telephone:  (213) 689-6331

                                   -105-
<PAGE>
                                PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Co-Agent
                                and Bank

                                By: DENISE D. KILLEN
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Denise D. Killen, Vice President

                                Address: 

                                PNC Bank, National Association
                                Corporate Banking Department
                                Two Tower Center, 16th Floor
                                East Brunswick, New Jersey 08816
                                Attn:  Denise D. Killen

                                Telecopier: (908) 220-3270
                                Telephone:  (908) 220-3262


                                WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE, NEW YORK  
                                AND CAYMAN ISLAND BRANCHES, as a Co-Agent and  
                                a Bank

                                By: SALVATORE BATTINELLI
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Salvatore Battinelli
                                    Vice President, Credit Department


                                By: C.D. ROCKEY
                                    _______________________________________
                                    C.D. Rockey
                                    Associate

                                Address:

                                Westdeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale New 
                                York Branch
                                1211 Avenue of the Americas
                                New York, New York 10036
                                Attn:  Craig D. Rockey

                                Telecopier: (212) 852-6148
                                Telephone:  (212) 852-6121

                                with a copy to:

                                Westdeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, Los 
                                Angeles Representative Office
                                633 West Fifth Street, Suite 6750
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  R. J. Cruz

                                Telecopier: (213) 623-4706
                                Telephone:  (213) 623-1613

                                    -106-
<PAGE>

                                BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS, as a Bank

                                By: CLIVE BETTLES
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Clive Bettles, Senior Vice President 
                                    and Manager

                                By: JANICE HO
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Janice Ho, Vice President

                                Address:

                                Banque Nationale de Paris
                                725 South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite 2090
                                Los Angeles, California 90017
                                Attn:  Janice Ho

                                Telecopier: (213) 488-9602
                                Telephone:  (213) 488-9120


                                FIRST SECURITY BANK, N.A., as a Bank

                                By: DAVID P. WILLIAMS
                                    _______________________________________
                                    David P. Williams, Vice President

                                Address:

                                First Security Bank, N.A.
                                Corporate Banking Division
                                P.O. Box 30004 (84130)
                                15 East 100 South - 2nd Floor
                                Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
                                Attn:  David P. Williams

                                Telecopier: (801) 246-5532
                                Telephone:  (801) 246-5540


                                FLEET BANK, N.A., as a Bank

                                By: JOHN F. CULLINAN
                                    _______________________________________
                                    John F. Cullinan, Senior Vice President

                                Address:

                                Fleet Bank, N.A.
                                P.O. Box 30
                                3670 Route 9 South
                                Freehold, New Jersey 07728
                                Attn:  John F. Cullinan

                                Telecopier: (908) 780-0754
                                Telephone:  (908) 294-4306

                                    -107-
<PAGE>
                                THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED, LOS ANGELES AGENCY, 
                                as a Bank

                                By: NOBUHIRO UMEMURA
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Nobuhiro Umemura, Joint General Manager

                                Address:

                                The Fuji Bank Limited, Los  Angeles Agency
                                333 South Hope Street, 39th Floor
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  David J. Pastre

                                Telecopier: (213) 253-4198
                                Telephone:  (213) 253-4148


                                THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED, LOS 
                                ANGELES AGENCY, as a Bank

                                By: VICENTE L. TIMIRAOS
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Vicente L. Timiraos, Senior Vice
                                    President and Senior Manager

                                Address:

                                The Industrial Bank of Japan, Limited 
                                Los  Angeles Agency
                                350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 1500
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Steven Bradley

                                Telecopier: (213) 488-9840
                                Telephone:  (213) 893-6443


                                THE MITSUBISHI TRUST AND BANKING CORPORATION, 
                                LOS ANGELES AGENCY, as a Bank

                                By: YASUSHI SATOMI, SR.
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Yasushi Satomi, Sr., Vice President
                                    and Chief Manager

                                Address:

                                The Mitsubishi Trust and Banking Corporation 
                                Los Angeles Agency
                                801 South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite 500
                                Los Angeles, California 90017
                                Attn:  Rex Olson

                                Telecopier: (213) 687-4631
                                Telephone:  (213) 896-4658

                                -108-
<PAGE>
                                THE SANWA BANK, LIMITED, LOS ANGELES BRANCH, 
                                as a Bank

                                By: GILL S. REALON
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Gill S. Realon, Vice President

                                Address:

                                The Sanwa Bank, Limited, Los Angeles Branch
                                601 South Figueroa Street (W5-4)
                                Los Angeles, California 90017
                                Attn:  Gill S. Realon

                                Telecopier: (213) 623-4912 or (213) 896-7467
                                Telephone:  (213) 896-7494


                                UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as a Bank

                                By: B. ADAM TROUT
                                    _______________________________________
                                    B. Adam Trout, Assistant Vice President

                                Address:

                                Union Bank of California, N.A.
                                445 South Figueroa Street, 15th Floor
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Adam Trout

                                Telecopier: (213) 236-5747
                                Telephone:  (213) 236-7831


                                UNITED STATES NATIONAL BANK OF OREGON, 
                                as a Bank

                                By: DALE PARSHALL
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Dale Parshall, Assistant Vice President

                                Address:

                                United States National Bank of Oregon
                                National Corporate Banking Division
                                555 SW Oak Street, PL-4
                                Portland, Oregon 92704
                                Attn:  Dale Parshall

                                Telecopier: (503) 275-5428
                                Telephone:  (503) 275-3476

                                   -109-
<PAGE>
                                THE DAI-ICHI KANGYO BANK, LIMITED, LOS 
                                ANGELES AGENCY, as a Bank

                                By: MASATSUGU MORISHITA
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Masatsugu Morishita, Senior Vice
                                    President and Joint General Manager

                                Address:

                                The Dai-Ichi Kangyo Bank,  Limited,
                                Los Angeles Agency
                                555 West Fifth Street, 5th Floor
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Israel Carmeli

                                Telecopier: (213) 624-5258
                                Telephone:  (213) 243-4740


                                HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK, as a Bank

                                By: ERNEST L. EUSTIS, III
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Ernest L. Eustis, III, Senior Vice 
                                    President

                                Address:

                                Hibernia National Bank
                                313 Carondelet Street, 6th Floor
                                New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
                                Attn:  Ernest L. Eustis, III

                                Telecopier: (504) 533-2060
                                Telephone:  (504) 533-5711


                                KEYBANK, N.A., as a Bank

                                By: MARK SUNDERLAND
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Mark Sunderland, Vice President

                                Address:

                                KeyBank, N.A.
                                3600 South  Yosemite Street,  Suite 410
                                Denver, Colorado 80237
                                Attn:  Mark Sunderland

                                Telecopier: (303) 741-3958
                                Telephone:  (303) 804-8376

                                   -110-
<PAGE>
                                THE NIPPON CREDIT BANK, LTD., LOS ANGELES 
                                AGENCY, as a Bank

                                By: JAY SCHWARTZ
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Jay Schwartz, Vice President and Manager

                                Address: 

                                The Nippon Credit Bank, Ltd. 
                                Los Angeles Agency
                                550 South Hope Street, Suite 2500
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Jay Schwartz

                                Telecopier: (213) 892-0111
                                Telephone: (213) 243-5722


                                THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED, as a Bank

                                By: TATSUO UEDA
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Tatsuo Ueda, General Manager

                                Address:

                                The Sumitomo Bank, Limited
                                Los Angeles Agency
                                777 South Figueroa Street, Suite 2600
                                Los Angeles, California 90017
                                Attn:  Andrew Lee

                                Telecopier: (213) 623-6832
                                Telephone:  (213) 955-3915


                                THE SUMITOMO TRUST & BANKING CO., LTD., 
                                LOS ANGELES AGENCY, as a Bank

                                By: ELEANOR CHAN
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Eleanor Chan, Vice President and Manager

                                Address:

                                The Sumitomo Trust  & Banking  Co., Ltd. 
                                Los Angeles Agency
                                333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 5300
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Karen Ryan

                                Telecopier: (213) 613-1083
                                Telephone:  (213) 229-2125

                                -111-
<PAGE>
                                THE TOKAI BANK, LIMITED, LOS ANGELES AGENCY, 
                                as a Bank

                                By: MASAHIKO SAITO
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Masahiko Saito, Assisant General Manager

                                Address:

                                The Tokai Bank, Limited
                                Los Angeles Agency
                                300 South Grand Avenue, 7th Floor
                                Los Angeles, California 90071
                                Attn:  Poebus Hon

                                Telecopier: (213) 689-3200
                                Telephone:  (213) 972-8445


                                WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK, as a Bank

                                By: JOHN J. ZOLLINGER, IV
                                    _______________________________________
                                    John J. Zollinger, IV, Assistant Vice 
                                    President

                                Address:

                                Whitney National Bank
                                228 Saint Charles Avenue
                                New Orleans, Louisiana 70130
                                Attn:  John J. Zollinger, IV

                                Telecopier: (504) 552-4622
                                Telephone:  (504) 552-4586


                                THE YASUDA TRUST & BANKING CO., LTD., 
                                as a Bank

                                By: MAKOTA TAGAWA
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Makota Tagawa, Deputy General Manager

                                Address: 

                                Yasuda Trust & Banking
                                725 South Figueroa Street, Suite 3990
                                Los Angeles, California 90017
                                Attn:  Kevin Thang

                                Telecopier: (213) 488-1695
                                Telephone:  (213) 688-4206

                                   -112-
<PAGE>
                                BANK OF SCOTLAND, as a Bank

                                By: CATHERINE M. ONIFFREY
                                    _______________________________________
                                    Catherine M. Oniffrey, Vice President

                                Address:

                                Bank of Scotland
                                565 Fifth Avenue
                                New York, New York 10017
                                Attn:  Catherine M. Oniffrey

                                Telecopier: (212) 557-9460
                                Telephone:  (212) 450-0870

                                with a copy to:

                                Bank of Scotland
                                660 South Figueroa Street, Suite 1760
                                Los Angeles, California 90017
                                Attn:  J. Craig Wilson

                                Telecopier: (213) 489-3594
                                Telephone:  (213) 629-3057


                                FIRST HAWAIIAN BANK, as a Bank

                                By: ROBERT M. WHEELER, III
                                    ______________________________________
                                    Robert M. Wheeler, III, Vice President

                                Address:

                                First Hawaiian Bank
                                999 Bishop Street, 11th Floor
                                Honolulu, Hawaii 96813
                                Attn:  Robert M. Wheeler, III

                                Telecopier: (808) 525-6372
                                Telephone:  (808) 525-6367

                                   -113-


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           EXHIBIT 11

                                      MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                   COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                           ------------------------------------------
                                                                               1996           1995           1994
                                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Weighted-average shares outstanding.....................................    182,988,904    182,496,454    181,747,314
                                                           
Common stock equivalents................................................     12,311,427      9,834,960      7,642,758
                                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
Weighted-average shares outstanding and common stock equivalents
  used in the computation of primary earnings per share.................    195,300,331    192,331,414    189,390,072

Additional shares for fully diluted calculation.........................      1,773,232      1,265,260        197,372
                                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
Total shares outstanding assuming full dilution.........................    197,073,563    193,596,674    189,587,444
                                                                           ============   ============   ============
Net income..............................................................   $206,045,000   $163,163,000   $114,324,000
                                                                           ============   ============   ============
Primary earnings per share..............................................   $       1.06   $       0.85   $       0.60
                                                                           ============   ============   ============ 
Fully diluted earnings per share........................................   $       1.05   $       0.84   $       0.60
                                                                           ============   ============   ============
- ----------
Note: All of the above data has been adjusted retroactively to give effect to a two-for-one split of the Registrant's 
      common stock effective June 17, 1996.
</TABLE>


                                                                 EXHIBIT 21

                SUBSIDIARIES OF MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

AC HOLDING CORP.
a Nevada corporation

AC HOLDING CORP. II
a Nevada corporation

ATLANDIA DESIGN AND FURNISHINGS, INC.
a New Jersey corporation

BEAU RIVAGE RESORTS, INC.*
a Mississippi corporation

BELLAGIO
a Nevada corporation

GNL, CORP.
a Nevada corporation
dba Golden Nugget-Laughlin

GNLV, CORP.
a Nevada corporation
dba Golden Nugget

GNS FINANCE CORP.
a Nevada corporation

GOLDEN NUGGET AVIATION CORP.
a Nevada corporation

LV CONCRETE CORP.
a Nevada corporation

MAC, CORP.
a New Jersey corporation

MH, INC.**
a Nevada corporation
dba Shadow Creek

THE MIRAGE CASINO-HOTEL
a Nevada corporation
dba The Mirage
 
MRGS CORP.***
a Nevada corporation

TREASURE ISLAND CORP.**
a Nevada corporation
dba Treasure Island at The Mirage

- ---------------
*       100% of the voting securities are owned by GNLV, CORP.
**      100% of the voting securities are owned by THE MIRAGE CASINO-HOTEL.
***     100% of the voting securities are owned by Bellagio.


                                                                 EXHIBIT 23

                 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                 -----------------------------------------

    As   independent  public  accountants,   we   hereby   consent  to  the
incorporation  by  reference of our report dated March 7, 1997, included in
this  Form 10-K,  into  Mirage  Resorts,  Incorporated's  previously  filed
registration  statements on Form S-8 (File No. 33-16037), on Form S-8 (File
No. 33-48394), on  Form  S-8  (File No. 33-63804), on Form  S-8  (File  No.
33-60183),  on  Form  S-3  (File  No.  33-65317)  and  on  Form  S-3  (File
No. 333-07261).


                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Las Vegas, Nevada
March 28, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
REGISTRANT'S CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND THE RELATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                          81,908
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  108,870
<ALLOWANCES>                                    38,674
<INVENTORY>                                     27,554
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               236,283
<PP&E>                                       2,280,303
<DEPRECIATION>                                 551,955
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,143,490
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          218,465
<BONDS>                                        468,140
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           940
<OTHER-SE>                                   1,289,943
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,143,490
<SALES>                                        224,193
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,367,544
<CGS>                                          185,787
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  759,108
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                86,661
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                14,480
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,825
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                318,408
<INCOME-TAX>                                   112,363
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            206,045
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   206,045
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.06
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission